This file documents mpatrol, a library for controlling and tracing
dynamic memory allocations.

   Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Graeme S. Roy <graeme.roy@analog.com>

   This is edition 2.13 of the mpatrol manual for version 1.4.8, 8th
January, 2002.

   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
preserved on all copies.

   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
permission notice identical to this one.

   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.

   All product names mentioned in the documentation and source code for
this library are the trademarks of their respective owners.


...Table of Contents...
mpatrol
*******

                                 _                     _
                                | |                   | |
 ____ ___    _____     _____   _| |_   _____   ____   | |
|  _ ~ _ \  |  __ \   / __  | |_   _| |  ___| / __ \  | |
| | | | | | | |  | | | |  | |   | |   | |    | |  | | | |
| | | | | | | |__| | | |__| |   | |   | |    | |__| | | |
|_| |_| |_| |  ___/   \_____|   |_|   |_|     \____/  |_|
            | |
            |_|

   This document describes mpatrol, a library for controlling and
tracing dynamic memory allocations.

   This is edition 2.13 of the mpatrol manual for version 1.4.8, 8th
January, 2002.

Foreword
********

   I first started writing this library a few years ago when the
company I work for sent me out to a customer who had reported a memory
leak, which he expected was coming from the code generated by our C++
compiler.  A few years on and the library has changed dramatically from
its first beginnings, but I thought I'd release it publicly in case
anyone else found it useful.

   When writing the library, I placed more emphasis on the quantity and
quality of information about allocated memory rather than the speed and
efficiency of allocating the actual memory.  This means that the
library will use dramatically more memory than normal dynamic memory
allocation libraries and can slow down to a crawl depending on which
options you use.  However, the end results are likely to be accurate
and reliable, and in most cases the library will run quite happily at a
sane speed.

   The mpatrol library is by no means the only library of its kind.
Solaris has no less that 6 different malloc libraries, and there are
plenty available as freeware or as commercial products.  Try to keep in
mind that mpatrol comes with absolutely no warranty and so if it
doesn't work for you and you need a fast solution, try some of the
other libraries or products available.  I have listed some of the most
popular at the end of this manual (*note Related software::).

   This manual is arranged so that complete reference material on the
mpatrol library can be found in the appendices, while introductory and
background material can be found in the preceding chapters and
sections.  For readers who wish to delve right in and use the library,
the Installation (*note Installation::) and Examples (*note Examples::)
chapters should be enough to get started in combination with the quick
reference card.  Otherwise, this manual should be read from beginning
to end in order to get the most out of the software it describes.  Note
that all of the output shown from the examples was produced on 32-bit
environments, although mpatrol can be built to support 64-bit
environments as well.

   Due to their very nature, problems with dynamic memory allocations
are notoriously difficult to reproduce and debug, and this is likely to
be the case if you find a bug in the mpatrol library as it might be
extremely hard to reproduce on another system.  Details on how to
report bugs are given elsewhere in this document (*note Notes::), but
it would be very useful if you could try to provide as much information
as possible when reporting a problem, and that includes having a look
in the library source code to see if it's obvious what is wrong.
However, please try to read the frequently asked questions (*note
Frequently asked questions::) first in case your question or problem is
covered there since they are usually updated every time I receive a
question about mpatrol.

   The latest version of the mpatrol library and this manual can always
be found at `http://www.cbmamiga.demon.co.uk/mpatrol/', and any
correspondence relating to mpatrol (bug reports, enhancement requests,
compliments, etc.) should be sent to <mpatrol@cbmamiga.demon.co.uk>.
I'd be very interested in hearing any success stories with using
mpatrol to debug programs, since I get very little feedback apart from
the occasional bug report.  The mpatrol library is also registered at
FreshMeat (`http://freshmeat.net/projects/mpatrol/') and SourceForge
(`http://sourceforge.net/projects/mpatrol/') and several other software
sites so you can receive notification of updates there as well.  I
normally only check my e-mail about once or twice a week, so don't
expect an immediate response.  I can also be reached at
<graeme.roy@analog.com> but that is my work e-mail address.  There is
also a discussion group at `http://groups.yahoo.com/group/mpatrol/'
where you can post mpatrol-related questions but you must first
subscribe to the group before you can send mail to it.

   Finally, I'd like to thank Stephan Springl (<springl@bfw-online.de>)
for his help on reading debugging information from object files via the
GNU BFD library, and Adam Zell (<zell@best.com>) for helping with
patching the dynamic linker support functions for loading shared
libraries.  Both Alexander Barton (<abarton@innotrac.com>) and Dave
Gibson (<david.gibson@analog.com>) helped to make mpatrol thread-safe.
Roger Keane (<rgr@bcs-inc.com>) provided the perl code in the `mpsym'
command and also the idea for the `MP_USE_ATEXIT' feature macro.  Steve
McIntyre (<smcintyre@allstor-sw.co.uk>) helped by diagnosing the
`fork()' problem and provided example code on how to fix it.  Peter
Zijlstra (<peter@xlnt-software.com>) contributed code to enhance stack
traces for errors.

   Boris Makushkin (<oberon@antibiotic.ru>) requested, helped with, and
provided initial testing for the FreeBSD port, and Ivan Finch
(<i.finch@rl.ac.uk>), Gerrit Bruchhaeuser (<gbruchhaeuser@orga.com>)
and Andreas Schallenberg
(<andreas.schallenberg@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>) did the same for
the Tru64 and SuSE ports.  Both Aleksandar Donev (<donev@pa.msu.edu>)
and Van Snyder (<vsnyder@math.jpl.nasa.gov>) provided suggestions and
code for using mpatrol with FORTRAN.  Michael Anthony (<m@xyzfind.com>)
wrote the profdiff tool and Jerome Marant (<jerome@debian.org>) did the
Debian GNU/Linux port.

   In addition, after spending well over 2000 hours designing and
programming mpatrol, my sanity would not have been preserved in the
state it is in today were it not for the music of The Chemical
Brothers, The Manic Street Preachers, Orbital and The Prodigy.  You can
now argue how sane I am depending on your musical tastes!

   Oh, and always remember to do final release builds without the
mpatrol library as the library is much slower than normal malloc
implementations and uses much more memory.

   Happy debugging!

   Graeme Roy, 11th October, 1999.

   Edinburgh, Scotland.

1 Overview
**********

   The mpatrol library is yet another link library that attempts to
diagnose run-time errors that are caused by the wrong use of
dynamically allocated memory.  If you don't know what the `malloc()'
function or `operator new[]' do then this library is probably not for
you.  You have to have a certain amount of programming expertise and a
knowledge of how to run a command line compiler and linker before you
should attempt to use this.

   Along with providing a comprehensive and configurable log of all
dynamic memory operations that occurred during the lifetime of a
program, the mpatrol library performs extensive checking to detect any
misuse of dynamically allocated memory.  All of this functionality can
be integrated into existing code through the inclusion of a single
header file at compile-time.  On UNIX and Windows platforms (and
AmigaOS when using `gcc') this may not even be necessary as the mpatrol
library can be linked with existing object files at link-time or, on
some platforms, even dynamically linked with existing programs at
run-time.

   All logging and tracing output from the mpatrol library is sent to a
separate log file in order to keep its diagnostics separate from any
that the program being tested might generate.  A wide variety of
library settings can also be changed at run-time via an environment
variable, thus removing the need to recompile or relink in order to
change the library's behaviour.

   A file containing a summary of the memory allocation profiling
statistics for a particular program can be produced by the mpatrol
library.  This file can then be read by a profiling tool which will
display a set of tables based upon the accumulated data.  The profiling
information includes summaries of all of the memory allocations listed
by size and the function that allocated them and a list of memory leaks
with the call stack of the allocating function.  It also includes a
graph of all memory allocations listed in tabular form, and an optional
graph specification file for later processing by the `dot' graph
visualisation package.

   A file containing a concise encoded trace of all memory allocations,
reallocations and deallocations made by a program can also be produced
by the mpatrol library.  This file can then be read by a tracing tool
which will decode the trace and display the events in tabular or
graphical form, and also display any relevant statistics that could be
calculated.

   The mpatrol library has been designed with the intention of
replacing calls to existing C and C++ memory allocation functions as
seamlessly as possible, but in many cases that may not be possible and
slight code modifications may be required.  However, a preprocessor
macro containing the version of the mpatrol library is provided for the
purposes of conditional compilation so that release builds and debug
builds can be easily automated.

2 Features
**********

   An overall list of features contained in the mpatrol library is
given below.  This is not intended to be exhaustive since the best way
to see what the library does is to read the documentation and try it
out.

   * Written for 32-bit and 64-bit UNIX, AmigaOS, Windows and Netware
     platforms.  Contains direct support for (and takes advantage of
     most of the features of) AIX, DG/UX, DRS/NX, DYNIX/ptx, FreeBSD,
     HP/UX, IRIX, Linux, LynxOS, NetBSD, OpenBSD, SINIX, Solaris,
     SunOS, Tru64 and UnixWare.  Also contains target-specific code to
     take advantage of Alpha, Intel 80x86, Motorola 680x0 and 88xx0,
     MIPS, HP PA/RISC, IBM RS/6000, PowerPC and SPARC processors.

   * Has the ability to read symbols from executable files and shared
     libraries in the `a.out', COFF, XCOFF, ELF32, ELF64 and Windows
     Portable Executable file formats, and if the GNU BFD library is
     available then the mpatrol library can read symbols from all of
     the file formats that it has support for as well.  Can also liase
     with AIX, BSD-based, HP/UX, IRIX, OSF, SVR4-based and Windows
     dynamic linkers in order to find out information about shared
     libraries.

   * Can be built to allocate memory from a fixed-sized static array
     rather than using heap memory from the system.

   * Can be built as archive, shared and/or thread-safe libraries on
     systems that support them, or even as one large object file.  A
     lint library can also be built from the mpatrol library on UNIX
     platforms.

   * A release version of the mpatrol library is provided, which has
     the same functional interface, but does not contain any of
     mpatrol's debugging, tracing or profiling features.  It is
     intended to be used to quickly remove the mpatrol library.

   * Details of memory allocations and free memory are stored
     internally as a tree structure for speed and also to allow the
     best fit allocation algorithm to be used.  This also enables the
     library to perform intelligent resizing of memory allocations and
     can be used to quickly determine if an address has been allocated
     on the heap.

   * Contains 19 replacement C dynamic memory allocation functions:

     `malloc()'    ANSI    Allocates memory.
     `calloc()'    ANSI    Allocates zero-filled memory.
     `memalign()'  UNIX    Allocates memory with a specified alignment.
     `valloc()'    UNIX    Allocates page-aligned memory.
     `pvalloc()'   UNIX    Allocates a number of pages.
     `alloca()'    old     Allocates temporary memory.
     `strdup()'    UNIX    Duplicates a string.
     `strndup()'   old     Duplicates a string with a maximum length.
     `strsave()'   old     Duplicates a string.
     `strnsave()'  old     Duplicates a string with a maximum length.
     `strdupa()'   old     Duplicates a string.
     `strndupa()'  old     Duplicates a string with a maximum length.
     `realloc()'   ANSI    Resizes memory.
     `reallocf()'  BSD     Resizes memory and frees on failure.
     `recalloc()'  old     Resizes memory allocated by `calloc()'.
     `expand()'    old     Resizes memory but does not relocate it.
     `free()'      ANSI    Frees memory.
     `cfree()'     old     Frees memory allocated by `calloc()'.
     `dealloca()'  new     Explicitly frees temporary memory.

   * Contains 5 replacement C dynamic memory extension functions:

     `xmalloc()'          Allocates memory without failure.
     `xcalloc()'          Allocates zero-filled memory without failure.
     `xstrdup()'          Duplicates a string without failure.
     `xrealloc()'         Resizes memory without failure.
     `xfree()'            Frees memory.

   * Contains 6 replacement C dynamic memory alternative functions:

     `MP_MALLOC()'        Allocates memory without failure.
     `MP_CALLOC()'        Allocates zero-filled memory without failure.
     `MP_STRDUP()'        Duplicates a string without failure.
     `MP_REALLOC()'       Resizes memory without failure.
     `MP_FREE()'          Frees memory.
     `MP_FAILURE()'       Sets the allocation failure handler.

   * Contains 4 replacement C++ dynamic memory allocation operators (in
     both _throw_ and _nothrow_ forms):

     `operator new'       Allocates memory.
     `operator new[]'     Allocates memory for an array.
     `operator delete'    Frees memory.
     `operator delete[]'  Frees memory allocated by `operator new[]'.

   * Contains 10 replacement C memory operation functions:

     `memset()'    ANSI    Fills memory with a specific byte.
     `bzero()'     UNIX    Fills memory with the zero byte.
     `memccpy()'   UNIX    Copies memory up to a specific byte.
     `memcpy()'    ANSI    Copies non-overlapping memory.
     `memmove()'   ANSI    Copies possibly-overlapping memory.
     `bcopy()'     UNIX    Copies possibly-overlapping memory.
     `memcmp()'    ANSI    Compares two blocks of memory.
     `bcmp()'      UNIX    Compares two blocks of memory.
     `memchr()'    ANSI    Searches memory for a specific byte.
     `memmem()'    UNIX    Searches memory for specific bytes.

   * All of the above functions can also be defined with an additional
     underscore prepended to their external name in order to catch all
     uses of these functions in the system and third-party libraries.

   * Contains support for a user-defined low-memory handler function,
     including a replacement for the C++ function, `set_new_handler()'.

   * The C++ dynamic memory allocation operators make use of the
     preprocessor in order to obtain source-level information.  If this
     causes problems then replacement operator names may be used so
     that the existing operators will still work.

   * Contains support for automatically registering any functions whose
     names begin with `__mp_init_' and `__mp_fini_' to be called when
     the mpatrol library is initialised and terminated respectively.  A
     function is also provided to register additional functions to be
     called when the mpatrol library terminates.

   * Contains support for user-defined prologue and epilogue callback
     functions, which get called before and after every memory
     allocation, reallocation or deallocation.

   * A function is provided to return as much information as possible
     about a given memory allocation or free block, and can be called
     at any time during program execution.  A similar function is also
     provided for calling from within a debugger and an example command
     file is provided for use with `gdb'.

   * A function is provided to display library settings and heap usage
     statistics, including peak memory usage.  This information is also
     displayed at program termination, and can also be placed into a
     data structure at run-time via another function.

   * The library reads any user-controllable options at run-time from
     an environment variable, but this does not have to be set as
     defaults will then be used.  This prevents having to recompile
     anything in order to change any library settings.  An option
     exists to display a quick-reference summary of all of the
     recognised options to the standard error file stream.  Library
     settings can also be set and read from within user code after the
     library has been initialised by calling two internal functions.

   * All diagnostics and logging are sent to a file in the current
     directory, but this can be overridden, including forcing the log
     file to be the standard output or standard error file streams.  An
     environment variable specifying a default directory in which to
     place log files can also be set.

   * Options exist to log details of every memory allocation,
     reallocation or deallocation when they occur.  A function exists
     to log the details of any memory allocation to the mpatrol log
     file.

   * Options exist to halt the program at a specific memory allocation,
     reallocation or deallocation when running the program within a
     debugger.  These options have no effect when running the program
     without a debugger.

   * An option exists to enable memory allocation profiling, which
     forces a summary of all memory allocation statistics to be written
     to a specified file for later use by a profiling command.  The
     profiling file can also be written at a specified frequency.  An
     environment variable specifying a default directory in which to
     place profiling output files can also be set.

   * A profiling command is provided which reads a profiling output
     file produced by the mpatrol library and displays a set of tables
     based on the accumulated data.  The profiling information includes
     summaries of all of the memory allocations listed by size and the
     function that allocated them and a list of memory leaks with the
     call stack of the allocating function.  It also includes a graph
     of all memory allocations listed in tabular form, and an optional
     graph specification file for later processing by the `dot' graph
     visualisation package.

   * An option exists to enable memory allocation tracing, which forces
     certain details for every memory allocation event to be written to
     a specified file for later use by a tracing command.  The tracing
     file is written in a concise encoded form so as to keep the size
     of the file down.  An environment variable specifying a default
     directory in which to place tracing output files can also be set.

   * A tracing command is provided which reads a tracing output file
     produced by the mpatrol library and displays the memory allocation
     events in tabular or graphical form.  It also displays any
     relevant statistics that could be calculated, and has options to
     write out the trace in HATF format or write out a trace-driven
     memory allocation simulation program as C source code.

   * On UNIX platforms, the `mmap()' function can optionally be used to
     allocate user memory instead of the `sbrk()' function, but only if
     the system supports it.  If `mmap()' is supported then internal
     mpatrol library memory is normally allocated with this function in
     order to segregate it from user memory but this behaviour can be
     swapped around.

   * On non-UNIX platforms where the mpatrol library overrides
     `malloc()' without requiring the inclusion of `mpatrol.h',
     versions of the UNIX functions `brk()' and `sbrk()' are provided
     for compatibility with certain libraries.  These should _not_ be
     called by user code as they have only limited functionality.

   * All newly-allocated memory that is not allocated by the `calloc()'
     or `recalloc()' functions will be pre-filled with a non-zero value
     in order to catch out programs that wrongly assume that all
     newly-allocated memory is zeroed.  This value can be modified at
     run-time.

   * Can automatically check to see if there have been any illegal
     writes to bytes located just before and after every memory
     allocation through the use of overflow buffers.  The size of such
     overflow buffers and the value to pre-fill them with can be
     modified at run-time.  The checks will be performed before every
     memory allocation call to ensure that nothing has overwritten the
     overflow buffers, but a function is also provided to perform
     additional checks under the programmer's control and an option
     exists to specify a range and frequency in which checks will be
     performed.

   * On systems that support them, watch point areas can be used
     instead of overflow buffers so that every read and write to memory
     is checked to ensure that it is not within an overflow buffer.

   * Supports the `-fcheck-memory-usage' option of `gcc' to check all
     heap memory accesses in programs that were compiled with that
     option.  Currently this only supports checking that memory
     accesses do not overflow heap allocations or access free memory,
     rather than keeping records of individual memory accesses that GNU
     Checker does.

   * Can automatically check to see if there have been any illegal
     writes to free memory blocks.  The value to pre-fill free memory
     blocks with can be modified at run-time.  The check will be
     performed before every memory allocation call to ensure that
     nothing has overwritten the free memory block, but a function is
     also provided to perform additional checks under the programmer's
     control and an option exists to specify a range in which checks
     will be performed.

   * On systems that support memory protection, every memory allocation
     can optionally be allocated at least one page of memory.  That
     way, any free memory blocks can be made read and write protected
     so that nothing can access free memory on the heap.  An option is
     provided to specify whether all memory allocations should be
     allocated at the start or at the end of such pages, and the bytes
     left over within the pages become overflow buffers.

   * All freed memory allocations can optionally be prevented from
     being returned to the free memory pool.  This is useful for
     detecting if use is being made of freed memory just after a memory
     allocation has been freed.  The contents of the memory allocation
     can either be preserved or can be pre-filled with a value in order
     to detect illegal writes to the freed memory allocation.  In
     addition, only a specified number of recently-freed memory
     allocations can be prevented from being returned to the free
     memory pool.  Any older freed memory allocations will then
     eventually be reused.

   * The `alloca()', `strdupa()' and `strndupa()' functions are
     implemented so that the temporary stack-based allocations that
     they would normally make are now temporary heap-based allocations
     that can be traced by mpatrol.  Such allocations will be
     implicitly freed when the function that allocated them returns,
     but a function also exists to explicitly free them as well.

   * Calls to memory operation functions (such as `memset()' or
     `memcpy()') have their arguments checked to ensure that they do
     not pass null pointers or attempt to read or write memory
     straddling the boundary of a previously allocated memory block,
     although an option exists to turn such an error into a warning so
     that the operation can still be performed.  Tracing from all such
     functions can also optionally be written to the log file.

   * The internal data structures used by the library are kept separate
     from the rest of the memory allocations.  On systems that support
     memory protection, all of these internal data structures will be
     write-protected in order to prevent corruption by the calling
     program.  This feature can be overridden at run-time as it can
     slow the program down.

   * Certain signals can be saved and restored on entry to each library
     function and `errno' is set to `ENOMEM' if memory cannot be
     allocated, except for the ANSI C++ operators which throw the
     `std::bad_alloc' exception instead.

   * On systems that support memory protection, the library attempts to
     detect any illegal memory accesses and display as much information
     as it can obtain about the address in question and where the
     illegal memory access occurred.

   * A call stack traceback from any function performing a memory
     allocation is stored if the library supports this feature on the
     system it is being run on.  This information can then be displayed
     when information about a specific memory allocation is required.
     Many different call stack traceback implementations are provided
     for different platforms.  A function is also provided to write the
     current call stack to the mpatrol log file.

   * Symbol table details from executable files and shared libraries are
     automatically read on systems that support this feature in order
     to make the call stack tracebacks more meaningful.  An option also
     exists to display a complete list of the symbols that were read by
     the library at program termination.  A function is also provided
     to return symbolic information about any code address.

   * Compiler-generated line number tables from any debugging sections
     that exist in executable files and shared libraries can also be
     used by the mpatrol library in order to provide more meaningful
     information in call stack tracebacks.  An external command is also
     provided to make use of a debugger to get such information if one
     is available.

   * If the library is unable to automatically determine a program's
     executable filename to read symbols from then an option exists to
     specify the full path to the program's executable file.

   * Options are provided to edit and list a source file at a specific
     line number when a warning or error occurs due to that source
     line.  An external command which provides this functionality
     outwith the mpatrol library is included, and functions are
     provided to do this from within user code.

   * An option exists to change the default alignment used for
     general-purpose memory allocations.

   * Contains support for a user-defined limit to available memory
     which can be useful for stress-testing a program in simulated low
     memory conditions.

   * Contains a feature to randomly fail a specific frequency of memory
     allocations which can be useful for stress-testing error recovery
     code in a program.

   * An option exists to display a complete memory map of the heap at
     program termination.  A function to do this is also available to
     call at any point during program execution.

   * A function is provided to take a snapshot of the heap at the
     current point in execution.  The value returned by this function
     can then be used to pinpoint the differences in heap allocation
     details between that point and a later point in the program.

   * Functions are provided to iterate across all of the current heap
     allocations and call a user-defined callback function for each one
     they find.

   * A leak table is provided, which records a flat profile of memory
     allocation behaviour between two points in a program and is keyed
     by source file location.  Memory allocation events can either be
     recorded in the leak table automatically via a run-time option or
     the leak table can be manipulated through several functions.

   * Functions are provided to write user-defined information directly
     to the mpatrol log file, as well as hexadecimal memory dumps of
     any memory location.

   * Options exist to display all freed and unfreed memory allocations
     at program termination in order to detect memory leaks, as well as
     all free memory blocks.  A separate program is also provided for
     locating memory leaks in unfinished log files.

   * An option exists to abort the program with a failure condition if
     there are more than a specified number of unfreed memory
     allocations at program termination.  This could be useful for
     batch testing in order to check that all tests free up most of
     their allocated memory.

   * Memory allocations can be _marked_ to indicate to the mpatrol
     library that they should remain allocated for the lifetime of the
     program and should not be freed or be listed as a memory leak.

   * Functions always report if their arguments are illegal in order to
     pinpoint any errors, and options exist to perform rigorous
     checking of arguments when allocating, reallocating and freeing
     memory.  In addition, checking is performed to ensure that memory
     allocated by `operator new[]' is not freed with `free()' for
     example.

   * The type of function performing a memory allocation is always
     stored along with the allocation, as well as the file and line
     number it was called from.  If compiled with `gcc', the function
     name will also be stored and the thread identifier will be stored
     if using the thread-safe library.

   * The library uses a header file to redefine the memory allocation
     functions as macros in order to obtain more information about
     where they were called from.  This is not strictly required on
     UNIX and Windows platforms (and AmigaOS when using `gcc'), since
     the library automatically redefines the default system memory
     allocation functions.  All redefinitions in the header can also be
     disabled by defining the `NDEBUG' preprocessor macro, which also
     disables the effect of calling any mpatrol library function.

   * A command is supplied to run a program that was linked with the
     mpatrol library with any specified options on the command line.
     On some UNIX platforms, an option also exists to override the
     default memory allocation routines for any dynamically-linked
     program that was not previously linked with the mpatrol library.

   * The mpatrol library can be built to liaise with Parasoft Inuse, a
     commercial graphical memory usage tool that can display the
     current memory map of a running process.  Inuse is supplied with
     Parasoft Insure++.

   * Comes with a library of tools that are built on top of the mpatrol
     library and can be used to extend it for specific applications.

   * An automake macro is provided to ease the integration of mpatrol
     into a new or existing project.

   * A small tool is provided to read a dictionary file and display all
     of the words that can be represented in hexadecimal form.  Such
     hexadecimal constants can be used to initialise variables in user
     programs in order to aid debugging.

   * The library and tools can be built using the GNU autoconf,
     automake and libtool utilities.  Build scripts are also supplied
     to build both installation packages and binary distributions.  A
     Linux Software Map file is also provided.

   * A small test suite is provided in order to test basic features.

   * User documentation is currently available in TeXinfo format as
     well as UNIX manual pages and a quick reference card.  The source
     code for the library and tools can also be formatted for a printed
     manual.

3 Installation
**************

   The mpatrol library was initially developed on an Amiga 4000/040
running AmigaOS 3.1.  I then installed Red Hat Linux 5.1 on my Amiga
and added support for Linux/m68k.  I've now just recently purchased a
Dell Inspiron 7500 Notebook PC and put my Amiga in retirement, so
development will now continue on Red Hat Linux 6.2 and above on the
Intel platform.  I've tried my best to make it as easy as possible to
build and install mpatrol on any system, but it isn't likely to run
smoothly for everybody.  However, there shouldn't be any major problems
if you perform the following steps.

   Note that if you want to check the integrity of the files that came
with the mpatrol distribution you can use the `CHECKSUMS' file in the
`mpatrol' base directory.  You must have the `md5sum' command installed
on your system in order to make use of this file.

   If you wish to use GNU autoconf, automake and libtool to build and
install mpatrol you may do so by entering the `pkg/auto' directory and
typing `./setup'.  This will construct the directory structure that is
required by these tools and will also create a `configure' script.
Please see the `INSTALL' file in that directory for information on how
to proceed.  Note that you can clean up the `pkg/auto' directory by
typing `make distclean' (if the `configure' script has already been
run) followed by `./cleanup'.

   For a manual installation, perform the following steps.

  1. Go into the `build' directory and then into the appropriate
     subdirectory for your system.

  2. Edit the `Makefile' in that directory and check that it is using
     the appropriate compiler and build tools.  The `CC' macro
     specifies the compiler(1), the `AR' macro specifies the tool used
     to build the archive library and the `LD' macro specifies the tool
     to build the shared library.  The `CFLAGS' macro specifies
     compiler options that are always to be used, the `OFLAGS' macro
     specifies optimisation options for the compiler, the `SFLAGS' macro
     specifies options to be passed to the compiler when building a
     shared library and the `TFLAGS' macro specifies options to be
     passed to the compiler when building a thread-safe library.  You
     may also need to change the library names and library build
     commands on different systems.

     Note that the generic UNIX `Makefile' contains a macro called
     `GUISUP' which is set to `false' by default.  If it is set to
     `true' then the `mptrace' command will be built with GUI support
     enabled.  However, your system must contain the correct header
     files and libraries in order to support this.

  3. Use the `make' command (or equivalent) to build the mpatrol
     library in archive form.  The `all' target builds all possible
     combinations of the mpatrol library for your system.  The `clean'
     target removes all relevant object files from the current
     directory, while the `clobber' target also removes all libraries
     that have been built from the current directory.  On some UNIX
     platforms, the `lint' target will build a `lint' library for the
     mpatrol library.

  4. If the mpatrol library is to be built with support for Parasoft
     Inuse then the `MP_INUSE_SUPPORT' preprocessor macro must be
     defined in the `CFLAGS' portion of the `Makefile' before building.
     This will ensure that Inuse will be notified of every memory
     allocation, reallocation and deallocation, but the Insure++
     runtime library will also have to be linked in with any program
     that uses mpatrol.

  5. Copy all of the libraries that have been built into your local
     library directory.  If there were symbolic links created in the
     `build' directory then these should be recreated in the local
     library directory rather than simply copying them.  You may need
     to run a command such as `ldconfig' in order for the system to
     recognise the newly-installed libraries, and you may also need to
     add the filename of the directory containing the newly-installed
     libraries to an environment variable such as `LD_LIBRARY_PATH' if
     you installed the libraries in a non-standard location.

  6. Copy the `mpatrol', `mprof', `mptrace' and `mleak' programs that
     have been built into your local bin directory.  You may also wish
     to copy the `mpsym', `mpedit' and `hexwords' commands to your
     local bin directory as well if your system supports Bourne shell
     scripts.

  7. Go up two directory levels into the `src' directory and copy the
     `mpatrol.h', `mpalloc.h' and `mpdebug.h' header files into your
     local include directory.

  8. Go up one directory level into the `tools' directory and copy all
     of the header files into the `mpatrol' subdirectory (which you'll
     need to create) in your local include directory.

  9. On UNIX platforms, go up one directory level into the `man'
     directory and copy the `man1' and `man3' subdirectories to your
     local man directory.  Unfortunately, the location for manual pages
     varies from system to system so you may or may not also be able to
     copy the `cat1' and `cat3' subdirectories as well.  The `man*'
     subdirectories contain the unformatted manual pages while the
     `cat*' subdirectories contain the formatted manual pages.

 10. Go up one directory level into the `doc' directory and examine the
     files located there.  The `mpatrol.texi' file contains the TeXinfo
     source for this manual and can be translated into a wide variety
     of documentation formats.  The `refcard.tex' file contains the
     LaTeX source for the quick reference card and can be translated
     into formats suitable for printing onto a few pages.  There should
     already be translated files in the `doc' directory, but if not you
     will have to generate them yourself using the `Makefile' provided.
     You can then install or print these documents.

     The mpatrol library source code can also be formatted for a
     printed manual for later perusal.  The `source' target in the
     `Makefile' within the `doc' directory can be used to build the
     source code documentation in DVI, postscript and PDF formats, but
     be prepared for a large number of pages!

     If you are not installing on a system that supports UNIX manual
     pages then you should also check in the `man' directory to ensure
     that there are alternative formats for the mpatrol manual pages
     that you can install.  If not, you will have to generate them
     yourself using the `Makefile' provided.

   Alternatively, the `pkg' directory contains files that can be used to
automatically generate a _package_ in a specific format suitable for
installation on a system.  Four package formats (PKG, SD/UX, RPM and
Debian) and three archive formats are currently supported (generic tape
archive, LhA and ZIP).

   The first package format is generally used on UNIX SVR4 systems,
while the second is used on HP/UX systems.  The RPM and Debian package
formats were introduced by Red Hat and Debian respectively for use in
their Linux distributions.

   The generic tape archive can be used as a distribution for UNIX
systems where no package format is supported, but it does not contain
information on how to install the files on the system once they have
been extracted from the distribution.  The LhA and ZIP formats are also
roughly the same, but the LhA format is intended for Amiga systems and
is used for Aminet distributions, while the ZIP format is intended for
Windows systems and is used for WinSite distributions.

   You should really know what you are doing before you attempt to
build a package, and you should also be aware that some of the package
files may need to be modified before you begin.

   In addition, a Linux Software Map index file exists in the `pkg/lsm'
directory.

   Note that the `extra' directory that comes with the mpatrol
distribution contains several prototype configuration files for certain
third-party programs.  These files should be examined so that you can
decide whether to integrate their contents into your existing
configuration files.  The purpose of each file is described in the
relevant sections of this manual.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) On many systems this actually a C++ compiler by default, and
should be a C++ compiler if you wish to use the C++ operators.

4 Integration
*************

   This section describes how to go about adding or removing the
mpatrol library from your code.  There are several levels for each
category so it is worth reading about each before proceeding.

4.1 Adding mpatrol
==================

   The following steps should allow you to easily integrate the mpatrol
library into an existing application, although some of them may not be
available to do on many platforms.  They are listed in the order of
number of changes required to modify existing code -- the last step
will require a complete recompilation of all your code.

  1. This step is currently only available on DYNIX/ptx, FreeBSD, IRIX,
     Linux, NetBSD, OpenBSD, Solaris and Tru64 platforms and on DG/UX
     4.20MU07(1) or later platforms with the `LD_PRELOAD' feature.

     If your program or application has been dynamically linked with
     the system C library (`libc.so') or an alternative malloc shared
     library then you can use the `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol'
     command to override the default definitions of `malloc()', etc. at
     run-time without having to relink your program.  If your program
     is multithreaded then you must also add the `--threads' option to
     pick up the multithreaded shared libraries instead.

     For example, if your program's executable file is called
     `testprog' and it accepts an option specifying an input file, you
     can force the system's dynamic linker to use mpatrol's versions of
     `malloc()', etc. instead of the default versions by typing:

          mpatrol --dynamic ./testprog -i file

     The resulting log file should be called `mpatrol.<procid>.log' by
     default (where PROCID is the current process id), but if no such
     file exists after running the `mpatrol' command then it will not
     be possible to force the run-time linking of mpatrol functions to
     your program and you will have to proceed to the next step.  Note
     that the `mpatrol' command overrides any previous setting of the
     `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable.

  2. This step is currently only available on UNIX and Windows
     platforms (and AmigaOS when using `gcc').

     You should be able to link in the mpatrol library when linking
     your program without having to recompile any of your object files
     or libraries, but this will only be worthwhile on systems where
     stack tracebacks are supported, otherwise you should proceed to
     the next step since there will not be enough information for you
     to tell where the calls to dynamic memory allocation functions took
     place.

     Information on how to link the mpatrol library to an application
     is given at the start of the examples (*note Examples::), but you
     should note that if your program does not directly call any of the
     functions in the mpatrol library then it will not be linked in and
     you will not see a log file being generated when you run it.  You
     can force the linking of the mpatrol library by causing `malloc()'
     to be undefined on the link line, usually through the use of the
     `-u' linker option.

     If your program is multithreaded then you must use the thread-safe
     version of the mpatrol library and possibly also link in the
     system threads library as well.  Not doing this will usually
     result in your program failing somewhere in the mpatrol library
     code.

  3. All of the following steps will require you to recompile some or
     all of your code so that your code calls dynamic memory allocation
     functions from the mpatrol library rather than the system C
     library.

     This first step is only available when using `gcc'.

     You can make use of the `gcc' option `-fcheck-memory-usage' which
     instructs the compiler to place calls to error-checking functions
     before each access to memory.  This can result in a dramatic
     slowdown of your code so you may wish to limit the use of this
     option to a few source files, but it does provide a very thorough
     method of ensuring that you do not access memory beyond the bounds
     of a memory allocation or attempt to access free memory.  However,
     be aware that the checks are only placed in the bodies of
     functions that have been compiled with this option and are missing
     from all functions that have not.  You must link in the mpatrol
     library when using this option, otherwise you will get linker
     errors.

     The `-fcheck-memory-usage' option was added to `gcc' to support
     GNU Checker, which can be considered to be the run-time system for
     this option.  GNU Checker also includes the ability to detect
     reads from uninitialised memory, something that mpatrol does not
     currently support, and deals with stack objects as well.  GNU
     Checker cannot be used in conjunction with mpatrol.

  4. For this step, if you have a rough idea of where the function
     calls lie that you would like to trace or test, you need only
     recompile the relevant source files.  You should modify these
     source files to include the `mpatrol.h' header file before any
     calls to dynamic memory allocation or memory operation functions.

     However, you should take particular care to ensure that all calls
     to memory allocation functions in the mpatrol library will be
     matched by calls to memory reallocation or deallocation functions
     in the mpatrol library, since if they are unmatched then the log
     file will either fill up with errors complaining about trying to
     free unknown allocations, or warnings about unfreed memory
     allocations at the end of execution.

  5. This step requires you to recompile all of your source files to
     include the `mpatrol.h' header file.  Obviously, this will take
     the longest amount of time to integrate, but need not require you
     to change any source files if the compiler you are using has a
     command line option to include a specific header file before any
     source files.

     For example, `gcc' comes with a `-include' option which has this
     feature, so if you had to recompile a source file called `test.c'
     then the following command would allow you to include `mpatrol.h'
     without having to modify the source file:

          gcc -include /usr/local/include/mpatrol.h -c test.c

   In all cases, it will be desirable to compile your source files with
compiler-generated debugging information since that may be able to be
used by the `USEDEBUG' option or the `mpsym' command.  In addition, more
symbolic information will be available if the executable files have not
had their symbol tables stripped from them, although mpatrol can also
fall back to using the dynamic symbol table from dynamically linked
executable files.

   Note that an automake macro is now provided to allow you to
integrate mpatrol into a new or existing project that uses the GNU
autoconf and automake tools.  It is located in `extra/mpatrol.m4',
which should be copied to the directory containing all of the local
autoconf and automake macros on your system, usually
`/usr/local/share/aclocal'.  The automake macro it defines is called
`AM_WITH_MPATROL', which should be added to the libraries section in
the `configure.in' file for your project.  It takes one optional
parameter specifying whether mpatrol should be included in the project
(`yes') or not (`no').  This can also be specified as `threads' if you
wish to use the threadsafe version of the mpatrol library.  You can
override the value of the optional parameter with the `--with-mpatrol'
option to the resulting `configure' shell script.

   If you are using the `AM_WITH_MPATROL' automake macro then you may
wish to use the `mpdebug.h' header file instead of `mpatrol.h'.  This
ensures that the `MP_MALLOC()' family of functions are always defined,
even if libmpatrol or libmpalloc are unavailable.  It makes use of the
`HAVE_MPATROL' and `HAVE_MPALLOC' preprocessor macros that are
controlled by the automake macro, but in other respects behaves in
exactly the same way as `mpatrol.h'.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Also available on DG/UX 4.20MU05 with patch dgux_R4.20MU05.p59
and DG/UX 4.20MU06 with patch dgux_R4.20MU06.p08.

4.2 Removing mpatrol
====================

   Once you have ironed out all of the problems in your code with the
help of the mpatrol library, there will come a time where you wish to
build your program without any of its debugging features, either to
improve the speed that it runs at, or perhaps even for a release.
Choose one of the following steps to help you remove the mpatrol
library from your program (you only need to perform them if you linked
your program with the mpatrol library).

  1. The quickest way to remove the mpatrol library from your
     application is to link with libmpalloc instead of libmpatrol.
     This contains replacements for all of the mpatrol library
     functions, either implementing memory allocation or memory
     operation functions with the system C library, or doing nothing in
     the functions which perform debugging, profiling or tracing.  This
     method is a very quick way to remove the mpatrol library but will
     not result in very efficient code.

  2. The next option is to recompile all of the source files which
     include the `mpatrol.h' header file, but this time define the
     `NDEBUG' preprocessor macro.  This automatically disables the
     redefinition of `malloc()', etc. and prevents calls being made to
     any mpatrol library functions.  Obviously, this option is the most
     time-consuming of the two, but will result in the complete removal
     of all references to the mpatrol library.

  3. The final option is to guard all of the mpatrol-specific code in
     your program with a preprocessor macro, possibly called
     `HAVE_MPATROL', and then recompiling all of your source code with
     this macro undefined.  This is the best option but relies on you
     having originally made these changes when you first started
     integrating the mpatrol library into your program.

   Note that if you used the `AM_WITH_MPATROL' automake macro as
detailed in the previous section to build your application then you
should perform a clean recompilation using the `--without-mpatrol'
option to the `configure' shell script in order to completely remove
the mpatrol library.

   Note also that if you used the `-fcheck-memory-usage' option of the
GNU compiler to check all memory accesses then you must recompile
without that option in order for your program to run at a reasonable
speed.

5 Memory allocations
********************

   In the C and C++ programming languages there are generally three
different types of memory allocation that can be used to hold the
contents of variables.  Other programming languages such as Pascal,
BASIC and FORTRAN also support some of these types of allocation,
although their implementations may be slightly different.

5.1 Static memory allocations
=============================

   The first type of memory allocation is known as a _static memory
allocation_, which corresponds to file scope variables and local static
variables.  The addresses and sizes of these allocations are fixed at
the time of compilation(1) and so they can be placed in a fixed-sized
data area which then corresponds to a section within the final linked
executable file.  Such memory allocations are called static because
they do not vary in location or size during the lifetime of the program.

   There can be many types of data sections within an executable file;
the three most common are normal data, BSS data and read-only data.
BSS data contains variables and arrays which are to be initialised to
zero at run-time and so is treated as a special case, since the actual
contents of the section need not be stored in the executable file.
Read-only data consists of constant variables and arrays whose contents
are guaranteed not to change when a program is being run.  For example,
on a typical SVR4 UNIX system the following variable definitions would
result in them being placed in the following sections:

     int a;           /* BSS data */
     int b = 1;       /* normal data */
     const int c = 2; /* read-only data */

   In C the first example would be considered a _tentative_
declaration, and if there was no subsequent definition of that variable
in the current translation unit then it would become a _common_
variable in the resulting object file.  When the object file gets
linked with other object files, any common variables with the same name
become one variable, or take their definition from a non-tentative
definition of that variable.  In the former case, the variable is
placed in the BSS section.  Note that C++ has no support for tentative
declarations.

   As all static memory allocations have sizes and address offsets that
are known at compile-time and are explicitly initialised, there is very
little that can go wrong with them.  Data can be read or written past
the end of such variables, but that is a common problem with all memory
allocations and is generally easy to locate in that case.  On systems
that separate read-only data from normal data, writing to a read-only
variable can be quickly diagnosed at run-time.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Or more accurately, at link time.

5.2 Stack memory allocations
============================

   The second type of memory allocation is known as a _stack memory
allocation_, which corresponds to non-static local variables and
call-by-value parameter variables.  The sizes of these allocations are
fixed at the time of compilation but their addresses will vary
depending on when the function which defines them is called.  Their
contents are not immediately initialised, and must be explicitly
initialised by the programmer upon entry to the function or when they
become visible in scope.

   Such memory allocations are placed in a system memory area called the
_stack_, which is allocated per process(1) and generally grows down in
memory.  When a function is called, the state of the calling function
must be preserved so that when the called function returns, the calling
function can resume execution.  That state is stored on the stack,
including all local variables and parameters.  The compiler generates
code to increase the size of the stack upon entry to a function, and
decrease the size of the stack upon exit from a function, as well as
saving and restoring the values of registers.

   There are a few common problems using stack memory allocations, and
most generally involve uninitialised variables, which a good compiler
can usually diagnose at compile-time.  Some compilers also have options
to initialise all local variables with a bit pattern so that
uninitialised stack variables will cause program faults at run-time.
As with static memory allocations, there can be problems with reading
or writing past the end of stack variables, but as their sizes are
fixed these can usually easily be located.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Or per thread on some systems.

5.3 Dynamic memory allocations
==============================

   The last type of memory allocation is known as a _dynamic memory
allocation_, which corresponds to memory allocated via `malloc()' or
`operator new[]'.  The sizes, addresses and contents of such memory vary
at run-time and so can cause a lot of problems when trying to diagnose
a fault in a program.  These memory allocations are called dynamic
memory allocations because their location and size can vary throughout
the lifetime of a program.

   Such memory allocations are placed in a system memory area called the
_heap_, which is allocated per process on some systems, but on others
may be allocated directly from the system in scattered blocks.  Unlike
memory allocated on the stack, memory allocated on the heap is not
freed when a function or scope is exited and so must be explicitly
freed by the programmer.  The pattern of allocations and deallocations
is not guaranteed to be (and is not really expected to be) linear and
so the functions that allocate memory from the heap must be able to
efficiently reuse freed memory and resize existing allocated memory on
request.  In some programming languages there is support for a _garbage
collector_, which attempts to automatically free memory that has had
all references to it removed, but this has traditionally not been very
popular for programming languages such as C and C++, and has been more
widely used in functional languages like ML(1).

   Because dynamic memory allocations are performed at run-time rather
than compile-time, they are outwith the domain of the compiler and must
be implemented in a run-time package, usually as a set of functions
within a linker library.  Such a package manages the heap in such a way
as to abstract its underlying structure from the programmer, providing
a common interface to heap management on different systems.  However,
this _malloc library_ must decide whether to implement a fast memory
allocator, a space-conserving memory allocator, or a bit of both.  It
must also try to keep its own internal tables to a minimum so as to
conserve memory, but this means that it has very little capability to
diagnose errors if any occur.

   In some compiler implementations there is a builtin function called
`alloca()'.  This is a dynamic memory allocation function that allocates
memory from the stack rather than the heap, and so the memory is
automatically freed when the function that called it returns.  This is
a non-standard feature that is not guaranteed to be present in a
compiler, and indeed may not be possible to implement on some
systems(2).  However, the mpatrol library provides a debugging version
of this function (and a few other related functions) on all systems, so
that they make use of the heap instead of the stack.

   As can be seen from the above paragraphs, dynamic memory allocations
are the types of memory allocations that can cause the most problems in
a program since almost nothing about them can be used by the compiler
to give the programmer useful warnings about using uninitialised
variables, using freed memory, running off the end of a
dynamically-allocated array, etc.  It is these types of memory
allocation problems that the mpatrol library loves to get its teeth
into!

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) There is currently at least one garbage collection package
available for C and C++ (*note Related software::).

   (2) Some compilers now support variable length arrays which provide
roughly the same functionality.

6 Operating system support
**************************

   Beneath every malloc library's public interface there is the
underlying operating system's memory management interface.  This
provides features which can be as simple as giving processes the
ability to allocate a new block of memory for themselves, or it can
offer advanced features such as protecting areas of memory from being
read or written.  Some embedded systems have no operating systems and
hence no support for dynamic memory allocation, and so the malloc
library must instead allocate blocks of memory from a fixed-sized array.
The mpatrol library can be built to support all of the above types of
system, but the more features an operating system can provide it with,
the more it can do.

   On operating systems such as UNIX and Windows, all dynamic memory
allocation requests from a process are dealt with by using a feature
called _virtual memory_.  This means that a process cannot perform
illegal requests without them being denied, which protects the other
running processes and the operating system from being affected by such
errors.  However, on AmigaOS and Netware platforms there is no virtual
memory support and so all processes effectively share the same address
space as the operating system and any other running processes.  This
means that one process can accidentally write into the data structures
of another process, usually causing the other process to fail and bring
down the system.  In addition, a process which allocates a lot of memory
will result in there being less available memory for other running
processes, and in extreme cases the operating system itself.

6.1 Virtual memory
==================

   _Virtual memory_ is an operating system feature that was originally
used to provide large usable address spaces for every process on
machines that had very little physical memory.  It is used by an
operating system to fool(1) a running process into believing that it can
allocate a vast amount of memory for its own purposes, although whether
it is allowed to or not depends on the operating system and the
permissions of the individual user.

   Virtual memory works by translating a virtual address (which the
process uses) into a physical address (which the operating system
uses).  It is generally implemented via a piece of hardware called a
_memory management unit_, or MMU.  The MMU's primary job is to
translate any virtual addresses that are referred to by machine
instructions into physical addresses by looking up a table which is
built by the operating system.  This table contains mappings to and
from _pages_(2) rather than bytes since it would otherwise be very
inefficient to handle mappings between individual bytes.  As a result,
every virtual memory operation operates on pages, which are indivisible
and are always aligned to the system page size.

   Even though each process can now see a huge address space, what
happens when it attempts to allocate more pages than actually
physically exist, or allocate an additional page of memory when all of
the physical pages are in use by it and other processes?  This problem
is solved by the operating system temporarily saving one or more of the
least-used pages (which might not necessarily belong that that process)
to a special place in the file system called a _swap file_, and mapping
the new pages to the physical addresses where the old pages once
resided.  The old pages which have been _swapped out_ are no longer
currently accessible, but their location in the swap file is noted in
the translation table.

   However, if one of the pages that has been swapped out is accessed
again, a _page fault_ occurs at the instruction which referred to the
address and the operating system catches this and reloads the page from
the swap file, possibly having to swap out another page to make space
for the new one.  If this occurs too often then the operating system
can slow down, having to constantly swap in and swap out the same pages
over and over again.  Such a problem is called _thrashing_ and can only
really be overcome by using less virtual memory or buying more physical
memory.

   It is also possible to take advantage of the virtual memory system's
interaction between physical memory and the file system in program
code, since mapping an existing file to memory means that the usual
file I/O operations can be replaced with memory read and write
operations.  The operating system will work out the optimum way to read
and write any buffers and it means that only one copy of the file
exists in both physical memory and the file system.  Note that this is
how _shared libraries_(3) on UNIX platforms are generally implemented,
with each individual process that uses the shared library having it
mapped to somewhere in its address space.

   Another major feature of virtual memory is its ability to read
protect and write protect individual pages of process memory.  This
means that the operating system can control access to different parts
of the address space for each process, and also means that a process
can read and/or write protect an area of memory when it wants to ensure
that it won't ever read or write to it again.  If an illegal memory
access is detected then a _signal_ will be sent to the process, which
can either be caught and handled or will otherwise terminate the
process.  Note that as with all virtual memory operations, this ability
to protect memory only applies to pages, so that it is not possible to
protect individual bytes.

   However, some versions of UNIX have programmable software _watch
points_ which are implemented at operating system level.  These are
normally used by debuggers to watch a specified area of memory that is
expected to be read from or written to, but can just as easily be used
to implement memory protection at byte level.  Unfortunately, as this
feature is implemented in software(4) rather than in hardware, watch
points tend to be incredibly slow, mainly as a result of the operating
system having to check every instruction before it is executed.  In
addition, some UNIX platforms only allow a certain number of software
watch points to be in use at any one time, so even if your system
supports them you may not be able to use them with the mpatrol library
if there are many memory allocations in use at one time.

   There is also an additional problem when using watch points, which
is due to misaligned reads from memory.  These can occur with
compiler-generated code or with optimised library routines where memory
read, move or write operations have been optimised to work at word
level rather than byte level.  For example, the `memcpy()' function
would normally be written to copy memory a byte at a time, but on some
systems this can be improved by copying a word at a time.
Unfortunately, care has to be taken when reading and writing such words
as the equivalent bytes may not be aligned on word boundaries.
Technically, reading additional bytes before or after a memory
allocation when they share the same word is legal, but when using watch
points such errors will be picked up.  The mpatrol library replaces
most of the memory operation functions provided by the system libraries
with safer versions, although they may not be as efficient.

   An operating system with virtual memory is usually going to run ever
so slightly slower than an operating system without it(5), but the
advantages of virtual memory far outweigh the disadvantages, especially
when used for debugging purposes.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Well, perhaps that's too harsh a word, but it will certainly seem
that way to a process running on a 32-bit UNIX system with only 4
megabytes of physical memory, and yet it will be able to read from and
write to over 4 gigabytes of virtual memory!

   (2) The size of a page varies between operating systems and
processor architectures, but they are generally around 4 or 8 kilobytes
in size, and are always a power of two.

   (3) DLLs on Windows platforms.

   (4) The operating system is still considered software.

   (5) Due to the overhead of having to translate every address and
swap in and out pages -- although memory mapped files will usually be
more efficient than using normal file operations on a system without
virtual memory.

6.2 Call stacks and symbol tables
=================================

   As stated in the section on stack memory allocations (*note Stack
memory allocations::), when a function is called, a copy of the
caller's state information (including local variables and registers) is
saved on the stack so that it can be restored when the called function
returns.  On many operating systems there is a _calling convention_(1)
which defines the layout of such stack entries so that code compiled in
different languages and with different compilers can be intermixed.
This usually specifies at which stack offsets the stack pointer,
program counter and local variables for the calling function can be
found, although on some processor architectures the function calling
conventions are specified by the hardware and so the operating system
must use these instead.

   On systems that have consistent calling conventions, it is usually
possible to perform call stack _tracebacks_ from within the current
function in order to determine the stack of function calls that led to
the current function.  This is extremely useful for debugging purposes
and is done by examining the current stack frame to see if there is a
pointer to the previous stack frame.  If there is, then it can be
followed to find out all of the state information about the calling
function.  This can be repeated until there are no more stack frames(2).
This is generally how this information is determined by debuggers when
a call stack traceback is requested.

   In addition to the pointer to the previous stack frame, the saved
state information also always contains the saved program counter
register, which contains either the address of the instruction that
performed the function call, or the address of the instruction at which
to continue execution when the called function returns(3).  This
information can be used to identify which function performed the call,
since the address of the instruction must lie between the start and end
of one of the functions in the process.

   There are several different ways to perform stack unwinding.  The
first requires compiler support and uses builtin functions to determine
the next stack frame and the return address.  The GNU C compiler,
`gcc', supports this but unfortunately the number of stack frames to
traverse must be known at compile-time rather than run-time.  The
second method requires operating system support, with a library of
routines provided to perform call stack traversal.  Unfortunately, such
routines can be quite time consuming and may require a lot of
resources, but on the other hand they are likely to be very reliable at
obtaining the necessary information.  The mpatrol library can be built
to support either of these methods, with the `MP_BUILTINSTACK_SUPPORT'
and the `MP_LIBRARYSTACK_SUPPORT' preprocessor macros.

   A third way to perform stack unwinding involves reading (or
effectively disassembling) the instructions that are being executed in
order to determine the size of the stack frame being used and the
address of the instruction at which execution will resume when the
function returns.  This can also be quite a reliable method of
obtaining call stack information but is only likely to be feasible on a
processor architecture which has a very simple instruction set, such as
a RISC(4) architecture.  MIPS processors are a good example of this.

   The final method of stack unwinding requires that the frame pointer
and return address are both stored on the stack whenever a new function
is called.  The chain of frame pointers can then be followed down the
stack, and the return addresses can be read at a given offset from the
frame pointers.  This is usually possible with CISC(5) processor
architectures that have dedicated call instructions which automatically
save such information on the stack, although some RISC processors also
save these as well.  However, inline functions and compiler
optimisations can sometimes result in the frame pointer being omitted,
usually resulting in an inability to walk the stack.

   However, in order to determine this symbolic information, it must be
possible to find out where the start and end addresses of all of the
functions in the process are.  This can usually only be read from
object files, since they contain the symbol tables that were used by
the linker to generate the final executable file for the program.  The
object file's symbol tables normally contain information about the
start address, size, name and visibility of every symbol that was
defined, but this depends on the format of the object file and if the
symbol tables have been stripped from the final executable file.

   If the object file was created by a compiler then it may also
contain debugging information that was generated by the compiler for
use with a debugger.  Such information may include a mapping of code
addresses to source lines(6), and this information can be used by the
mpatrol library to provide more meaningful information in call stack
tracebacks.

   On systems that support shared libraries, additional work must be
done to determine the symbolic information for all of the functions
which have been defined in them.  The symbols for functions that are
defined in shared libraries normally appear as undefined symbols in the
executable file for the program and so must be searched in the system
in order to get the necessary information.  It is usually necessary to
liaise with the _dynamic linker_(7) on many systems.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Usually part of the _Application Binary Interface_, or ABI.

   (2) A process also known as _stack unwinding_.

   (3) Also known as the _return address_.

   (4) Reduced Instruction Set Computer.

   (5) Complex Instruction Set Computer.

   (6) Generally known as a line number table.

   (7) Which is the part of the operating system that performs the
run-time linking of shared libraries.

6.3 Threads
===========

   On systems with virtual memory, such as UNIX and Windows, user
programs are run as _processes_ which have their own address space and
resources.  If a process needs to create sub-processes to perform other
tasks it must call `fork()' or `spawn()' to create new processes, but
these new processes do not share the same address space or resources as
the parent process.  If processes need to share memory they must either
use a message passing interface or explicitly mark a range of memory as
shareable.

   Traditionally, this was not too much of a handicap as parallel
processing was an expensive luxury and could only be made use of by the
kernel of such systems.  However, with the birth of fast processors and
parallel programming, programs could be made to run more efficiently
and faster on multi-processor systems by having more than one _thread_
of control.  This was achieved by allowing processes to have more than
one program counter through which the processor could execute
instructions, and if one thread of control stalled for a particular
reason then another could continue without stalling the entire process.

   Such multithreaded programs allow parallel programming and implicit
shared memory between threads since all threads in a process share the
same address space and resources.  This is similar to operating systems
that have no virtual memory, such as AmigaOS and Netware(1), except
that once a process terminates, all threads terminate as well and all
of its resources are still reclaimed.

   Multithreaded programming generally needs no compiler support, but
does require some primitive operations to be supported by the operating
system for a threads library to call.  The functions that are available
in the threads library provide the means for a process to create and
destroy threads.  There are currently several popular threads libraries
available, although the POSIX threads standard remains the definitive
implementation.

   It is always important to remember when programming a multithreaded
application that because all threads in a process share the same
address space, measures must be taken to prevent threads reading and
writing global data in a haphazard fashion.  This can either be done by
locking with semaphores and mutexes, or can be performed by using stack
variables instead of global variables since every thread has its own
local stack.  Care must be taken to write re-entrant functions -- i.e.
a function will give exactly the same result with one thread as it will
with multiple threads running it at the same time.

   The mpatrol library can be built as a thread-safe library with
support for multi-threaded programs.  When this library is linked with
your program, only one thread at a time can allocate, reallocate or
deallocate dynamic memory, or perform a memory operation via
`memcpy()', `memset()', etc.  This does not take full advantage of the
potential concurrency in the library, but at least it will allow the
debugging of multi-threaded programs.

   The process of making the mpatrol library thread-safe was made more
complicated by the fact that the mutexes protecting the library's data
structures had to be recursive, since some of the functions that the
library will call may call `malloc()' and `free()' or any other
functions redefined by the library.  If this was to happen with
non-recursive mutexes then the recursive call would result in the
thread attempting to lock a mutex that it already owned.  However,
implementing recursive mutexes was only half the problem.

   The other problem with writing a thread-safe malloc library is that
it must be initialised before the program becomes multi-threaded.  If
the library is initialised when there are multiple threads running then
one thread may be attempting to initialise the mutexes whilst another
thread may be attempting to lock an uninitialised mutex.  Ideally, the
best place to initialise the library would be at the start of `main()'
but there is currently no way to do this other than getting users to
explicitly plant calls to initialise the library in their code.  This
is not a very satisfactory solution if all we want to do is link in the
replacement malloc library without any need for recompilation.

   Fortunately, there are some ways to plant initialisation calls before
`main()' is called, but they all have some drawbacks.  The first way is
to use a static file-scope constructor in C++, which will then
initialise the mutexes and the library data structures before the code
in `main()' is executed.  However, on many systems this will require
the final link to be performed by the C++ compiler that built the
library.  That may not be desirable or even possible in many cases.
Unfortunately, this drawback appears in the second method, which
involves using the GNU C compiler to compile the library.  This
compiler has an extension which allows functions to be specified as
constructors which will be called before `main()', but means that any
program which is linked with the resulting library must be linked with
the GNU C compiler driver.  However, many systems are now GNU-based
which would mean that this would happen anyway.

   The final way of initialising the mutexes and the library data
structures is to plant a call to the initialisation routines from a
special section which the system will call before `main()' is called.
This section is called the `.init' section on ELF-based platforms, but
may exist in another form on other platforms too.  This has the
advantage that the system linker can be used to link the final program,
but a possible disadvantage is that the library may be initialised too
early, possibly before the environment or file streams have been set
up.  You may find that if one of the above methods does not work for
you then perhaps another one will.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Where the kernel is effectively a single process running all
user programs as threads.

7 Using mpatrol
***************

   This chapter contains a general description of all of the features
of mpatrol and how to use them effectively.  You'll also find a
complete reference for mpatrol in the appendices, but you may wish to
try out the examples (*note Examples::) and the tutorial (*note
Tutorial::) before reading further.

7.1 Library behaviour
=====================

   Most of the behaviour of the mpatrol library can be controlled at
run-time via options which are read from the `MPATROL_OPTIONS'
environment variable.  This prevents you having to recompile or relink
each time you want to change a library setting, and so makes it really
easy to try out different settings to locate a particular bug.  You
should know how to set the value of an environment variable on your
system before you read on.

   By default, the mpatrol library will attempt to determine the
minimum required alignment for any generic memory allocation when it
first initialises itself.  This may be affected by the compiler and its
settings when the library was built but it should normally reflect the
minimum alignment required by the processor on your system.  If you
would prefer a larger (or perhaps even smaller) default alignment you
may change it at run-time using the `DEFALIGN' option.  The value you
supply must be in bytes, must be a power of two, and should not be
larger that the system page size.  If you encounter bus errors due to
misaligned memory accesses then you should increase this value.

   On systems that have virtual memory the library will attempt to
write-protect all of its internal structures when user code is being
run.  This ensures that it is nearly impossible for a program to
corrupt any mpatrol library data.  However, unprotecting and then
protecting the structures at every library call has a slight overhead
so you may prefer to disable this behaviour by using the `NOPROTECT'
option.  This has no effect on systems that have no virtual memory.

   Usually it is desirable for many system library routines to be
protected from being interrupted by certain signals since they may
themselves be called from signal handlers.  If this is not the case
then it may be possible to interrupt the program from within such
routines, perhaps causing problems if their global variables are left
in an undefined state.  As the mpatrol library replaces some of these
system library routines it is also possible to specify that they are
protected from certain interrupt signals using the `SAFESIGNALS' option.
However, this can sometimes result in it being hard to interrupt the
program from the keyboard if a lot of processor time is spent in
mpatrol routines, which is why this behaviour is disabled by default(1).

   On UNIX platforms, the `fork()' function can cause problems if it is
used to make a copy of the parent process without immediately calling
one of the `exec()' family of functions.  This is because the child
process inherits all of the memory allocations of the parent process,
but also inherits the log, profile and trace files as well.  If both
the parent and child processes make subsequent memory allocations there
will be multiple entries with the same allocation indices written to
the log, profile or trace files.  This can be most confusing when
processing these files afterwards!  As a workaround, the mpatrol
library will always check the current process identifier every time one
of its functions is called if the `CHECKFORK' option is used and will
open new log, profile or trace files if it has determined that the
process has been forked.  If the `CHECKFORK' option is not used then a
call to `__mp_reinit()' should be added as the first function call in
the child process in order to duplicate the behaviour of the
`CHECKFORK' option.

   On UNIX systems, the usual way for malloc libraries to allocate
memory from the process heap is through the `sbrk()' system call.  This
allocates memory from a contiguous heap, but has the disadvantage in
that other library functions may also allocate memory using the same
function, thus creating holes in the heap.  This is not a problem for
mpatrol, but you may have a suspicion that your bug is due to a
function from another library corrupting your data so you may wish to
use the `USEMMAP' option.  This is only available on systems that have
the `mmap()' system call and allows mpatrol to allocate all of its
memory from a part of the process heap that is non-contiguous (i.e.
each call to `mmap()' may return a block of memory that is completely
unrelated to that returned by the previous call).  It may also be
required on some systems in order for the mpatrol library to implement
memory protection.

   Beginning with release 1.3.3, the mpatrol library now allocates its
internal memory in the opposite way to user memory on UNIX systems that
support the `mmap()' system call.  This means that by default, user
memory is allocated with `sbrk()' whereas internal memory is allocated
with `mmap()', and this behaviour is reversed when the `USEMMAP' option
is used.  This was done to segregate user memory from internal memory,
and was especially required for the `mptrace' command's graphical
display.

   The `CHECK' option allows you to specify that every time an mpatrol
library function is called the library will automatically check the
freed memory and overflow buffers of every memory allocation, although
this can slow program execution down, especially if you suspect the
error you are looking for occurs at the 1000th memory allocation, for
example.  You can therefore use the `CHECK' option to specify a range
of memory allocations at which the mpatrol library will automatically
check the freed memory and overflow buffers.  All other allocations
that fall outside this range will not be checked.  You can also specify
an optional frequency at which this checking should be performed.  No
such checking is performed by default in mpatrol release 1.4.0 and
onwards -- you must specify `CHECK=-' to get the original behaviour.

   On UNIX systems, the mpatrol library can also invoke the `mpedit'
command to edit source files that show up in any warnings or error
messages that it generates.  This can only happen if the diagnostic
message can be traced back to a specific source line in the program; in
many cases this is not possible.  If editing the files is not required,
a context listing of the appropriate source line can be generated
instead.  The `EDIT' option specifies that files are to be edited and
the `LIST' option specifies that a context listing is to be generated.
These options are mutually exclusive.

   If the mpatrol library that was built for your system supports
reading symbolic information from a program's executable file, but it
cannot locate the executable file, or you wish to specify an
alternative, you can use the `PROGFILE' option to do this.  All this
does is instruct the mpatrol library to read symbols from this file
instead.  Note that on systems that support dynamic linking, the
library can also read symbols from a dynamically linked executable file
that has had its normal symbol table stripped.

   Finally, a list of all of the recognised options in the mpatrol
library can be displayed to the standard error file stream by using the
`HELP' option.  This will not affect the settings of the library in any
way, so you should be able to use other options at the same time.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) In mpatrol release 1.0 it was enabled by default.

7.2 Logging and tracing
=======================

   If you would like to see a complete log of all of the memory
allocations, reallocations and deallocations performed by your program,
use the `LOGALL' option.  This provides detailed tracing for each of
the mpatrol library functions, and a full description of the format of
such tracing is given in Example 1 (*note Example 1::).  Alternatively,
you may select one or more types of functions to be traced using the
`LOGALLOCS', `LOGREALLOCS', `LOGFREES' and `LOGMEMORY' options if you
feel that the log file is too large when `LOGALL' is used.  By default
all diagnostics from the mpatrol library get sent to `mpatrol.log' in
the current directory, but this can be changed using the `LOGFILE'
option.  In fact, you can also specify a directory where all log files
from the mpatrol library will get placed by setting the `LOGDIR'
environment variable.

   On systems that support it, every log entry also contains a call
stack traceback that may also include the names of the symbols that
appear on the call stack.  If the object file access library that
mpatrol was built with has support for reading line number tables from
object files then the `USEDEBUG' option will also try to determine the
file name and line number for each entry in the call stack, but only if
the object files contain the relevant debugging information.  This
information will only be available before program termination and so
any call stack tracebacks that appear after the library summary will
not be displayed with their corresponding file name and line number.
This option will also slow down program execution since a search
through the line number tables will have to be made every time a call
stack is displayed.  Alternatively, the `mpsym' command may be used to
process an mpatrol log file with a debugger in order to obtain symbol
names and source level information for any call stacks.

   Because the `alloca()', `strdupa()' and `strndupa()' functions
automatically free their allocations when the calling function returns,
the log entries for these types of memory allocation are slightly
different.  The actual memory allocation will have an entry similar to
`malloc()', etc., but the memory deallocation will be marked as being
done by `alloca()' and will occur at the next call to an mpatrol
library function after the calling function has returned.  However, any
such allocations that are explicitly deallocated with the `dealloca()'
function will be marked as being done by `dealloca()'.

   The mpatrol library will always try to display as much useful
information as possible in this log file, and will always display a
summary of library settings and statistics when your program terminates
successfully.  If you don't get this then your program did not call
`exit()' and either called `abort()' or was terminated by the operating
system instead.  In such cases, either use a debugger to see where your
program crashed or use the `LOGALL' option to see the last successful
library call in the log file so that you have a rough idea of where
your program crashed.

   It is also possible to get mpatrol to write more summary information
to the log file after it writes out its settings and statistics at
program termination.  Use the `SHOWFREED' and `SHOWUNFREED' options to
display a list of freed and unfreed memory allocations.  The former
will only be displayed if the `NOFREE' option is used, but the latter
can be useful for detecting memory leaks.  The `SHOWFREE' option can be
used to display a summary of any free memory blocks.

   The `SHOWMAP' option will display a memory map of the heap that was
valid when the process terminated, and the `SHOWSYMBOLS' option will
display any symbolic information that the mpatrol library managed to
obtain from any executable files and libraries that were relevant to
the program being tested.  All of the above five options can be
selected with the `SHOWALL' option.

   For the purpose of detecting memory leaks, you can instruct the
mpatrol library to automatically log every memory allocation event into
a special hash table called the leak table with the `LEAKTABLE' option.
This option will then cause the mpatrol library to display a sorted
summary of all of the memory leaks or unfreed memory allocations to the
mpatrol log file when the program terminates.  The leak table is
indexed by the source file and line number where memory allocation
events occur, but if this information is not available then either the
function name or the return address will be used instead.  Note that
this option differs from the `SHOWUNFREED' option in that it will
summarise where the leaks came from rather than show the full details
of each individual unfreed memory allocation.

   Because the log file can contain verbose information about memory
allocations, reallocations, deallocations and operations, it can end up
being too large if all such information is being logged for a large
program.  To get around this, it is possible to _trace_ all memory
allocation, reallocation and deallocation events in a concise way, to
be stored in a separate file for later processing by the `mptrace'
command.  By default, no such tracing is performed but it can be
enabled with the `TRACE' option.  The default tracing output file is
`mpatrol.trace', but this can be changed using the `TRACEFILE' option.
As with the `LOGFILE' option, you can also specify a directory where
all tracing output files from the mpatrol library will get placed by
setting the `TRACEDIR' environment variable.

7.3 General errors
==================

   By default, the mpatrol library follows the guidelines for ANSI C
and C++ regarding the behaviour of the dynamic memory allocation and
memory operation functions it replaces.  This means that calling
`malloc()' with a size of zero is allowed, for example.  However,
warnings can be generated for all of these types of calls by using the
`CHECKALL' option.  The `CHECKALLOCS' option warns only about calls to
`malloc()' and similar functions with a size of zero, the
`CHECKREALLOCS' option warns only about calls to `realloc()' and
similar functions with either a null pointer or a size of zero, and the
`CHECKFREES' option warns only about calls to `free()' and similar
functions with a null pointer.  The `CHECKMEMORY' option gives an error
if a zero-size memory operation is performed on a `NULL' pointer --
this is normally allowed by default.

   All newly-allocated memory can be pre-filled with a specified byte
by using the `ALLOCBYTE' option.  This can be used to catch out code
that expects newly-allocated memory to be zeroed, although this option
will have no effect on memory that was allocated with `calloc()'.  All
free memory can also be pre-filled with a different specified byte by
using the `FREEBYTE' option.  This will catch out code that expects to
be able to use the contents of freed memory.  Note that you may wish to
change these options from their default values on your system so that
the contents can be filled with values that are least likely to be used
at run-time.  For example, ensuring that the pointer representation of
the value can never be a valid pointer, or that the floating point
representation will always be invalid.  These values will vary across
operating systems and processor architectures.

   Alternatively, the mpatrol library can be instructed to keep all (or
a certain number of recent) freed memory allocations so that its
diagnostics can be clearer about which freed allocation a piece of code
is erroneously trying to access.  This is controlled with the `NOFREE'
option, which accepts an argument specifying the maximum number of
recently-freed memory allocations to prevent being reused.  If the
argument is zero then all freed memory allocations will be immediately
reused by the mpatrol library.  If the argument is non-zero then the
mpatrol library will use up more memory than usual since it has to keep
all of the freed memory allocations lying around until their lifetime
has expired.  Note that this option distinguishes between _free_ memory
and _freed_ memory.  _Free_ memory is unallocated memory that has been
taken from the system heap.  _Freed_ memory is a freed memory
allocation, with all of the original details of the allocation
preserved.

   Normally, the `NOFREE' option will fill the freed allocation with the
free byte so that any code that accesses it will hopefully fall over.
However, the original contents can be preserved using the `PRESERVE'
option in case you need to see what the contents were just before it
was freed.  The `NOFREE' option is also affected by the `PAGEALLOC'
option, since then the freed allocation will have its contents both
read and write protected so that nothing can access them.  If the
`PRESERVE' option is used in this case then the freed allocation will
only be made write-protected so that the original contents can be read
from but not written to.

   Note that if the argument specified with the `NOFREE' option is
non-zero then the mpatrol library will store all recently-freed memory
allocations in a queue.  Once the queue has filled to the point
specified with the `NOFREE' option then all subsequent calls to free
memory will result in the most recently-freed memory allocation being
placed at the end of the queue and the freed memory allocation at the
beginning of the queue will be returned to the free memory pool for
later reuse.  Obviously, the larger the freed queue size, the better
chance of detecting attempts to access previously-freed memory, but
unfortunately more memory will be used up and the mpatrol library will
have to keep track of a larger number of memory allocations.

7.4 Overwrites and underwrites
==============================

   Once a block of memory has been allocated, it is imperative that the
program does not attempt to write any data past the end of the block or
write any data just before the beginning of the block.  Even writing a
single byte just beyond the end of an allocation or just before the
beginning of an allocation can cause havoc.  This is because most
malloc libraries store the details of the allocated block in the first
few words before the beginning of the block, such as its size and a
pointer to the next block.  The mpatrol library does not do this, so a
program which failed using the normal malloc library and worked when
the mpatrol library was linked in is a possible candidate for turning
on overflow buffers.

   Such memory corruption can be extremely difficult to pinpoint as it
is unlikely to show itself until the next call is made to the malloc
library, or if the internal malloc library blocks were not overwritten,
the next time the data is read from the block that was overwritten.  If
the former is the case then the next library call will cause an
internal error or a crash, but only when the memory block that was
affected is referenced.  This is likely to disappear when using the
mpatrol library since it keeps its internal structures separate, and
write-protects them on systems that support memory protection.

   In order to identify such errors, it is possible to place special
buffers(1) on either side of every memory allocation, and these will be
pre-filled with a specified byte.  Before every mpatrol library call,
the library will check the integrity of every such overflow buffer in
order to check for a memory underwrite or overwrite.  Depending on the
number of allocations and size of these buffers, this can take a
noticable amount of time (which is why overflow buffers are disabled by
default), but can mean that these errors get noticed sooner.  The
option which governs this is `OFLOWSIZE'.  The byte with which they get
pre-filled can be changed with `OFLOWBYTE'.  Depending on what gets
written, it might only be possible to see such errors when a different
size of buffer or a different pre-fill byte is used.

   Note that you may wish to change the `OFLOWBYTE' from its default
value on your system so that the contents can be filled with values
that are least likely to be used at run-time.  For example, ensuring
that the pointer representation of the value can never be a valid
pointer, or that the floating point representation will always be
invalid.  These values will vary across operating systems and processor
architectures, but may also vary depending on the datatypes that you
will be expecting to store in the memory allocations.

   A worse situation can occur when it is only reads from memory that
overflow or underflow; i.e. with the faulty code reading just before or
just past a memory allocation.  These cannot be detected by overflow
buffers as it is not possible using conventional means to interrupt
every single read from memory.  However, on systems with virtual
memory, it is possible to use the memory protection feature to provide
an alternative to overflow buffers, although at the added expense of
increased memory usage.

   The `PAGEALLOC' option turns on this feature and automatically rounds
up the size of every memory allocation to a multiple of the system page
size.  It also rounds up the size of every overflow buffer to a
multiple of the system page size so that every memory allocation
occupies its own set of pages of virtual memory and no two memory
allocations occupy the same page of virtual memory.  The overflow
buffers are then read and write protected so that any memory accesses
to them will generate an error(2).  Following on from the previous
section, the `PAGEALLOC' option also causes free memory to be read and
write protected as well since that will also occupy non-overlapping
virtual memory pages.

   The remaining memory that is left over within an allocation's pages
is effectively turned into traditional overflow buffers, being
pre-filled with the overflow byte and checked periodically by the
mpatrol library to ensure that nothing has written into them.  However,
because of this remaining memory, the library has a choice of where to
place the memory allocation within its pages.  If it places the
allocation at the very beginning then it will catch memory underwrites,
but if it places the allocation at the very end then it will catch
memory overwrites.  Such a choice can be controlled at run-time by
supplying an argument to the `PAGEALLOC' option.  If `PAGEALLOC=LOWER'
is used then every allocation will be placed at the very beginning of
its pages and if `PAGEALLOC=UPPER' is used then the placement will be
at the very end of its pages.  This is probably better explained in
Example 3 (*note Example 3::) where the problems with `PAGEALLOC=UPPER'
and alignment are also discussed.

   Obviously, there are still some deficiencies when using `PAGEALLOC'
since it can use up a huge amount of memory (especially with `NOFREE')
and the overflow buffers within an allocation's pages can still be read
without causing an immediate error.  Both of these deficiencies can be
overcome by using the `OFLOWWATCH' option to install _software watch
points_ instead of overflow buffers, but there are still very few
systems that support software watch points at the moment, and it can
slow a program's execution speed down by a factor of around 10,000.
The reason for this is that software watch points instruct the
operating system to check every read from and write to memory, which
means that it has to single-step through a process checking every
instruction before it is executed.  However, this is a very thorough
way of checking for overflows and is unlikely to miss anything,
although there may be problems with misaligned memory accesses when
using watch points (*note Virtual memory::).

   Note that from release 1.1.0 of mpatrol, the library comes with
replacement functions for many memory operation functions, such as
`memset()' and `memcpy()'.  These new functions provide additional
checks to ensure that if a memory operation is being performed on a
memory block, the operation will not read or write before or beyond the
boundaries of that block.

   Normally, if an error is discovered in the call to such functions,
the mpatrol library will report the error but prevent the operation
from being performed before continuing execution.  If the error was
that the range of memory being operated on overflowed the boundaries of
an existing memory allocation then the `ALLOWOFLOW' option can be used
to turn the error into a warning and force the operation to continue.
This behaviour can be desirable in certain cases where third-party
libraries are being used that make such calls but the end result does
not overflow the allocation boundary.

   From release 1.3.3 of mpatrol, the library comes with functions that
interface to the `-fcheck-memory-usage' option of the GNU compiler.
This option instructs the compiler to place error-checking calls before
each read or write to memory.  The functions that are called then check
to ensure that the memory access does not overflow a heap memory
allocation or access free memory.  This can be a very useful way to go
through your code looking for errors with a fine tooth-comb, but be
aware that it does slow down execution by a large factor.  It also only
affects functions that were compiled with this option, so if the
problem lies in a function that was not recompiled with
`-fcheck-memory-usage' then it won't do much good.

   To conclude, if you suspect your program has a piece of code which
is performing illegal memory underwrites or overwrites to a memory
allocation you turn on the `CHECK=-' option and you should use each of
the following options in sequence, but only if your system supports
them.  If all else fails and you are using the GNU compiler then you
could try recompiling some or all of your code with the
`-fcheck-memory-usage' option.

  1. `OFLOWSIZE=8'

  2. `OFLOWSIZE=32'

  3. `OFLOWSIZE=1' `PAGEALLOC=LOWER'

  4. `OFLOWSIZE=1' `PAGEALLOC=UPPER'

  5. `OFLOWSIZE=8' `OFLOWWATCH'

  6. `OFLOWSIZE=32' `OFLOWWATCH'

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Commonly known as _overflow buffers_ or _fence posts_.

   (2) This is a feature that was first used by Electric Fence (*note
Related software::) to track down memory corruption.

7.5 Using with a debugger
=========================

   If you would like to use mpatrol to pause at a specific memory
allocation, reallocation or deallocation in a debugger then this
section will describe how to go about it.  Unfortunately, debuggers
vary widely in function and usage and are normally very
system-dependent.  The example below will use `gdb' as the debugger,
but as long as you know how to set a breakpoint within a debugger, any
one will do.

   First of all, decide where you would like the mpatrol library to
pause when running your program within the debugger.  You can choose
one allocation index to break at using the `ALLOCSTOP' option, or you
can choose to break at a specific reallocation of that allocation by
also using the `REALLOCSTOP' option.  If you use `REALLOCSTOP' without
using `ALLOCSTOP' then you will break at the first memory allocation
that has been reallocated the specified number of times.  You can also
choose to break at the point in your program that frees a specific
allocation index by using the `FREESTOP' option.

   The normal process for determining where you would like to pause
your program in the debugger is by using the `LOGALL' option and
examining the log file produced by mpatrol.  If your program crashed
then you should look at the last entry in the log file to see what the
allocation index (and possibly also the reallocation index) of the last
successful call was.  You can then decide which of the above options to
use.  Note that the debugger will break at a point before any work is
done by the mpatrol library for that allocation index so that you can
see if it was the last successful operation that caused the damage.

   Having decided which combination of mpatrol options to use, you
should set them in the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable before
running the debugger on your program.  Alternatively, your debugger may
have a command that allows you to modify your environment during
debugging, but you're just as well setting the environment variable
before you run the debugger as it shouldn't make any difference(1).

   After you get to the debugger command prompt, you should set a
breakpoint at the `__mp_trap()' function.  This is the function that
gets called when the specified allocation index and/or reallocation
index appears and so when you run your program under the debugger the
mpatrol library will call `__mp_trap()' and the debugger will stop at
that point.  If you are not running your program within a debugger, or
if you haven't set the breakpoint, then `__mp_trap()' will still be
called, but it won't do anything.  Note that there may be some naming
issues on some platforms where the visible name of a global function
gets an underscore prepended to it.  You may have to take that into
account when setting the breakpoint on such systems.

   Now that you have set the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable and
have set the debugger to break at `__mp_trap()', all that is required
is for you to run your program.  Hopefully, the debugger should stop at
`__mp_trap()'.  If it doesn't then you may have to check your
environment variable settings to ensure that they are the same as when
you ran the program outwith the debugger, although obviously with the
addition of `ALLOCSTOP', etc.  Once the program has been halted by the
debugger, you can then single-step through your code until you see
where it goes wrong.  If this is near the end of your program then
you'll have saved yourself a lot of time by using this method.

   The following example will be used to illustrate the steps involved
in using the `ALLOCSTOP', `REALLOCSTOP' and `FREESTOP' options.
However, it is only for tutorial purposes and the same effect could
easily be achieved by breaking at line 18 in a debugger because in this
case it is obvious from the code and the mpatrol log file where it is
going wrong.  In real programs this is hardly ever the case(2).

      1  /*
      2   * Allocates 1000 blocks of 16 bytes, freeing each block immediately
      3   * after it is allocated, and freeing the last block twice.
      4   */
     
     
      7  #include "mpatrol.h"
     
     
     10  int main(void)
     11  {
     12      void *p;
     13      int i;
     
     15      for (i = 0; i < 1000; i++)
     16          if (p = malloc(16))
     17              free(p);
     18      free(p);
     19      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     20  }

   Compile this example code with debugging information enabled and
link it with the mpatrol library, then set `MPATROL_OPTIONS' to
`LOGALL' and run the resulting program.  If you examine `mpatrol.log'
you will see the following near the bottom of the file.

     ...
     
     ALLOC: malloc (1000, 16 bytes, 4 bytes) [main|test.c|16]
             0x08049449 main+57
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
     returns 0x080620E8
     
     FREE: free (0x080620E8) [main|test.c|17]
             0x08049470 main+96
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
         0x080620E8 (16 bytes) {malloc:1000:0} [main|test.c|16]
             0x08049449 main+57
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
     FREE: free (0x080620E8) [main|test.c|18]
             0x08049491 main+129
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
     ERROR: [NOTALL]: free: 0x080620E8 has not been allocated
     
     ...

   In this example, we'll want to use `ALLOCSTOP' to halt the program at
the 1000th memory allocation so that we can step through it with a
debugger.  So, set `MPATROL_OPTIONS' to `ALLOCSTOP=1000' and load the
program into the debugger.  If you are using `gdb' you can now do the
following steps, but if you are not you will have to use the equivalent
commands in your debugger.  Note that `(gdb)' is the debugger command
prompt and so anything that appears on that line after that should be
typed as a command.

     (gdb) break __mp_trap
     Breakpoint 1 at 0x804ee83
     (gdb) run
     Starting program: a.out
     Breakpoint 1, 0x804ee83 in __mp_trap()
     (gdb) backtrace
     #0  0x804ee83 in __mp_trap()
     #1  0x804c61b in __mp_getmemory()
     #2  0x8049894 in __mp_alloc()
     #3  0x8049449 in main() at test.c:16
     (gdb) finish
     Run till exit from #0  0x804ee83 in __mp_trap()
     0x804c61b in __mp_getmemory()
     (gdb) finish
     Run till exit from #0  0x804c61b in __mp_getmemory()
     0x8049894 in __mp_alloc()
     (gdb) finish
     Run till exit from #0  0x8049894 in __mp_alloc()
     0x8049449 in main() at test.c:16
     16              if (p = malloc(16))
     (gdb) step
     17                  free(p);
     (gdb) step
     15          for (i = 0; i < 1000; i++)
     (gdb) step
     18          free(p);
     (gdb) quit
     The program is running.  Exit anyway? (y or n) y

   After setting the breakpoint and running the program, the debugger
halts at `__mp_trap()'.  Because `__mp_trap()' is a function within the
mpatrol library, you don't want to bother stepping through any of the
library functions, and in this case you can't since the mpatrol library
was not compiled with debugging information enabled.  So, after
returning from all of the library functions, the source line becomes
line 16 because that was the location of the 1000th memory allocation.
Single-stepping twice gets us to line 18 which is our destination.
Note that the file `extra/.gdbinit' included in the mpatrol
distribution contains predefined commands which make setting the
allocation index to stop at much easier.

   Sometimes it is useful to be able to see information about a memory
allocation whilst running a program from within a debugger.  The
`__mp_printinfo()' function is provided for that purpose and takes a
heap address as its only argument.  Using the above example, it would
have been possible to print out information about the pointer `p' at
line 17 from within `gdb':

     (gdb) call __mp_printinfo(p)
     address 0x080620E8 located in allocated block:
         start of block:     0x080620E8
         size of block:      16 bytes
         stored type:        <unknown>
         stored type size:   <unknown>
         user data:          0x00000000
         allocated by:       malloc
         allocation index:   1000
         reallocation index: 0
         modification event: 1999
         flags:              none
         calling function:   main
         called from file:   test.c
         called at line:     16
         function call stack:
             0x08049449 main
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main
             0x08049381 _start

   Some debuggers, such as `gdb', also allow you to define your own
commands for use in a debugging session.  The following example defines
a new `gdb' command called `printalloc' which calls
`__mp_printinfo()'(3):

     (gdb) define printalloc
     Type commands for definition of "printalloc".
     End with a line saying just "end".
     >call __mp_printinfo($arg0)
     >end
     (gdb) document printalloc
     Type documentation for "printalloc".
     End with a line saying just "end".
     >Displays information about an address in the heap.
     >end

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Unless you've linked the debugger with the mpatrol library.

   (2) The other reason that this program is simple is because a proper
example would generally involve crashing the program, but on AmigaOS
and Netware that would also involve crashing the system -- not
something you'd want to do whilst trying this out.

   (3) A sample GDB command file for use with mpatrol can be found in
`extra/.gdbinit'.

7.6 Testing
===========

   The mpatrol library has several features that make it useful when
testing a program's dynamic memory allocations.  These are features
that do not help in fixing an existing bug, but rather help to identify
additional bugs that may be lurking in your code.

   It is possible to set a simulated upper limit on the amount of heap
memory available to a process with the `LIMIT' option, which accepts a
size in bytes, but will be disabled when it is zero.  This can be
extremely useful for testing a program under simulated low memory
conditions to see how it handles such errors.  Of course, you should
set the heap limit to a value less than the amount of actual available
memory otherwise this option will have no effect.  Note that the
mpatrol library may use up a small amount of heap memory when it
initialises itself(1) so the value passed to the `LIMIT' option may
need to be set slightly higher than you would normally expect.

   It is also possible to instruct the mpatrol library to randomly fail
a certain number of memory allocations so that you can further test
error handling code in a program.  The frequency at which failures
occur can be controlled with the `FAILFREQ' option, where a value of
zero means that no failures will occur, but any other value will
randomly cause failures.  For example, a value of `10' will cause
roughly one in ten failures and a value of `1' will cause every memory
allocation to fail.  The random sequence can be made predictable by
using the `FAILSEED' option.  If this is non-zero then the same program
run with the same failure frequency and same failure seed will fail on
exactly the same memory allocations.  If this is zero then the failure
seed will itself be set randomly, but you can see its value when the
summary is displayed at program termination.

   When running _batch tests_(2) it is sometimes useful to be able to
detect if there have been any memory leaks.  Such leaks should normally
be distinguished from code which has purposely not freed the memory
that it allocated, so there may be a certain expected number of unfreed
allocations at program termination.  It may be that you would like to
highlight any additional unfreed allocations since they may be due to
real memory leaks, so the `UNFREEDABORT' option can be set to a
threshold number of expected unfreed allocations.  If the library
detects a number of unfreed allocations higher than this then it will
abort the program at termination so that it fails.  All tests that fail
in this way can then be examined after the test suite finishes.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Actually, it's not really the mpatrol library that uses the
memory but the object file access libraries since they call `malloc()'
to allocate any memory that they require.

   (2) A set of tests that run without user intervention.

7.7 Library functions
=====================

   Along with the standard set of C and C++ dynamic memory allocation
functions, the mpatrol library also comes with an additional set of
functions which can be used to provide additional information to your
program, and which can be called at various points in your code for
debugging purposes.  You must always include the `mpatrol.h' header
file in order to use these functions, but you can check for a specific
version of the mpatrol library by checking the `MPATROL_VERSION'
preprocessor macro.  You can check the version of the mpatrol library
that a program was linked with by calling the `__mp_libversion()'
function.

   Certain mpatrol library options can be set after the library has been
initialised with the `__mp_setoption()' function.  This allows you to
override the default options or those specified in the `MPATROL_OPTIONS'
environment variable from within your code.  Not all options can be
overridden, however, since they would require a complete
reinitialisation of the library -- the `__mp_setoption()' function
returns a failure indicator in these cases.  You can read the setting
of any mpatrol library option with the corresponding function,
`__mp_getoption()'.

   On systems that support it, global functions (with C linkage) in an
executable file or shared library whose names begin with `__mp_init_'
will be noted when the mpatrol library first starts up and is reading
the symbols.  Such functions will then be called as soon as the mpatrol
library is initialised, which can be useful if the initialisation
occurs before `main()' is called.  These functions must accept no
arguments and must return no value.  Similar behaviour exists for
global functions whose names begin with `__mp_fini_', except that such
functions will be executed when the mpatrol library terminates.  Note
that this feature will have no effect if the symbol table is stripped
from the executable file or shared library before the program is run,
and the order in which such functions will be called if there are more
than one is unspecified.  The `__mp_atexit()' function can also be used
to register functions that should be called when the mpatrol library
terminates.

   It is possible to obtain a great deal of information about an
existing memory allocation or free block using the `__mp_info()'
function.  This takes an address as an argument and fills in any
details about its corresponding memory allocation in a supplied
structure.  The following example illustrates this (it can be found in
`tests/pass/test4.c').

      23  /*
      24   * Demonstrates and tests the facility for obtaining information
      25   * about the allocation a specific address belongs to.
      26   */
     
     
      29  #include "mpatrol.h"
      30  #include <stdio.h>
     
     
      33  void display(void *p)
      34  {
      35      __mp_allocstack *s;
      36      __mp_allocinfo d;
      37      __mp_symbolinfo i;
     
      39      if (!__mp_info(p, &d) || !d.allocated)
      40      {
      41          fprintf(stderr, "nothing known about address 0x%0*lX\n",
      42                  sizeof(void *) * 2, p);
      43          return;
      44      }
      45      fprintf(stderr, "block:    0x%0*lX\n", sizeof(void *) * 2, d.block);
      46      fprintf(stderr, "size:     %lu\n", d.size);
      47      fprintf(stderr, "type:     %s\n", __mp_function(d.type));
      48      fprintf(stderr, "alloc:    %lu\n", d.alloc);
      49      fprintf(stderr, "realloc:  %lu\n", d.realloc);
      50      fprintf(stderr, "thread:   %lu\n", d.thread);
      51      fprintf(stderr, "event:    %lu\n", d.event);
      52      fprintf(stderr, "func:     %s\n", d.func ? d.func : "<unknown>");
      53      fprintf(stderr, "file:     %s\n", d.file ? d.file : "<unknown>");
      54      fprintf(stderr, "line:     %lu\n", d.line);
      55      for (s = d.stack; s != NULL; s = s->next)
      56      {
      57          fprintf(stderr, "\t0x%0*lX", sizeof(void *) * 2, s->addr);
      58          if (__mp_syminfo(s->addr, &i))
      59          {
      60              if (i.name != NULL)
      61                  fprintf(stderr, " %s", i.name);
      62              if ((i.addr != NULL) && (i.addr != s->addr))
      63                  fprintf(stderr, "%+ld",
      64                          (char *) s->addr - (char *) i.addr);
      65              if (i.object != NULL)
      66                  fprintf(stderr, " [%s]", i.object);
      67          }
      68          else if (s->name != NULL)
      69              fprintf(stderr, " %s", s->name);
      70          fputc('\n', stderr);
      71      }
      72      fprintf(stderr, "typestr:  %s\n",
      73              d.typestr ? d.typestr : "<unknown>");
      74      fprintf(stderr, "typesize: %lu\n", d.typesize);
      75      fprintf(stderr, "userdata: 0x%0*lX\n", sizeof(void *) * 2, d.userdata);
      76      fputs("flags:   ", stderr);
      77      if (!d.freed && !d.marked && !d.profiled && !d.traced && !d.internal)
      78          fputs(" none\n", stderr);
      79      else
      80      {
      81          if (d.freed)
      82              fputs(" freed", stderr);
      83          if (d.marked)
      84              fputs(" marked", stderr);
      85          if (d.profiled)
      86              fputs(" profiled", stderr);
      87          if (d.traced)
      88              fputs(" traced", stderr);
      89          if (d.internal)
      90              fputs(" internal", stderr);
      91          fputc('\n', stderr);
      92      }
      93  }
     
     
      96  void func2(void)
      97  {
      98      void *p;
     
     100      if (p = malloc(16))
     101      {
     102          display(p);
     103          free(p);
     104      }
     105      display(p);
     106  }
     
     
     109  void func1(void)
     110  {
     111      func2();
     112  }
     
     
     115  int main(void)
     116  {
     117      func1();
     118      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     119  }

   When this is compiled and run, it should give the following output,
although the pointers are likely to be different.

     block:    0x0806A0E8
     size:     16
     type:     malloc
     alloc:    52
     realloc:  0
     thread:   0
     event:    97
     func:     func2
     file:     test4.c
     line:     100
               0x0804A743 func2+35 [./a.out]
               0x0804A790 func1+8 [./a.out]
               0x0804A79C main+8 [./a.out]
               0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255 [/lib/libc.so.6]
               0x0804A3E1 _start+33 [./a.out]
     typestr:  <unknown>
     typesize: 0
     userdata: 0x00000000
     flags:    none
     nothing known about address 0x0806A0E8

   As you can see, anything that the mpatrol library knows about any
memory allocation can be obtained for use in your own code, which can
be very useful if you need to write handlers to keep track of memory
allocations, etc. for debugging purposes.  It can also be useful to
have this information when running your program within a debugger, so
you can use the `__mp_printinfo()' function to display information
about a heap address if your debugger supports calling functions from
the command prompt.  Note that the textual representation of the `type'
field returned by the `__mp_info()' function can be obtained by calling
`__mp_function()'.

   The mpatrol library records the error code from the most recently
encountered warning or error in the `__mp_errno' global variable.  This
variable can be read and compared with the known error codes listed in
`mpatrol.h'.  It can also be reset to `MP_ET_NONE' before calling any
mpatrol library function in order to check to see if a warning or error
was encountered during the call.  A string representation of the error
message corresponding to any mpatrol error code can be obtained by
calling the `__mp_strerror()' function with the specific code.

   The `userdata' field shown in the previous example can be set for any
memory allocation with the `__mp_setuser()' function.  This can have any
value and is not interpreted by the mpatrol library.  It was added for
user code to associate its own data with memory allocations.

   The `marked' field that is also shown in the previous example
indicates if a memory allocation has been _marked_ to indicate that it
should never be freed.  This can only be performed from the source code
by calling `__mp_setmark()' with the address of the memory allocation.
Such a memory allocation can be reallocated but never freed, and will
not contribute to the list of memory leaks.  It will also be profiled
and traced as freed by the end of program execution if memory
allocation profiling or tracing is enabled.

   You may also have noticed the use of `__mp_syminfo()' in the above
example.  This function is very similar to the `__mp_info()' function
except that instead of looking for the details of a memory allocation
at a specific address, it looks for the details of a function symbol at
that address.  This provides user access to the data obtained by the
mpatrol symbol handler, including line number information if the
`USEDEBUG' option is supported and used.

   It is also possible for you to be able to intercept calls to
allocate, reallocate and deallocate memory for your own purposes.  You
can install prologue and epilogue functions that the mpatrol library
will call before and after every time one of its functions is called.
These can be used for additional tracing or simply to add extra checks
to your code.  The following code is an example of this and can be
found in `tests/pass/test2.c'.

     23  /*
     24   * Demonstrates and tests the facility for specifying user-defined
     25   * prologue and epilogue functions.
     26   */
     
     
     29  #include "mpatrol.h"
     30  #include <stdio.h>
     
     
     33  __mp_prologuehandler old_prologue;
     34  __mp_epiloguehandler old_epilogue;
     
     
     37  void prologue(MP_CONST void *p, size_t l, size_t m, MP_CONST char *s,
     38                MP_CONST char *t, unsigned long u, MP_CONST void *a)
     39  {
     40      if (old_prologue != NULL)
     41          old_prologue(p, l, m, s, t, u, a);
     42      if (p == (void *) -1)
     43          fprintf(stderr, "allocating %lu bytes\n", l);
     44      else if (l == (size_t) -1)
     45          fprintf(stderr, "freeing allocation 0x%0*lX\n", sizeof(void *) * 2, p);
     46      else if (l == (size_t) -2)
     47          fprintf(stderr, "duplicating string `%s'\n", p);
     48      else
     49          fprintf(stderr, "reallocating allocation 0x%0*lX to %lu bytes\n",
     50                  sizeof(void *) * 2, p, l);
     51  }
     
     
     54  void epilogue(MP_CONST void *p, MP_CONST char *s, MP_CONST char *t,
     55                unsigned long u, MP_CONST void *a)
     56  {
     57      if (p != (void *) -1)
     58          fprintf(stderr, "allocation returns 0x%0*lX\n", sizeof(void *) * 2, p);
     59      if (old_epilogue != NULL)
     60          old_epilogue(p, s, t, u, a);
     61  }
     
     
     64  int main(void)
     65  {
     66      void *p, *q;
     
     68      old_prologue = __mp_prologue(prologue);
     69      old_epilogue = __mp_epilogue(epilogue);
     70      if (p = malloc(16))
     71          if (q = realloc(p, 32))
     72              free(q);
     73          else
     74              free(p);
     75      if (p = (char *) strdup("test"))
     76          free(p);
     77      __mp_prologue(old_prologue);
     78      __mp_epilogue(old_epilogue);
     79      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     80  }

   Once again, if you compile and run the above code, you should see
the following output.

     allocating 16 bytes
     allocation returns 0x0806A0E8
     reallocating allocation 0x0806A0E8 to 32 bytes
     allocation returns 0x0806A0E8
     freeing allocation 0x0806A0E8
     duplicating string `test'
     allocation returns 0x0806A0E5
     freeing allocation 0x0806A0E5

   Note that in the above code, the previous prologue and epilogue
functions were recorded and called.  If this is not done then your
prologue and epilogue functions will completely override all others,
which is not usually the expected behaviour.  In case you're wondering
what the last four arguments of the prologue and epilogue handlers are,
they are the function name, file name, line number and call address of
the function that called `malloc()' or a related function.  These can
be used in the handlers to see where they were called from.

   Along with being able to install prologue and epilogue functions,
you can also install a low-memory handler with the `__mp_nomemory()'
function, which will be called by the mpatrol library if it ever runs
out of memory during the call to a memory allocation function.  This
gives you the opportunity to use that handler to either free up any
unneeded memory or simply to abort, thus removing the need to check for
failed allocations.  Note that the low-memory handler also accepts the
same four common arguments that the prologue and epilogue handlers do.

   It is also possible to iterate over all of the allocated and freed
memory allocations that are currently in the heap at any point in a
program.  This is done by invoking the `__mp_iterate()' function with a
callback function which is called once per allocation with the start
address of the memory block being passed as the argument to the
callback function.  Any further information about the memory allocation
can then be obtained via the `__mp_info()' function.  Note that the
`__mp_iterateall()' function does the same as the `__mp_iterate()'
function except that it also includes all free memory blocks and memory
allocations that are internal to the mpatrol library.

   Differences in the heap allocations (their details, not their
contents) between a previous point in a program's execution and the
current point of execution can be determined by calling the
`__mp_snapshot()' function and then invoking `__mp_iterate()' with that
snapshot value as its second argument at a later point in execution.
The callback function passed to `__mp_iterate()' will then only be
invoked with the start address of any memory allocation that has been
allocated or reallocated (or freed if the `NOFREE' option is being
used) since the snapshot point.  This makes it possible to detect
localised memory leaks very easily, as the following example (found in
`tests/pass/test10.c') shows.

      23  /*
      24   * Demonstrates and tests the facility for obtaining information on
      25   * local memory leaks.  Will also edit or list the location of each
      26   * leak if the EDIT or LIST option is in effect.
      27   */
     
     
      30  #include "mpatrol.h"
      31  #include <stdio.h>
     
     
      34  int callback(MP_CONST void *p, void *t)
      35  {
      36      __mp_allocstack *s;
      37      __mp_allocinfo d;
     
      39      if (!__mp_info(p, &d) || !d.allocated)
      40      {
      41          fprintf(stderr, "nothing known about address 0x%0*lX\n",
      42                  sizeof(void *) * 2, p);
      43          return -1;
      44      }
      45      if (!d.freed)
      46      {
      47          fprintf(stderr, "0x%0*lX", sizeof(void *) * 2, d.block);
      48          fprintf(stderr, " %s", d.func ? d.func : "<unknown>");
      49          fprintf(stderr, " %s", d.file ? d.file : "<unknown>");
      50          fprintf(stderr, " %lu", d.line);
      51          for (s = d.stack; s != NULL; s = s->next)
      52          {
      53              if (s == d.stack)
      54                  fputs(" (", stderr);
      55              else
      56                  fputs("->", stderr);
      57              if (s->name != NULL)
      58                  fprintf(stderr, "%s", s->name);
      59              else
      60                  fprintf(stderr, "0x%0*lX", sizeof(void *) * 2, s->addr);
      61              if (s->next == NULL)
      62                  fputc(')', stderr);
      63          }
      64          fputc('\n', stderr);
      65          if ((d.file != NULL) && (d.line != 0))
      66              __mp_view(d.file, d.line);
      67          *((unsigned long *) t) = *((unsigned long *) t) + d.size;
      68          return 1;
      69      }
      70      return 0;
      71  }
     
     
      74  void func2(unsigned long n)
      75  {
      76      void *p;
     
      78      p = malloc((n * 10) + 1);
      79      if (n % 13)
      80          free(p);
      81  }
     
     
      84  void func1(void)
      85  {
      86      void *p;
      87      size_t i, n;
      88      unsigned long s, t;
     
      90      p = malloc(16);
      91      s = __mp_snapshot();
      92      for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
      93          func2(i);
      94      free(p);
      95      t = 0;
      96      if (n = __mp_iterate(callback, &t, s))
      97          fprintf(stderr, "Detected %lu memory leaks (%lu bytes)\n", n, t);
      98      if ((n != 10) || (t != 5860))
      99          fputs("Expected 10 memory leaks (5860 bytes)\n", stderr);
     100  }
     
     
     103  int main(void)
     104  {
     105      void *p;
     
     107      p = malloc(16);
     108      func1();
     109      free(p);
     110      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     111  }

   Compiling this example with mpatrol and then running it will produce
the following list of memory leaks that were located between the points
of calling `__mp_snapshot()' and `__mp_iterate()'.

     0x0806A108 func2 test10.c 78 (func2->func1->main->_start)
     0x0806A674 func2 test10.c 78 (func2->func1->main->_start)
     0x0806A6F8 func2 test10.c 78 (func2->func1->main->_start)
     0x0806A800 func2 test10.c 78 (func2->func1->main->_start)
     0x0806A988 func2 test10.c 78 (func2->func1->main->_start)
     0x0806AB94 func2 test10.c 78 (func2->func1->main->_start)
     0x0806AE20 func2 test10.c 78 (func2->func1->main->_start)
     0x0806B130 func2 test10.c 78 (func2->func1->main->_start)
     0x0806B4C0 func2 test10.c 78 (func2->func1->main->_start)
     0x0806B8D4 func2 test10.c 78 (func2->func1->main->_start)
     Detected 10 memory leaks (5860 bytes)

   The `tools' directory in the mpatrol distribution contains two files
called `heapdiff.c' and `heapdiff.h' which demonstrate the use of
`__mp_snapshot()' and `__mp_iterate()' to find localised memory leaks.
Have a look at these files to see a further example of using these
functions, or perhaps even add these files to your application for
debugging purposes.  Note that it is perfectly safe to allocate memory
in the callback function used by `__mp_iterate()', and such allocations
can be freed as well.  The only restriction is that the callback
function should never free a memory allocation that it has not
allocated itself.

   An alternative way to detect differences in the heap between two
points in a program's execution is to make use of the leak table.  This
is a hash table that stores the number and size of memory allocations
and deallocations referenced by the source file and line number where
they occur(1).  The leak table can be cleared with a call to
`__mp_clearleaktable()' and can be displayed with a call to
`__mp_leaktable()', which will display a sorted summary of the
allocated, freed or unfreed memory entries stored in the leak table.
Memory allocation events can be automatically logged in the leak table
by calling `__mp_startleaktable()' but this behaviour can be disabled
by calling `__mp_stopleaktable()'.  Additional entries can be manually
added to the leak table with `__mp_addallocentry()' and
`__mp_addfreeentry()'.

   If you wish to write your own diagnostics to the mpatrol log file
from within your source code then you can do so with the
`__mp_printf()' and `__mp_vprintf()' functions, which are the
functional equivalents of `printf()' and `vprintf()'.  They prefix
every line written to the log file with `>', partly for making it clear
where user diagnostics occur and partly to avoid problems with external
utilities that parse the mpatrol log file.  The `__mp_locprintf()' and
`__mp_vlocprintf()' functions are equivalent functions that also
display the source file and line number from where they were called
along with a stack trace, if available.

   It is also possible to write out a memory dump in hexadecimal
format, a stack trace at the current point in execution and details of
a memory allocation to the log file in standard format using the
`__mp_logmemory()', `__mp_logstack()' and `__mp_logaddr()' functions
respectively.

   You can also take advantage of the `mpedit' command from within the
mpatrol library with the `__mp_edit()', `__mp_list()' and `__mp_view()'
functions.  The first invokes a text editor on a specified file and
line number, while the second displays a context listing of a file at a
given line number.  The third function performs either or neither
depending on the setting of the `EDIT' or `LIST' options.

   Finally, there are four functions which affect the mpatrol library
globally.  The first, `__mp_check()', allows you to force an internal
check of the mpatrol library's data structures at any point during
program execution and also to free up any out of scope memory
allocations made by the `alloca()' family of functions.  The
`__mp_memorymap()' function allows you to force the generation of a
memory map at any point in your program, in much the same way as it
would normally be displayed at the end of program execution if the
`SHOWMAP' option was used.  The `__mp_summary()' function writes
library statistics to the mpatrol log file, while the `__mp_stats()'
function fills in a data structure with selected statistics for
examination in user code.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) If that information is not available then the function name or
return address will be used instead.

7.8 Leak table
==============

   The mpatrol library provides a hash table called a _leak table_ that
can be used to record memory allocations and deallocations for the
purpose of detecting memory leaks.  It can be fully controlled from the
source code of a program by calling the appropriate mpatrol library
functions, but the mpatrol library can also be instructed to
automatically enter the details of each memory event into the leak
table by using the `LEAKTABLE' option.

   The leak table records a flat profile of memory allocation behaviour
between two points in a program and is keyed by source file location.
What that means is, it contains an entry for each source file and line
number that allocated memory, and if more than one memory allocation
event occurred at that point then the entry will summarise the total
events that occurred at that point.  In many cases, the source file and
line number is not available for a memory allocation event, in which
case either the function name or the return address can be used instead.

   The following example shows the use of the leak table manipulation
functions.

      1  /*
      2   * Illustrates the explicit and implicit manipulation of the
      3   * leak table.
      4   */
     
     
      7  #include "mpatrol.h"
     
     
     10  int main(void)
     11  {
     12      void *p, *q;
     13      int r;
     
     15      __mp_clearleaktable();
     16      __mp_addallocentry("file.c", 1, 1);
     17      __mp_addfreeentry("file.c", 1, 1);
     18      __mp_addallocentry("file.c", 1, 2);
     19      __mp_addfreeentry("file.c", 1, 2);
     20      __mp_addallocentry("file.c", 1, 3);
     21      __mp_addfreeentry("file.c", 1, 3);
     22      __mp_addallocentry("function", 0, 8);
     23      __mp_addfreeentry("function", 0, 4);
     24      __mp_addallocentry("function", 0, 16);
     25      __mp_addfreeentry("function", 0, 12);
     26      __mp_addallocentry(NULL, 0x40000000, 8);
     27      r = __mp_startleaktable();
     28      if (p = malloc(16))
     29          if (q = realloc(p, 32))
     30              free(q);
     31          else
     32              free(p);
     33      if (r == 0)
     34          __mp_stopleaktable();
     35      __mp_leaktable(0, MP_LT_ALLOCATED, MP_LT_BOTTOM);
     36      __mp_printf("\n");
     37      __mp_leaktable(0, MP_LT_FREED, MP_LT_COUNTS);
     38      __mp_printf("\n");
     39      __mp_leaktable(0, MP_LT_UNFREED, 0);
     40      __mp_printf("\n");
     41      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     42  }

   The output that appears in `mpatrol.log' should look similar to this.

     bottom 5 allocated memory entries in leak table:
     
            bytes   count  location
         --------  ------  --------
                6       3  file.c line 1
                8       1  0x40000000
               16       1  test.c line 28
               24       2  function
               32       1  test.c line 29
               86       8  total
     
     top 4 freed memory entries in leak table:
     
          count     bytes  location
         ------  --------  --------
              3         6  file.c line 1
              2        16  function
              1        32  test.c line 29
              1        16  test.c line 28
              7        70  total
     
     top 2 unfreed memory entries in leak table:
     
            bytes   count  location
         --------  ------  --------
                8       1  0x40000000
                8       0  function
               16       1  total

   Line 15 of the above program clears the leak table.  This can be
done as many times as necessary during the execution of the program,
but note that there is only one leak table so this will affect the
`LEAKTABLE' option.  The following 6 lines then add matching allocation
and deallocation entries to the leak table corresponding to a source
location of line 1 in a file called `file.c'.  Any deallocation entries
must match the source position of the original allocation due to the
nature of the leak table.  Note that these 6 lines correspond to an
allocation of 1 byte, followed by two reallocations of 2 and 3 bytes
respectively, followed by a final deallocation.

   Lines 22-23 allocate 8 bytes from a function called `function()' but
only free 4 bytes, resulting in a memory leak of 4 bytes.  Lines 24-25
do the same but allocate 16 bytes and free 12.  The next line allocates
8 bytes from a code address of `0x40000000' but does not free it,
resulting in a memory leak of 8 bytes.  Note that if the line number is
specified as `0' then the filename will be taken as a function name,
and if the filename is specified as `NULL' then the line number will be
taken as a return address.  If neither are specified then the number of
bytes will be added or subtracted from the `unknown' location.

   Line 27 instructs mpatrol to automatically record any subsequent
memory allocation events in the leak table, while line 34 does the
opposite.  The `__mp_startleaktable()' function returns `1' if
automatic leak table recording was turned on and `0' otherwise, so we
check in line 33 to see if we should turn off automatic recording by
examining the previous state.  Lines 28-32 allocate, reallocate and
free some memory just to demonstrate this.

   Finally, lines 35-40 display the contents of the memory leak table
that have been recorded since the call to `__mp_clearleaktable()'.
Three different types of display can be generated: allocated memory
allocations, freed memory allocations and unfreed memory allocations.
They can also be sorted by the total number of calls instead of the
total number of bytes (`MP_LT_COUNTS') or in reverse order with the
smallest first (`MP_LT_BOTTOM').  The count of `0' in the last table
indicates that there were a matching number of calls to allocate and
free memory within `function()' but the number of bytes freed was less
than the number of bytes allocated.  This can only happen if the
entries were added by `__mp_addallocentry()' and `__mp_addfreeentry()'
and is usually an indication that something is wrong when making these
calls.

   The leak table is a useful tool to manipulate when debugging your
application to check for memory leaks, but it is not as detailed as
full memory allocation profiling which is controlled by the `PROF'
option.  It is probably better at summarising unfreed allocations than
the `SHOWUNFREED' option but does not show the call stack for each
allocation.

   In addition, the `__mp_iterate()' function can be used within user
code to obtain details about changes in the heap since a certain point
in a program's execution.  However, it can only provide details about
freed memory allocations if the `NOFREE' option is used.  The leak
table will provide less details on freed memory allocations but its
advantage is that it does not require the use of the `NOFREE' option.

8 Tools
*******

   The `tools' directory that comes with the mpatrol distribution
contains the source code for tools that are built on top of the mpatrol
library.  The functions that are defined in these files are intended to
be useful for specific applications as well as providing real-world
examples of how to extend mpatrol.  If you wish to use one of the
source files in the `tools' directory then you should first compile it
and then link it into your program along with the mpatrol library.

   Alternatively, if you've already installed mpatrol on your system
then there should be an `mpatrol' subdirectory within the include
directory where `mpatrol.h' is installed that contains all of the
header files in the `tools' directory.  There should also be a
libmptools library within the library directory where libmpatrol is
installed that contains an object file for each of the source files in
the `tools' directory.  You can then make use of a particular tool by
including its header file from the `mpatrol' include subdirectory and
then linking with the libmptools library.

   If you've written a useful extension to mpatrol then you might wish
to submit it for inclusion in the next release of mpatrol.  Even if
it's just for a specific application, there might be other users out
there that may benefit from it.  You'll even get a credit in the
manual!  Note that any documentation should also be written in the
associated header file.

8.1 Dbmalloc-compatible functions
=================================

   This file provides Dbmalloc(1)-compatible functions which are built
on top of the mpatrol library.  They are compatible with the last known
public release of Dbmalloc (patch level 14), but only the
Dbmalloc-specific functions are defined here, leaving the overriding of
standard functions up to the mpatrol library.  As the mpatrol library
does not currently override the C library string functions and the X
toolkit heap allocation functions, neither does this file.

   The `dbmallopt()' function does not support the setting of all of the
Dbmalloc options.  In fact, most of them do not make sense when applied
to the mpatrol library.  Some of them have slightly changed behaviour
due to the mapping process and some of them cannot be implemented due
to the mpatrol library having been initialised beforehand.

   The `malloc_dump()' function does not support the full recognition
of the `MALLOC_DETAIL' option in that it does not display the
additional columns and summary that the Dbmalloc library does.  This is
because this would make no sense when applied to the mpatrol library,
but it does still affect whether freed allocations are shown in the
listing (although the details for such allocations are slightly
different, and there are no entries displayed for free memory blocks).

   The output for the `malloc_dump()' and `malloc_list()' functions is
almost identical to that of the Dbmalloc library except for a slight
change in the pointer format when displaying the address of each memory
allocation.  The stack information is obtained differently as well,
since the mpatrol library records symbolic stack tracebacks for each
memory allocation.  As a result, `malloc_enter()' and `malloc_leave()'
do nothing and the return address in a stack frame is displayed if no
associated symbol name, file and line number could be determined.
Parentheses are not printed at the end of symbol names so that they can
be processed properly by a C++ demangler if necessary.  Passing a file
descriptor of `0' to `malloc_dump()' or `malloc_list()' results in the
output being sent to the mpatrol log file.

   The `malloc_size()' and `malloc_mark()' functions do not give an
error message if the pointer passed in does not correspond to a heap
allocation.  Neither of these functions automatically perform an
integrity check of the heap.  Note that the `malloc_chain_check()'
function will never return a non-zero value -- it always terminates
with an error message in the mpatrol log file whenever it detects heap
corruption.  As a result, the `malloc_abort()' function is not used.

   This file is initialised via the mpatrol library's initialiser
function feature, which means that if the `__mp_init_dbmalloc()'
function is noted by the mpatrol symbol manager then it will be called
when the mpatrol library is being initialised.  If this feature is not
supported then the `dbmallinit()' function must be called as early on
as possible, otherwise this file will not be initialised until one of
its functions are called.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Dbmalloc is copyright (C) 1990-1992 Conor P. Cahill.

8.2 Dmalloc-compatible functions
================================

   This file provides Dmalloc(1)-compatible functions which are built
on top of the mpatrol library.  They are compatible with the 4.8.2
release of Dmalloc, but only the Dmalloc-specific functions are defined
here, leaving the overriding of standard functions up to the mpatrol
library.  As the mpatrol library does not currently override the C
library string functions, neither does this file.  In addition, the
Dmalloc distribution comes with definitions for `xmemalign()',
`xvalloc()' and `xrecalloc()', neither of which are defined by this
file or by the mpatrol library.

   This module is intended to work with the existing `dmalloc' command,
which sets the contents of the `DMALLOC_OPTIONS' environment variable
according to any specified command line options.  The four documented
Dmalloc global variables are also defined, although the two address
variables are not acted upon and changing the `dmalloc_logpath'
variable has no effect yet.  The `dmalloc_errno' variable is mapped
onto the `__mp_errno' variable and so the `dmalloc_strerror()' function
always returns strings that are specific to the mpatrol library.  Note
that unlike the actual Dmalloc library, this file is not threadsafe,
and the `lockon' option has no effect.  In addition, the `start' option
ignores the `file:line' syntax and uses allocation indices rather than
events.

   The `dmalloc_debug()' function does not support the setting of all
of the Dmalloc flags, although this file defines preprocessor macros
for each of them, something which is not currently done in the
`dmalloc.h' file in the Dmalloc distribution.  In fact, many of them do
not make sense when applied to the mpatrol library.  Some of them have
slightly changed behaviour due to the mapping process and some of them
cannot be implemented due to the mpatrol library having been
initialised beforehand.

   The `dmalloc_verify()' and `dmalloc_examine()' functions do not give
an error message if the pointer passed in does not correspond to a heap
allocation, and the latter function does not automatically perform an
integrity check of the heap.  The `malloc_verify()' function has not
been included in this implementation since it is functionally identical
to `dmalloc_verify()'.  Note that the `dmalloc_verify()' function will
only ever return `DMALLOC_VERIFY_ERROR' if the pointer to be checked is
not null and is invalid -- it always terminates with an error message
in the mpatrol log file whenever the pointer to be checked is null and
it has detected heap corruption.

   The `dmalloc_log_heap_map()' and `dmalloc_log_stats()' functions map
on to the `__mp_memorymap()' and `__mp_summary()' functions and so have
entirely different display formats.  The `dmalloc_log_unfreed()' and
`dmalloc_log_changed()' functions have similar display formats to the
original Dmalloc library, but the summary tables are displayed
differently and will display symbol names if they are available and
filename and line number information isn't.  The `dmalloc_message()'
and `dmalloc_vmessage()' functions write tracing to the mpatrol log
file prefixed by three fields of optional information, which can be
controlled by the `LOG_*' macros when building this module.

   This file is initialised via the mpatrol library's initialiser
function feature, which means that if the `__mp_init_dmalloc()'
function is noted by the mpatrol symbol manager then it will be called
when the mpatrol library is being initialised.  If this feature is not
supported then the `dmalloc_init()' function must be called as early on
as possible, otherwise this file will not be initialised until one of
its functions are called.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Dmalloc is copyright (C) 1992-2001 Gray Watson.

8.3 Determining heap differences
================================

   This file defines `heapdiffstart()' and `heapdiffend()', which must
be called in matching pairs.  They both take a `heapdiff' object as
their first parameter, which must still be in scope when the matching
call to `heapdiffend()' is made.  The `heapdiff' object is initialised
at the call to `heapdiffstart()' and is finalised when `heapdiffend()'
is called.  It must not be modified in between and should be treated as
an opaque type.  `heapdiffend()' can only be called once per `heapdiff'
object before requiring that the `heapdiff' object be reinitialised
through a call to `heapdiffstart()'.

   The second parameter to `heapdiffstart()' specifies a set of flags
that can be used to control what is written to the mpatrol log.  A list
of all unfreed memory allocations can be logged with the `HD_UNFREED'
flag and a list of all freed memory allocations can be logged with the
`HD_FREED' flag, although the latter makes use of the `NOFREE' option
and can incur a large performance and space penalty, and also relies on
the `NOFREE' option being unmodified between the calls to
`heapdiffstart()' and `heapdiffend()'.  Note that marked allocations
are not normally logged but this can be changed by adding the
`HD_MARKED' flag.

   By default, only a minimal amount of detail is logged for each
allocation, but this can be changed with the `HD_FULL' flag to log full
details for each allocation.  If the filename and line number for an
allocation is known and the `EDIT' or `LIST' option is being used then
using `HD_VIEW' will edit or list the relevant source file at the
correct line number, but only if the `EDIT' or `LIST' options are
supported.

   If the `HD_CONTENTS' flag is specified then the contents of all
current memory allocations will be written to files and then compared
with their subsequent contents when `heapdiffend()' is called.  If the
heap is large then this option can require a substantial amount of disk
space.  All of the allocation contents files will be deleted when the
matching call to `heapdiffend()' is made.

8.4 Memory allocation gauge
===========================

   This file defines `mgaugestart()', `mgaugeend()', `mgaugeon()' and
`mgaugeoff()' which produce and control a simple memory allocation
gauge in a terminal window.  The gauge is displayed in textual form
using the standard I/O library rather than using a graphics library.
Since it is updated in real-time, it makes no sense to send the output
of the gauge to a file.  Only one gauge can be in use at any one time.

   The first argument to `mgaugestart()' is the filename of the file to
write the gauge to.  As mentioned before, this should be a terminal
file that can be displayed in real-time, such as `/dev/pts*' on UNIX
systems or `CON:#?' on AmigaOS.  If it is a null pointer then the
standard error file stream will be used.

   The second argument to `mgaugestart()' specifies the character that
will be used to represent allocated memory.  If this is given as
whitespace, `|' or `+' then `#' will be used instead.  The third
argument specifies the number of bytes that the gauge represents.  If
the total allocated memory exceeds this then `+' will be appended to
the gauge.  The final argument specifies the frequency of memory
allocation events at which the gauge should be updated.  If it is
specified as zero then all events will cause the gauge to be updated.

8.5 Memory allocation tracing
=============================

   This file defines `mtrace()' and `muntrace()', two functions which
enable and disable memory allocation tracing respectively.  These
should be called in matching pairs but will have no effect unless the
`MALLOC_TRACE' environment variable is set to the filename of the trace
file to use.  The resulting trace files can be processed by the
`mtrace' perl script which is distributed with the GNU C library.

9 Utilities
***********

   Several external programs are supplied with the mpatrol distribution
in the form of commands that can be used to enhance the functionality
of the mpatrol library.  Each command comes with its own UNIX manual
page (although they also support the `--help' and `--version' options),
but a few of the commands are written as UNIX shell scripts and so will
not work on non-UNIX platforms.  Note that the `mprof' command is
documented in the profiling chapter (*note Profiling::) and the
`mptrace' command is documented in the tracing chapter (*note
Tracing::).

9.1 The `mpatrol' command
=========================

   A command is provided with the mpatrol distribution which can run
programs that have been linked with the mpatrol library, using a
combination of mpatrol options that can be set via the command line.
Most of these options map directly onto their equivalent environment
variable settings and exist mainly so that the user does not have to
manually change the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable.

   The main option that is the exception to this is the `--dynamic'
option, which can be used to run a program under the control of the
mpatrol library, even if it wasn't originally linked with the mpatrol
library.  This can only be done on systems that support dynamic linking
and where the dynamic linker recognises the `LD_PRELOAD' or `_RLD_LIST'
environment variables.  Even then, it can only be used when the program
that is being run has been dynamically linked with the system C
library, rather than statically linked.

   The reason for all of these limitations is that some SVR4 UNIX
platforms have a special feature in the dynamic linker which can be
told to override the symbols from one shared library using the symbols
from another shared library at run-time.  In this case, it involves
replacing the symbols for `malloc()', etc., in the system C library
with the mpatrol versions, but only if they were marked as undefined in
the original executable file and would therefore have to have been
loaded from `libc.so'.

   However, if a program qualifies for use with the `--dynamic' option,
it means that you can trace all of its dynamic memory allocations as
well as running it with any of the mpatrol library's debugging options.
This is mainly a _toy_ feature which allows you to view and manipulate
the dynamic memory allocations of programs that you don't have the
source for, but in theory it could be quite useful if you need to debug
a previously released executable and are unable to recompile or relink
it.  Note that if the program being run is multithreaded then you must
add the `--threads' option as well.

   Note that the `mpatrol' command must be set up to use the correct
object file format access libraries that are required for your system
if you wish to use the `--dynamic' option.  If the mpatrol library was
built with `FORMAT=FORMAT_COFF' or `FORMAT=FORMAT_XCOFF' support then it
must be told to preload the COFF access library (normally `libld.so').
If it was built with `FORMAT=FORMAT_ELF32' or `FORMAT=FORMAT_ELF64'
support then it must be told to preload the ELF access library (normally
`libelf.so')(1).  If it was built with `FORMAT=FORMAT_BFD' support then
it must be told to preload the GNU BFD access libraries (normally
`libbfd.so' and `libiberty.so')(2).  However, if these libraries only
exist on your system in archive form then you must build
`libmpatrol.so' with these extra libraries incorporated into it so that
there are no dependencies on them at run-time.  However, there may well
be problems if the resulting shared library contains position-dependent
code from the archive libraries you incorporated.  The only way to find
out is for you to try it and see.

   If you have access to the GNU linker on your system then there may
be a way to convert archive libraries into shared libraries if
position-independent code is not necessarily required for building
shared libraries on your system.  If you use the `--whole-archive' and
`--shared' linker options then the GNU linker will read the entire
contents of one or more archive libraries before writing out a shared
library.  All going well, you should be able to use the new shared
library in conjunction with the `--dynamic' `mpatrol' option.

   In order to build a shared version of the mpatrol library with
embedded object file format access libraries, you must first modify the
`Makefile' you would normally use to build the mpatrol library.  At the
lines where the linker is invoked to build the shared library, you must
explicitly add any object file format access libraries that you want to
use at the end of the linker command line.  This ensures that all
references to such libraries will be resolved at link time rather than
run time.  You must then edit the file `src/config.h' and remove all of
the libraries that you embedded from the definitions of the
`MP_PRELOAD_LIBS' and `MP_PRELOADMT_LIBS' preprocessor macros.
Finally, rebuild the shared version of the mpatrol library and the
`mpatrol' command and see if your efforts were worth it.

   Because the `mpatrol' command sets the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment
variable for each of the programs it runs, it does not affect the value
of the environment variable for the current process (except on AmigaOS
and Netware where all processes share the same environment).  However,
if you wish to use the `mpatrol' command to set `MPATROL_OPTIONS' in
the current process environment then you can use its `--show-env'
option to help you do so.  This option will apply all of the `mpatrol'
command line options to the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable and
then display its value on the standard output without actually running
any programs.  You can then manually set the environment variable with
the output from the `mpatrol' command.

   If you wish the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable to be set in
the current shell process automatically with the `mpatrol' command then
you must use some shell trickery.  The following script excerpts can be
found in `extra/.profile', `extra/.cshrc' and `extra/.gdbinit' and can
be inserted into your `ksh'/`bash', `csh'/`tcsh' and `gdb'
configuration files respectively.  They each provide the `mallopt'
command, which takes `mpatrol' command options and sets the
`MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable in the current shell or debugger
process.

     # mallopt for ksh/bash
     
     function mallopt()
     {
         export MPATROL_OPTIONS=`mpatrol --show-env "$@"`
         echo "$MPATROL_OPTIONS"
     }
     
     # mallopt for csh/tcsh
     
     alias mallopt 'setenv MPATROL_OPTIONS "`mpatrol --show-env \!*`";
                    echo "$MPATROL_OPTIONS"'
     
     # mallopt for gdb
     
     define mallopt
     printf "Enter mpatrol library options: "
     shell read arg; echo set environment MPATROL_OPTIONS
                     `mpatrol --show-env $arg` >/tmp/mpatrol.gdb
     source /tmp/mpatrol.gdb
     shell rm -f /tmp/mpatrol.gdb
     show environment MPATROL_OPTIONS
     end
     document mallopt
     Sets mpatrol library options in the current process environment.
     end

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) A freely available version of the ELF access library, libelf,
can be downloaded from `ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/libs/'.

   (2) The GNU BFD access library can be downloaded from
`ftp://ftp.gnu.org/'.

9.2 The `mleak' command
=======================

   Another utility program that is provided is called `mleak' and is
useful for detecting memory leaks in log files produced by the mpatrol
library.  This program should be used if the mpatrol library could not
finish writing the log file due to abnormal program termination (which
would prevent the `SHOWUNFREED' option from working), but note that
some of the unfreed allocations might have been freed if the program
had terminated successfully.

   The `mleak' command scans through an mpatrol log file looking for
lines beginning with `ALLOC:' and `FREE:' but ignores lines beginning
with `REALLOC:', so only the `LOGALLOCS' and `LOGFREES' options are
necessary when running a program linked with the mpatrol library.  Note
that as a result of this, no attempt is made to account for resizing of
memory allocations and so the total amount of memory used by the
resulting unfreed allocations may not be entirely accurate.

   This command will also read the unfreed allocations table produced
by the `SHOWUNFREED' option in the log file if one is present.  The
entries in the table will be compared with the currently allocated
entries and will be added if not already present.  However, this
behaviour can be disabled by supplying the `--ignore' option to the
`mleak' command.

   The `mleak' command can also be instructed to limit the number of
lines of stack tracing information that it will display for each
unfreed memory allocation.  This is controlled by the `--max-stack'
option which takes the maximum number of stack trace lines to display
as an argument.  If the number of lines is given as `0' (the default)
then there will be no limit to the length of each stack trace.

   The `mleak' command takes one optional argument which must be a valid
mpatrol log filename but if it is omitted then it will use
`mpatrol.log' as the name of the log file to use.  The `mleak' command
makes two passes over the log file so the file must be
randomly-accessible.  If the filename argument is given as `-' then the
standard input file stream will be used as the log file.  Note also
that the `mleak' command supports the `--help' and `--version' options
in common with the other mpatrol command line tools.

   Note that mpatrol patch 5 (which can be downloaded from
`http://www.cbmamiga.demon.co.uk/mpatrol/patches/mpatrol_patch5.tar.gz')
contains the source code to a FORTRAN 90 program called
`condenseleaklog' which offers similar facilities to the `mleak'
command, as well as the ability to trim and filter stack traces.

9.3 The `mpsym' command
=======================

   Another utility program that is provided is called `mpsym', which is
used to parse a log file produced by the mpatrol library and uses a
debugger to append symbol names and source level information to code
addresses in stack tracebacks.  This should be used if the `USEDEBUG'
option is not supported on a particular platform or does not work
properly with a specific program.  It will replace all existing symbols
and source level information associated with the stack tracebacks in
the mpatrol log file and will display the resulting log file on the
standard output file stream.

   The first argument to `mpsym' must be the filename of the executable
file that produced the mpatrol log file but if it is omitted then
`mpsym' will use `a.out' as the name of the executable file to use.
The `mpsym' command will read the symbol table and debugging sections
from this file in order to map the code addresses that appear in the
mpatrol log file into symbol names and source level information.  If
the executable file does not contain a symbol table then no symbol
names will be available and if it does not contain the appropriate
debugging sections then no source level information will be available
either.  Obviously, if the executable file is not the same as the one
that created the mpatrol log file then the final output will be wrong.

   The second argument to `mpsym' must be a valid mpatrol log filename
but if it is omitted then `mpsym' will use `mpatrol.log' as the name of
the log file to use, or `progfile.log' if it can't find that.  The
`mpsym' command makes two passes over the log file so the file must be
randomly-accessable.  Note also that the `mpsym' command supports the
`--help' and `--version' options in common with the other mpatrol
command line tools.

   If the mpatrol library cannot determine the name of a symbol for
display in the log file then it will mark the symbol as `???'.  If the
debugger that is being used by `mpsym' also has problems determining
the name of the symbol then you can pass the `--skip' option to `mpsym'
to instruct it to skip any symbols marked as `???' in the log file.

   The `mpsym' command currently uses `gdb' as the debugger with which
to obtain the additional information about the code addresses in the
mpatrol log file.  It also makes use of several UNIX text processing
commands, including `perl' if it is installed, in order to extract
information from the debugger's output and from the log file.  As a
result, the `mpsym' command is only likely to work on UNIX platforms or
on systems which have the necessary commands installed.

9.4 The `mpedit' command
========================

   Yet another utility program that is provided is called `mpedit',
which is used to invoke a text editor on a given source file and
optionally jump to a specific line number.  It is used as a support
command by the mpatrol library when the `EDIT' or `LIST' options are
used but it can quite easily be used as a command in its own right if
properly configured.  Because it is a shell script it can be easily
configured to support other editors, but this unfortunately limits it
to UNIX platforms at the moment.

   The first argument to `mpedit' must be the filename of the source
file to be edited or listed.  If the source file does not exist then
the contents of the `MPATROL_SOURCEPATH' environment variable will be
used to help locate the source file, even if the filename contained an
absolute or relative path component.  This environment variable should
consist of a colon-separated list of directory names which may contain
absolute paths or be relative to the current directory; the first
directory in the list will be searched first.  If the
`MPATROL_SOURCEPATH' environment variable is not set then only the
current directory will be searched.  You can also use the `--source-dir'
option to add directories to the search path used to locate the source
file.  Multiple `--source-dir' options may be given, and each will be
prepended to the `MPATROL_SOURCEPATH' environment variable in the order
given on the command line.

   If the second argument specifying the line number is omitted then it
is assumed to be `1'.  The text editor will attempt to jump to the
specified line after opening the source file.  The text editor that
`mpedit' uses is controlled by setting the `EDITOR' environment
variable.  This can be set to the full pathname of the text editor to
use or it can be set to the command that would normally be used to
invoke the text editor, but it cannot also contain command line
options.  You can also use the `--editor' option to specify the text
editor on the command line instead of using the value in the `EDITOR'
environment variable.

   The currently supported editors are `vi', `vim', `elvis', `emacs',
`xemacs', `pico' and `nano', and if the `EDITOR' environment variable
is not set then the default will be `vi'.  Selecting an unsupported
text editor will result in an error.  However, you can edit the
`mpedit' file to add support for your own favourite text editor as long
as it supports a way to immediately jump to a specific line number when
it is first started up.  Note that the text editor must also open a new
window to edit the source file so that it does not obscure any mpatrol
diagnostic messages, and if it does not support this then a new
terminal window must be opened for it to use.

   If the `--listing' option is given on the command line then the
`mpedit' command will display a context listing of the source file at
the specified line number to the standard error output stream instead of
invoking the text editor.  The listing will be annotated with line
numbers and will also show the contents of the five lines before and
after the specified line if possible.  Note also that the `mpedit'
command supports the `--help' and `--version' options in common with
the other mpatrol command line tools.

9.5 The `hexwords' command
==========================

   The final utility program that is provided is called `hexwords',
which is used to generate hexadecimal constants from a dictionary of
known words.  Such numerical constants can be used in source files for
a variety of debugging problems, and problems with uninitialised
variables are especially relevant since these special numbers will
stand out if seen from within a debugger.  For example, here are some
common (and some not-so-common) 32-bit hexadecimal constants that can
be used as debugging aids:

_word_         _hex constant_
addedbad       `0xaddedbad'
allocate       `0xa110ca7e'
badlabel       `0xbad1abe1'
baseball       `0xba5eba11'
codebabe       `0xc0debabe'
codedbad       `0xc0dedbad'
deadbeef       `0xdeadbeef'
deadcode       `0xdeadc0de'
failsafe       `0xfa115afe'
feedface       `0xfeedface'
freedata       `0xf4eeda7a'
goodcode       `0x600dc0de'

   As can be seen above, many decimal digits can be used to represent
the letters that they most closely resemble, along with the hexadecimal
digits `A' through `F'.  This provides a much larger selection of words
that can be matched, although the digits `3' and `8' cannot be used due
to the lack of any similar-looking letters.  The digits and their
corresponding letters are given in the following table.

_digit_        _letter_
`0'            O, o or Q
`1'            I, i or l
`2'            Z or z
`3'            -
`4'            q or R
`5'            S or s
`6'            G
`7'            J or T
`8'            -
`9'            g
`A-F'          A-F
`a-f'          a-f

   The argument to `hexwords' must be a valid dictionary filename but
if it is omitted then `hexwords' will use `/usr/dict/words' as the name
of the dictionary file to use.  If that cannot be found then hexwords
will try `/usr/lib/dict/words' and `/usr/share/dict/words'.  The
dictionary file must be a plain text file that contains one word per
line, otherwise few to no words will be matched.

   The words that are matched from the dictionary file can be
controlled by using the `--match' option, which sets the type of
case-sensitivity to use.  A setting of `exact' performs a
case-sensitive comparison of all of the words in the dictionary file
and the hexadecimal digits, whereas a setting of `any' does not.  The
`lower' and `upper' settings convert the words in the dictionary file
to lower and upper case respectively before performing a case-sensitive
comparison.  The default case-sensitivity is `exact'.

   The minimum and maximum number of letters that are matched are
controlled by the `--minimum' and `--maximum' options.  None of the
hexadecimal numbers displayed will have any less or more digits that
those specified with these options.  The default minimum is `4' digits
and the default maximum is `8' digits.  Note also that the `hexwords'
command supports the `--help' and `--version' options in common with
the other mpatrol command line tools.

   The `hexwords' command currently makes use of several UNIX text
processing commands in order to extract the words and their hexadecimal
equivalents.  As a result, the `hexwords' command is only likely to
work on UNIX platforms or on systems which have the necessary commands
installed.

10 Profiling
************

   The mpatrol library has the capability to summarise the information
it accumulated about the behaviour of dynamic memory allocations and
deallocations over the lifetime of any program that it was linked and
run with.  This summary shows a rough profile of all memory allocations
that were made, and is hence called _profiling_.  There are several
other different kinds of profiling provided with most compilation
tools, but they generally profile function calls or line numbers in
combination with the time it takes to execute them.

   Memory allocation profiling is useful since it allows a programmer
to see which functions directly allocate memory from the heap, with a
view to optimising the memory usage or performance of a program.  It
also summarises any unfreed memory allocations that were present at the
end of program execution, some of which could be as a result of memory
leaks.  In addition, a summary of the sizes and distribution of all
memory allocations and deallocations is available.

   A memory allocation call graph is also available for the programmer
to be able to see the caller and callee relationships for all functions
that allocated memory, either directly or indirectly.  This graph is
shown in a tabular form similar to that of `gprof', but it can also be
written to a graph specification file for later processing by `dot'.
The `dot' and `dotty' commands are part of GraphViz, an excellent graph
visualisation package that was developed at AT&T Bell Labs and is
available for free download for UNIX and Windows platforms from
`http://www.research.att.com/sw/tools/graphviz/'.

   Only allocations and deallocations are recorded, with each
reallocation being treated as a deallocation immediately followed by an
allocation.  For full memory allocation profiling support, call stack
traversal must be supported in the mpatrol library and all of the
program's symbols must have been successfully read by the mpatrol
library before the program was run.  The library will attempt to
compensate if either of these requirements are not met, but the
displayed tables may contain less meaningful information.  Cycles that
appear in the allocation call graph are due to recursion and are
currently dealt with by only recording the memory allocations once
along the call stack.

   Memory allocation profiling is disabled by default, but can be
enabled using the `PROF' option.  This writes all of the profiling data
to a file called `mpatrol.out' in the current directory at the end of
program execution, but the name of this file can be changed using the
`PROFFILE' option and the default directory in which to place these
files can be changed by setting the `PROFDIR' environment variable.
Sometimes it can also be desirable for the mpatrol library to write out
the accumulated profiling information in the middle of program
execution rather than just at the end, even if it is only partially
complete, and this behaviour can be controlled with the `AUTOSAVE'
option.  This can be particularly useful when running the program from
within a debugger, when it is necessary to analyse the profiling
information at a certain point during program execution.

   When profiling memory allocations, it is necessary to distinguish
between small, medium, large and extra large memory allocations that
were made by a function.  The boundaries which distinguish between
these allocation sizes can be controlled via the `SMALLBOUND',
`MEDIUMBOUND' and `LARGEBOUND' options, but they default to 32, 256 and
2048 bytes respectively, which should suffice for most circumstances.

   The `mprof' command is a tool designed to read a profiling output
file produced by the mpatrol library and display the profiling
information that was obtained.  The profiling information includes
summaries of all of the memory allocations listed by size and the
function that allocated them and a list of memory leaks with the call
stack of the allocating function.  It also includes a graph of all
memory allocations listed in tabular form, and an optional graph
specification file for later processing by the `dot' graph
visualisation package.

   The `mprof' command also attempts to calculate the endianness of the
processor that produced the profiling output file and reads the file
accordingly.  This means that it is possible to use `mprof' on a SPARC
machine to read a profiling output file that was produced on an Intel
80x86 machine, for example.  However, this will only work if the
processor that produced the profiling output file has the same word
size as the processor that is running the `mprof' command.  For
example, reading a 64-bit profiling output file on a 32-bit machine
will not work.

   In addition, the profiling output file also contains the version
number of the mpatrol library which produced it.  If the major version
number that is embedded in the profiling output file is newer that the
version of mpatrol that `mprof' came with then `mprof' will refuse to
read the file.  You should download the latest version of mpatrol in
that case.  The reason for storing the version number is so that the
format of the profiling output file can change between releases of
mpatrol, but also allow `mprof' to cope with older versions.

   Along with the options listed below, the `mprof' command takes one
optional argument which must be a valid mpatrol profiling output
filename but if it is omitted then it will use `mpatrol.out' as the
name of the file to use.  If the filename argument is given as `-' then
the standard input file stream will be used as the profiling output
file.  Note also that the `mprof' command supports the `--help' and
`--version' options in common with the other mpatrol command line tools.

`--addresses'
     Specifies that different call sites from within the same function
     are to be differentiated and that the names of all functions
     should be displayed with their call site offset in bytes.  This
     affects the direct allocation and memory leak tables, as well as
     the allocation call graph and the graph specification file.

`--call-graph'
     Specifies that the allocation call graph should be displayed.
     This is not displayed by default as it can get very large for even
     a moderately sized profiling output file.

`--counts'
     Specifies that certain tables should be sorted by the number of
     allocations or deallocations rather than the total number of bytes
     allocated or deallocated.  This affects the direct allocation and
     memory leak tables, as well as the allocation call graph and the
     graph specification file.

`--graph-file' <FILE>
     Specifies that the allocation call graph should also be written to
     a graph specification file for later visualisation with `dot'.  If
     FILE is given as `stdout' or `stderr' then the corresponding file
     stream will be used as the target for the graph specification file.

`--leaks'
     Specifies that memory leaks rather than memory allocations are to
     be written to the graph specification file.  This option only
     affects the output from the `--graph-file' option.

`--stack-depth' <DEPTH>
     Specifies the maximum stack depth to use when calculating if one
     call site has the same call stack as another call site.  This also
     specifies the maximum number of functions to display in a call
     stack.  If DEPTH is `0' then the call stack depth will be
     unlimited in size.  The default call stack depth is `1'.  This
     affects the memory leak table.

   We'll now look at an example of using the mpatrol library to profile
the dynamic memory allocations in a program.  However, remember that
this example will only fully work on your machine if the mpatrol
library supports call stack traversal and reading symbols from
executable files on that platform.  If that is not the case then only
some of the features will be available.

   The following example program performs some simple calculations and
displays a list of numbers on its standard output file stream, but it
serves to illustrate all of the different features of memory allocation
profiling that mpatrol is capable of.  The source for the program can
be found in `tests/profile/test1.c'.

     23  /*
     24   * Associates an integer value with its negative string equivalent in a
     25   * structure, and then allocates 256 such pairs randomly, displays them
     26   * then frees them.
     27   */
     
     
     30  #include <stdio.h>
     31  #include <stdlib.h>
     32  #include <string.h>
     
     
     35  typedef struct pair
     36  {
     37      int value;
     38      char *string;
     39  }
     40  pair;
     
     
     43  pair *new_pair(int n)
     44  {
     45      static char s[16];
     46      pair *p;
     
     48      if ((p = (pair *) malloc(sizeof(pair))) == NULL)
     49      {
     50          fputs("Out of memory\n", stderr);
     51          exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
     52      }
     53      p->value = n;
     54      sprintf(s, "%d", -n);
     55      if ((p->string = strdup(s)) == NULL)
     56      {
     57          fputs("Out of memory\n", stderr);
     58          exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
     59      }
     60      return p;
     61  }
     
     
     64  int main(void)
     65  {
     66      pair *a[256];
     67      int i, n;
     
     69      for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
     70      {
     71          n = (int) ((rand() * 256.0) / (RAND_MAX + 1.0)) - 128;
     72          a[i] = new_pair(n);
     73      }
     74      for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
     75          printf("%3d: %4d -> \"%s\"\n", i, a[i]->value, a[i]->string);
     76      for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
     77          free(a[i]);
     78      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     79  }

   After the above program has been compiled and linked with the
mpatrol library, it should be run with the `PROF' option set in the
`MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable.  Note that `mpatrol.h' was not
included as it is not necessary for profiling purposes.

   If all went well, a list of numbers should be displayed on the
screen and a file called `mpatrol.out' should have been produced in the
current directory.  This is a binary file containing the total amount
of profiling information that the mpatrol library gathered while the
program was running, but it contains concise numerical data rather than
human-readable data.  To make use of this file, the `mprof' command
must be run.  An excerpt from the output produced when running `mprof'
with the `--call-graph' option is shown below(1).

                                  ALLOCATION BINS
     
                               (number of bins: 1024)
     
                       allocated                          unfreed
            --------------------------------  --------------------------------
      size   count       %     bytes       %   count       %     bytes       %
     
         2       9    1.76        18    0.61       9    3.52        18    1.95
         3     105   20.51       315   10.61     105   41.02       315   34.16
         4     121   23.63       484   16.30     121   47.27       484   52.49
         5      21    4.10       105    3.54      21    8.20       105   11.39
         8     256   50.00      2048   68.96       0    0.00         0    0.00
     
     total     512              2970             256               922

                                 DIRECT ALLOCATIONS
     
                      (0 < s <= 32 < m <= 256 < l <= 2048 < x)
     
            allocated                       unfreed
     --------------------------  --------------------------
     bytes       %   s  m  l  x  bytes       %   s  m  l  x  count  function
     
      2970  100.00  %%             922  100.00  %%             512  new_pair
     
      2970          %%             922          %%             512  total

                                    MEMORY LEAKS
     
                              (maximum stack depth: 1)
     
                     unfreed                      allocated
     ----------------------------------------  ----------------
          %     bytes       %   count       %     bytes   count  function
     
     100.00       922   31.04     256   50.00      2970     512  new_pair
     
                  922   31.04     256   50.00      2970     512  total

                               ALLOCATION CALL GRAPH
     
                              (number of vertices: 3)
     
                allocated               unfreed
          ---------------------  ---------------------
     index   bytes   s  m  l  x     bytes   s  m  l  x  function
     -------------------------------------------------
     [1]                                                _start [1]
              2970  %%                922  %%               main [3]
     -------------------------------------------------
              2970  %%                922  %%               main [3]
     [2]                                                new_pair [2]
     -------------------------------------------------
              2970  %%                922  %%               _start [1]
     [3]                                                main [3]
              2970  %%                922  %%               new_pair [2]

   The first table shown is the allocation bin table which summarises
the sizes of all objects that were dynamically allocated throughout the
lifetime of the program.  In this particular case, counts of all
allocations and deallocations of sizes 1 to 1023 bytes were recorded by
the mpatrol library in their own specific _bin_ and this information
was written to the profiling output file.  Allocations and
deallocations of sizes larger than or equal to 1024 bytes are counted
as well and the total number of bytes that they represent are also
recorded.  This information can be extremely useful in understanding
which sizes of data structures are allocated most during program
execution, and where changes might be made to make more efficient use
of the dynamically allocated memory.

   As can be seen from the allocation bin table, 9 allocations of 2
bytes, 105 allocations of 3 bytes, 121 allocations of 4 bytes, 21
allocations of 5 bytes and 256 allocations of 8 bytes were made during
the execution of the program.  However, all of these memory allocations
except the 8 byte allocations were still not freed by the time the
program terminated, resulting in a total memory leak of 922 bytes.

   The next table shown is the direct allocation table which lists all
of the functions that allocated memory and how much memory they
allocated.  The `s m l x' columns represent _small_, _medium_, _large_
and _extra large_ memory allocations, which in this case are 0 bytes is
less than a small allocation, which is less than or equal to 32 bytes,
which is less than a medium allocation, which is less than or equal to
256 bytes, which is less than a large allocation, which is less than or
equal to 2048 bytes, which is less than an extra large allocation.  The
numbers listed under these columns represent a percentage of the
overall total and are listed as `%%' if the percentage is 100% or as
`.' if the percentage is less than 1%.  Percentages of 0% are not
displayed.

   The information displayed in the direct allocation table is useful
for seeing exactly which functions in a program directly perform memory
allocation, and can quickly highlight where optimisations can be made
or where functions might be making unnecessary allocations.  In the
example, this table shows us that 2970 bytes were allocated over 512
calls by `new_pair()' and that 922 bytes were left unfreed at program
termination.  All of the allocations that were made by `new_pair()'
were between 1 and 32 bytes in size.

   We could now choose to sort the direct allocation table by the
number of calls to allocate memory, rather than the number of bytes
allocated, with the `--counts' option to `mprof', but that is not
relevant in this example.  However, we know that there are two calls to
allocate memory from `new_pair()', so we can use the `--addresses'
option to `mprof' to show all call sites within functions rather than
just the total for each function.  This option does not affect the
allocation bin table so the new output from `mprof' with the
`--call-graph' and `--addresses' options looks like:

                                 DIRECT ALLOCATIONS
     
                      (0 < s <= 32 < m <= 256 < l <= 2048 < x)
     
            allocated                       unfreed
     --------------------------  --------------------------
     bytes       %   s  m  l  x  bytes       %   s  m  l  x  count  function
     
      2048   68.96  69               0    0.00                 256  new_pair+20
       922   31.04  31             922  100.00  %%             256  new_pair+140
     
      2970          %%             922          %%             512  total

                                    MEMORY LEAKS
     
                              (maximum stack depth: 1)
     
                     unfreed                      allocated
     ----------------------------------------  ----------------
          %     bytes       %   count       %     bytes   count  function
     
     100.00       922  100.00     256  100.00       922     256  new_pair+140
     
                  922   31.04     256   50.00      2970     512  total

                               ALLOCATION CALL GRAPH
     
                              (number of vertices: 4)
     
                allocated               unfreed
          ---------------------  ---------------------
     index   bytes   s  m  l  x     bytes   s  m  l  x  function
     -------------------------------------------------
     [1]                                                _start+100 [1]
              2970  %%                922  %%               main+120 [4]
     -------------------------------------------------
              2048  %%                  0                   main+120 [4]
     [2]                                                new_pair+20 [2]
     -------------------------------------------------
               922  %%                922  %%               main+120 [4]
     [3]                                                new_pair+140 [3]
     -------------------------------------------------
              2970  %%                922  %%               _start+100 [1]
     [4]                                                main+120 [4]
              2048  %%                  0                   new_pair+20 [2]
               922  %%                922  %%               new_pair+140 [3]

   The names of the functions displayed in the above tables now have a
byte offset appended to them to indicate at what position in the
function a call to allocate memory occurred(2).  Now it is possible to
see that the first call to allocate memory from within `new_pair()' has
had all of its memory freed, but the second call (from `strdup()') has
had none of its memory freed.

   This is also visible in the next table, which is the memory leak
table and lists all of the functions that allocated memory but did not
free all of their memory during the lifetime of the program.  The
default behaviour of `mprof' is to show only the function that directly
allocated the memory in the memory leak table, but this can be changed
with the `--stack-depth' option.  This accepts an argument specifying
the maximum number of functions to display in one call stack, with zero
indicating that all functions in a call stack should be displayed.
This can be useful for tracing down the functions that were indirectly
responsible for the memory leak.  The new memory leak table displayed
by `mprof' with the `--addresses' and `--stack-depth 0' options looks
like:

                                    MEMORY LEAKS
     
                              (maximum stack depth: 0)
     
                     unfreed                      allocated
     ----------------------------------------  ----------------
          %     bytes       %   count       %     bytes   count  function
     
     100.00       922  100.00     256  100.00       922     256  new_pair+140
                                                                 main+120
                                                                 _start+100
     
                  922   31.04     256   50.00      2970     512  total

   Now that we know where the memory leak is coming from, we can fix it
by freeing the string as well as the structure at line 77.  A version
of the above program that does not contain the memory leak can be found
in `tests/profile/test2.c'.

   The final table that is displayed is the allocation call graph,
which shows the relationship between a particular function in the call
graph, the functions that called it (parents), and the functions that
it called (children).  Every function that appears in the allocation
call graph is displayed with a particular index that can be used to
cross-reference it.  The functions which called a particular function
are displayed directly above it, while the functions that the function
called are displayed directly below it.  In the above example,
`_start()' called `main()', which then called `new_pair()' which
allocated the memory.

   The memory that has been allocated by a function (either directly,
or indirectly by its children) for its parents is shown in the details
for the parent functions, showing both a breakdown of the allocated
memory and a breakdown of the unfreed memory.  This also occurs for the
child functions.  If a function does not directly allocate memory then
the total memory allocated for its parents will equal the total memory
allocated by its children.  However, if a parent or child function is
part of a cycle in the call graph then a `(*)' will appear in the
leftmost column of the call graph.  In that case the total incoming
memory may not necessarily equal the total outgoing memory for the main
function.

   In the example above when the `--addresses' option is used, it
should be clear that `new_pair()+20' allocates 2048 bytes for `main()',
while `new_pair()+140' allocates 922 bytes for `main()'.  The `main()'
function itself allocates 2970 bytes for `_start()' overall via the
`new_pair()' function.

   It is also possible to view this information graphically if you have
the GraphViz package mentioned above installed on your system.  The
`--graph-file' option can be used to write a `dot' graph specification
file that can be processed by the `dot' or `dotty' commands that come
with GraphViz.  The resulting graphs will show the relationships
between each function, its parents and its children, and will also show
the number of bytes that were allocated along the edges of the call
graph, but this can be changed to the number of calls if the `--counts'
option is used(3).  A call graph showing unfreed memory instead of
allocated memory can be generated by adding the `--leaks' option.  The
HTML, DVI, postscript and PDF versions of this manual contain graphical
examples of these options.

   As a final demonstration of mpatrol's profiling features we will
attempt to profile a real application in order to see where the memory
allocations come from.  Since all of the following steps were performed
on a Solaris machine, the `--dynamic' option of the `mpatrol' command
was used to allow us to replace the system memory allocation routines
with mpatrol's routines without requiring a relink.  It also means that
we can profile all of the child processes that were created by the
application as well.

   The application that we are going to profile is the GNU C compiler,
`gcc' (version 2.95.2), which is quite a complicated and large program.
The actual `gcc' command is really the compiler driver which invokes the
C preprocessor followed by the compiler, the assembler, the prelinker
and finally the linker (well, it does in this example).  On Solaris, the
`gcc' distribution uses the system assembler and linker which come with
no symbol tables in their executable files so we will not be profiling
them.

   For the purpose of this demonstration we will only be looking at the
graph files produced by the `--graph-file' option of the `mprof'
command, but ordinarily you would want to look at the tables that
`mprof' produces as well.  All of the command line examples use the
`bash' shell but in most cases these will work in other shells with a
minimal amount of changes.

   We will use `tests/profile/test2.c' as the source file to compile
with `gcc' and we'll turn on optimisation in order to cause `gcc' to
allocate a bit more memory than it would normally.  Note that use is
also made of the format string feature of the `--log-file' and
`--prof-file' options so that it is clear which mpatrol log and
profiling output files belong to which processes.

     bash$ mpatrol --dynamic --log-file=%p.log --prof-file=%p.out
                   --prof gcc -O -o test2 test2.c
     bash$ ls *.log *.out
     as.log         cc1.out        cpp.log        gcc.out
     as.out         collect2.log   cpp.out        ld.log
     cc1.log        collect2.out   gcc.log        ld.out

   As mentioned above, we're not interested in the mpatrol log and
profiling output files for `as' and `ld' so we'll delete them.  We can
now use `mprof' to create graph specification files for each of the
profiling output files produced.  You can find these graph
specification files and the profiling output files used to generate
them in the `extra' directory in the mpatrol distribution.

     bash$ rm as.log as.out ld.log ld.out
     bash$ ls *.out
     cc1.out        collect2.out   cpp.out        gcc.out
     bash$ for file in *.out
     > do
     >     mprof --graph-file=`basename $file .out`.dot $file
     > done >/dev/null
     bash$ ls *.dot
     cc1.dot        collect2.dot   cpp.dot        gcc.dot

   The graph specification files that have now been produced can be
viewed and manipulated with the `dotty' command, or they can be
converted to various image formats with the `dot' command.  However,
this presumes that you already have the GraphViz graph visualisation
package installed.  If you have then you can convert the graph
specification files to GIF and postscript images using the following
commands.  If not, you can still view the graphs produced in the HTML,
DVI, postscript and PDF versions of this manual, or you can look at the
relevant files in the `doc/images' directory in the mpatrol
distribution.

     bash$ dot -Tgif -Gsize="6,3" -Gratio=fill -o gcc.gif gcc.dot
     bash$ dot -Tgif -Gsize="6,3" -Gratio=fill -o cpp.gif cpp.dot
     bash$ dot -Tgif -Gsize="7,4" -Gratio=fill -o cc1.gif cc1.dot
     bash$ dot -Tgif -Gsize="4,3" -Gratio=fill -o collect2.gif collect2.dot
     bash$ dot -Tps -Gsize="6,3" -Gratio=fill -o gcc.ps gcc.dot
     bash$ dot -Tps -Gsize="6,3" -Gratio=fill -o cpp.ps cpp.dot
     bash$ dot -Tps -Gsize="9,6" -Gratio=fill -Grotate=90 -o cc1.ps cc1.dot
     bash$ dot -Tps -Gsize="4,3" -Gratio=fill -o collect2.ps collect2.dot

   Although `mprof' does not currently offer this facility, a small tool
called `profdiff' which reports differences between two mpatrol
profiling output files can be downloaded from
`http://www.cbmamiga.demon.co.uk/mpatrol/patches/mpatrol_patch3.tar.gz'.

   Much of the functionality of this implementation of memory
allocation profiling is based upon `mprof' by Benjamin Zorn and Paul
Hilfinger, which was written as a research project and ran on MIPS,
SPARC and VAX machines.  However, the profiling output files are
incompatible, the tables displayed have a different format, and the way
they are implemented is entirely different.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) The `--call-graph' option is only needed to display the
allocation call graph table, which is not normally displayed by default.

   (2) If no symbols could be read from the program's executable file,
or if the corresponding symbol could not be determined, then the
function names will be replaced with the code addresses at which the
calls took place.

   (3) Cycles in the graph are marked by dashed lines along the
relevant edges instead of solid lines.

11 Tracing
**********

   In addition to profiling, the mpatrol library also has the
capability to concisely trace the details of every dynamic memory
allocation, reallocation and deallocation over the lifetime of any
program that it was linked and run with.  This information can then be
used to calculate trends in a program's memory allocation behaviour and
provide details on the lifetimes of memory allocations.  In contrast to
profiling, it can also be used to display a program's memory allocation
behaviour in real-time, along with some useful information that can be
displayed in graphical or tabular form.

   Only allocations, reallocations and deallocations are recorded.  The
intention of tracing is to gather concise details about each memory
allocation event rather than complete information about some or all
memory allocations.  As a result, the mpatrol log files and profiling
output files contain more detailed information about individual memory
allocations, whereas the tracing output files contain a broader view of
allocation behaviour throughout the entire program.

   Memory allocation tracing is disabled by default, but can be enabled
using the `TRACE' option.  This writes all of the tracing data to a
file called `mpatrol.trace' in the current directory at the end of
program execution, but the name of this file can be changed using the
`TRACEFILE' option and the default directory in which to place these
files can be changed by setting the `TRACEDIR' environment variable.

   The `mptrace' command is a tool designed to read a tracing output
file produced by the mpatrol library and display the tracing
information that was obtained.  The tracing information is a concise
encoded trace of all of the memory allocation events that occurred
during a program's execution, and can be decoded into tabular or
graphical form, along with any relevant statistics that can be
calculated.

   The `mptrace' command also attempts to calculate the endianness of
the processor that produced the tracing output file and reads the file
accordingly.  This means that it is possible to use `mptrace' on a
SPARC machine to read a tracing output file that was produced on an
Intel 80x86 machine, for example.  However, this will only work if the
processor that produced the tracing output file has the same word size
as the processor that is running the `mptrace' command.  For example,
reading a 64-bit tracing output file on a 32-bit machine will not work.

   In addition, the tracing output file also contains the version
number of the mpatrol library which produced it.  If the major version
number that is embedded in the tracing output file is newer that the
version of mpatrol that `mptrace' came with then `mptrace' will refuse
to read the file.  You should download the latest version of mpatrol in
that case.  The reason for storing the version number is so that the
format of the tracing output file can change between releases of
mpatrol, but also allow `mptrace' to cope with older versions.

   Along with the usual `--help' and `--version' options, the `mptrace'
command accepts several other options and takes one optional argument
which must be a valid mpatrol tracing output filename but if it is
omitted then it will use `mpatrol.trace' as the name of the file to use.
If the filename argument is given as `-' then the standard input file
stream will be used as the tracing output file.

   Normally, the `mptrace' command will simply read in the tracing
output file and display any statistics it has gathered.  However, it
can also be instructed to display a tracing table which displays useful
details for every event in the tracing output file.  The tracing table
can be displayed with the `--verbose' option.  If the mpatrol library
was able to obtain source-level information for one or more memory
events then this can be displayed in the tracing table by adding the
`--source' option.

   A C source file containing a trace-driven memory allocation
simulation program can be written with the `--sim-file' option.  This
program will have the identical memory allocation behaviour to the
program which produced the original trace file.  This option can be
useful to use if you wish to determine which malloc library is most
suitable to use for a specific application.

   A trace file in Heap Allocation Trace Format (HATF) can also be
written out by the `mptrace' command by using the `--hatf-file' option.
It takes the name of the HATF trace file to be written as an argument
and writes out the HATF version of the mpatrol tracing output file
given as input when it is being processed.  The HATF file format is an
attempt to standardise trace file formats for memory allocation
tracing, and is being developed by Benjamin Zorn, Richard Jones and
Trishul Chilimbi.  There is a HATF DTD located in the `extra' directory
in the mpatrol distribution.

   The `mptrace' command will normally be built with GUI(1) support on
UNIX platforms that are running X Windows.  This means that a graphical
memory map display of the heap will be shown in a window every time
`mptrace' is run with the `--gui' option.  This display is updated
every time a new event is read from the tracing output file and by
default uses the colour red for internal heap memory (used by the
mpatrol library), blue for unallocated heap memory, black for allocated
memory and white for free memory.  Options exist to change this colour
scheme, as well as the dimensions of the drawing area and the window.

   By default, it is assumed that the start address of the first event
that appears in the tracing output file is the base address of the
memory map displayed in the window.  If the heap grows downwards then
this assumption will be incorrect (since nothing will be displayed) and
so the `--base' option must be used to specify a reasonable lower bound
for the final memory map.  In addition, the visible address space
displayed in the memory map is fixed to a certain size (4 megabytes by
default), but this can be changed with the `--space' option.  A small
delay can also be added after drawing each memory allocation event
through the use of the `--delay' option.

   The following options are specific to the GUI version of `mptrace'
and are read by the X command line parser rather than directly by
`mptrace'.  As a result they are parsed according to X toolkit rules
and do not appear in the quick-reference option summary produced by the
`--help' option.  The application class for setting `mptrace' X
resources is called `MPTrace'.

`--alloc' <COLOUR>
     Specifies the colour to use for displaying allocated memory.  The
     default colour is `black'.

`--base' <ADDRESS>
     Specifies the base address of the visible address space displayed
     in the memory map.  The default address is calculated at run-time
     from the start address of the first memory allocation event in the
     tracing output file.

`--delay' <LENGTH>
     Specifies that a small delay of a certain length should be added
     after drawing each memory allocation event.  The delay does not
     correspond to a specific unit of time, but experimentation with
     the length should yield satisfactory results.  The default delay
     is `0'.

`--free' <COLOUR>
     Specifies the colour to use for displaying free memory.  The
     default colour is `white'.

`--height' <SIZE>
     Specifies the height (in pixels) of the drawing area.  The default
     height is `512'.

`--internal' <COLOUR>
     Specifies the colour to use for displaying internal heap memory.
     The default colour is `red'.

`--space' <SIZE>
     Specifies the size (in megabytes) of the visible address space
     displayed in the memory map.  The default size is `4'.

`--unalloc' <COLOUR>
     Specifies the colour to use for displaying unallocated heap
     memory.  The default colour is `blue'.

`--view-height' <SIZE>
     Specifies the height (in pixels) of the window.  The default
     height is `256'.

`--view-width' <SIZE>
     Specifies the width (in pixels) of the window.  The default width
     is `256'.

`--width' <SIZE>
     Specifies the width (in pixels) of the drawing area.  The default
     width is `512'.

   We'll now look at an example of using the mpatrol library to trace
the dynamic memory allocations in a program.  As with the previous
chapter we will attempt to trace a real application in order to examine
its memory allocation behaviour.  Since all of the following steps were
performed on a Solaris machine, the `--dynamic' option of the `mpatrol'
command was used to allow us to replace the system memory allocation
routines with mpatrol's routines without requiring a relink.  It also
means that we can trace all of the child processes that were created by
the application as well.

   The application that we are going to trace is the GNU C compiler, as
before, and we will discard the tracing information generated for the
assembler and linker.  All of the command line examples use the `bash'
shell but in most cases these will work in other shells with a minimal
amount of changes.

   We will use `tests/profile/test2.c' as the source file to compile
with `gcc' and we'll turn on optimisation in order to cause `gcc' to
allocate a bit more memory than it would normally.  Note that use is
also made of the format string feature of the `--log-file' and
`--trace-file' options so that it is clear which mpatrol log and tracing
output files belong to which processes.

     bash$ mpatrol --dynamic --log-file=%p.log --trace-file=%p.trace
                   --trace gcc -O -o test2 test2.c
     bash$ ls *.log *.trace
     as.log         cc1.trace      cpp.log        gcc.trace
     as.trace       collect2.log   cpp.trace      ld.log
     cc1.log        collect2.trace gcc.log        ld.trace

   As mentioned above, we're not interested in the mpatrol log and
tracing output files for `as' and `ld' so we'll delete them.  We can
now use `mptrace' to decode each of the tracing output files produced
and write their contents in tabular form to the standard output file
stream, which can be redirected to a file for later viewing.  You can
find these tracing output files in the `extra' directory in the mpatrol
distribution.

   Note that both the tracing files mentioned above and the examples
below treat reallocations as a deallocation followed by an allocation.
This was the behaviour in older versions of the mpatrol library and I
haven't bothered to update the files.  However, it shouldn't affect the
final outcome in any way.  In addition, as the `mpatrol.h' header file
was not included by any of the source files that comprise the compiler
and its toolset, there was no source-level information for memory
events.  If there was, the `--source' option could have been used to
display it.

     bash$ rm as.log as.trace ld.log ld.trace
     bash$ ls *.trace
     cc1.trace      collect2.trace cpp.trace      gcc.trace
     bash$ for file in *.trace
     > do
     >     mptrace --verbose $file >`basename $file .trace`.res
     > done
     bash$ ls *.res
     cc1.res        collect2.res   cpp.res        gcc.res

   For the purposes of this example we will only be looking at the
tracing results for the `cc1' compiler which are now decoded in the
file `cc1.res'.  If you examine this file you will see something
similar to the following.  Note that the `...' marks text that has been
removed.

      event  type     index  allocation      size    life   count     bytes
     ------  ------  ------  ----------  --------  ------  ------  --------
             internal        0x0024E000     32768
             internal        0x00256000     32768
             internal        0x0025E000     32768
             reserve         0x00266000      8192
             internal        0x00268000     32768
             internal        0x00270000     32768
             internal        0x00278000     32768
             internal        0x00280000     32768
             internal        0x00288000     32768
             internal        0x00290000     32768
     ...
             reserve         0x00308000     16384
          1  alloc       19  0x00266568      4072               1      4072
          2  alloc       21  0x0030A008      4072               2      8144
          3  alloc       22  0x0030AFF0      4072               3     12216
             reserve         0x0030C000      8192
          4  alloc       23  0x0030BFD8      4072               4     16288
          5  alloc       24  0x0030CFC0      4072               5     20360
             reserve         0x0030E000      8192
          6  alloc       25  0x0030DFA8      4072               6     24432
          7  alloc       26  0x00267550        42               7     24474
     ...
       1712  free       650  0x00373FF0      4072     827     398    321191
       1713  free       649  0x00376FA8      4072     829     397    317119
       1714  alloc     1074  0x00376FA8      4072             398    321191
       1715  free       233  0x0031ED18      8200    1498     397    312991
       1716  free       234  0x00320D20      8200    1498     396    304791
       1717  free       299  0x00355CC8       620    1426     395    304171
       1718  free       655  0x00353A28      1016     823     394    303155
       1719  free       303  0x0035E000      5096    1424     393    298059
       1720  free       653  0x00354E60       152     827     392    297907
       1721  free       654  0x00354EF8       152     827     391    297755
     
     memory allocation tracing statistics
     ------------------------------------
     allocated: 1056 (540776 bytes)
     freed:     665 (243021 bytes)
     unfreed:   391 (297755 bytes)
     peak:      489 (375169 bytes)
     reserved:  48 (409600 bytes)
     internal:  27 (884736 bytes)
     total:     75 (1294336 bytes)
     
     smallest size: 3 bytes
     largest size:  8200 bytes
     average size:  512 bytes

   There are eight different columns of data displayed by the `mptrace'
command when it decodes the tracing output file and displays it in
tabular format with the `--verbose' option.  Here is an explanation for
each of them.

`event'
     This contains the event number (or time line) for each memory
     allocation, reallocation or deallocation (heap reservations are
     not considered events for this purpose).  Each memory allocation,
     reallocation or deallocation increases the current event number,
     and this information is used to calculate the lifetime of a heap
     allocation.

`type'
     This contains the event type for each entry in the tracing output
     file.  Memory allocations, reallocations and deallocations are
     represented by `alloc', `realloc' and `free' respectively.  Normal
     heap reservations (that will be used for memory allocations) are
     represented by `reserve', while internal heap reservations (for
     use by the mpatrol library itself) are represented by `internal'.

`index'
     This contains the allocation index that is used by the mpatrol
     library to keep track of each unique memory allocation, and
     corresponds directly to any memory allocations listed in the log
     file.  In older tracing output files, memory allocation events
     that reuse allocation indices represent a reallocation of the
     original allocation.

`allocation'
     This contains the start address of the memory allocation.

`size'
     This contains the size (in bytes) of the memory allocation.

`life'
     This contains the lifetime of a memory allocation and is displayed
     when it is is freed.  It is simply the difference between the
     current event number and the event number at which the original
     allocation took place, but is useful for working out how long a
     memory allocation is valid throughout a program's execution.  If a
     memory allocation is reallocated, its lifetime will be calculated
     from the original time of allocation, _not_ the point at which it
     was reallocated.

`count'
     This contains a running total of the number of memory allocations
     currently in use.  The total is calculated after processing the
     current event.

`bytes'
     This contains a running total of the memory used by the current
     memory allocations.  The total is calculated after processing the
     current event.

   The first few entries in the table show that the mpatrol library
started by allocating memory from the heap for its own purposes before
reserving 8192 bytes for the memory allocations made by the object file
access library for reading the symbols from the executable file and
shared libraries(2).  Most of the further internal heap reservation
events are due to the mpatrol library having to store details for all
of the relevant symbols that it could read at program startup.  The
more symbols that there are, the more memory that must be used to store
them.  Note that the heap reservation events are not really relevant to
the analysis of the program's memory allocations but they are used when
displaying the heap graphically.

   The first few memory allocation events in the table show that
several memory allocations of 4072 bytes are being made along with
several more heap reservations that are needed to store them.  The last
events in the table are mainly all deallocation events of allocations
that were made quite early on in the program.  The lifetime information
for these events shows that some of these allocations were made very
near the beginning of the program, while the others were made near the
middle.  None of them were very big and so would not be occupying much
memory.

   The statistics that were gathered from the tracing output file are
displayed after the tracing table.  The first group of entries
summarise the heap memory that was used, with the `allocated', `freed'
and `unfreed' fields showing the total number of memory allocations
that were made, the total number of memory allocations that were freed,
and the total number of unfreed memory allocations respectively.  The
`peak' field shows the highest number of memory allocations (and total
number of bytes) that were in use at any one time.  The `reserved' and
`internal' fields show the total number of pages reserved from the
system heap for user allocations and internal allocations respectively,
and the `total' field shows the total number of pages that were used
from the system heap.

   The `smallest size' and `largest size' fields indicate the sizes of
the smallest memory allocation and the largest memory allocation
respectively.  The `average size' field shows the mean number of bytes
that was allocated between each of the memory allocations.

   If you were running a GUI version of `mptrace', information about
all of these events can be displayed in graphical form inside a window
if the `--gui' option is used.  The HTML, DVI, postscript and PDF
versions of this manual contain a screenshot of the `mptrace' display
window when it is run with the `--gui' option and `cc1.trace' as input.

   Unlike memory allocation profiling which summarises all of the
accumulated data, it is possible to trace memory allocation events in
real-time as the program runs.  This can currently be done on UNIX
platforms by piping the tracing output file from the program being run
to the `mptrace' command, which can be achieved in several ways
depending on the UNIX system that you are using.  Both of the following
methods are equivalent, where `testprog' is the name of the program
that is being traced (and has previously been linked with the mpatrol
library).

     # This method specifies the standard output file stream as the
     # destination for the tracing output file and then runs both
     # commands in a shell command pipe.  This has a disadvantage in
     # that testprog must not write anything to stdout since that would
     # be written out to the tracing output file.  If stdout is not
     # suitable then stderr could be used instead if you redirect it.
     
     bash$ mpatrol --trace-file=stdout --trace ./testprog | mptrace --verbose -

     # This method creates a named pipe called myfifo (but it could be
     # called anything) and runs the program being traced and the mptrace
     # command separately (perhaps in two separate windows).  If the
     # mkfifo command is not available on your system then try mknod.
     
     bash$ mkfifo myfifo
     bash$ mpatrol --trace-file=myfifo --trace ./testprog &
     bash$ mptrace --verbose myfifo

   The idea for graphically displaying a memory map of the heap comes
from the `xmem' tool supplied with the University of Toronto Computer
Systems Research Institute malloc library, written by Mark Moraes.
However, the documentation for that tool remarks that it was written as
a quick and dirty hack.  The `mptrace' command is hopefully more stable
and contains a lot more functionality.

   The mpatrol library can also generate trace files in a format that
is compatible with the GNU `mtrace()' option.  The code to do this is
built on top of the mpatrol library and is in `tools/mtrace.c' and
`tools/mtrace.h'.  Such trace files can then be processed by the GNU
`mtrace' command.  The `tools/mgauge.c' and `tools/mgauge.h' files in
the same directory can be used to implement an allocated memory gauge
which updates in real-time in a terminal window.  This can be used as
an alternative to the window used by the `mptrace' command's `--gui'
option for a simpler display.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Graphical User Interface.

   (2) The actual allocation events from this do not appear since they
were internal memory allocations.

12 Heap corruption
******************

   There can be many causes of heap corruption in a program and there
can be many forms in which it can appear.  This chapter attempts to
describe the most appropriate ways to narrow down and remove the causes
of the most common forms of heap corruption.  Note that errors such as
freeing an allocated block twice are not considered in this chapter
even though they would result in heap corruption in a normal malloc
library -- the mpatrol library catches these special cases so you know
exactly where they occur.

   The three forms of errors we are going to look at are heap
corruption in free memory blocks, freed memory blocks and overflow
buffers.  As you will soon see, the same piece of faulty code can
produce any one of these errors depending on which mpatrol library
options you use.  The following discussion assumes that you have run
your program with the mpatrol library and you get an `ALLOVF',
`FRDCOR', `FRDOVF' or `FRECOR' error in the mpatrol log file when your
program terminates.  It also assumes that you haven't set the
`MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable yet.

   By default, the only times the mpatrol library will check the heap
for memory corruption are when it terminates or when `__mp_check()' is
called (but the latter won't be happening since you won't have modified
your program yet).  This isn't good enough for errors such as these so
we need to instruct it to make checks whenever an mpatrol library
function is called.  The `CHECK' option controls when such automated
checks occur, and this can normally be set to `CHECK=-' to check the
heap whenever a call to an mpatrol library function is made.

   However, in programs which take a long time to execute, or programs
which make a large number of memory allocations, this can slow the
program down quite a bit so you might want to try the optional `/freq'
argument to the `CHECK' option.  This simply instructs the mpatrol
library to make the checks every _freq_ calls to the mpatrol library
functions rather than every call.  For example, `CHECK=/10' will make
the checks every 10 calls, which will reduce the slowdown in the
program but will still help narrow down where the heap corruption is
occurring.

   We'll use the following program as a running example for the
discussions below, although you'll probably be following them using
your program instead of this one.  It contains a small bug that doesn't
normally show up when using the system C library but causes a `FRECOR'
error when linked with mpatrol.

      1  /*
      2   * A program which causes heap corruption.
      3   */
     
     
      6  #include <stdio.h>
      7  #include "mpatrol.h"
     
     
     10  int main(void)
     11  {
     12      char *p[128];
     13      size_t i;
     
     15      for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
     16      {
     17          if ((p[i] = (char *) malloc(9)) == NULL)
     18          {
     19              fputs("out of memory\n", stderr);
     20              exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
     21          }
     22          sprintf(p[i], "test%lu", i * 100);
     23          puts(p[i]);
     24          free(p[i]);
     25      }
     26      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     27  }

   We get the following error in the mpatrol log file when we run with
the above example linked to the mpatrol library.  The error occurs when
the program returns from `main()' since that is when the mpatrol
library is terminating.

     ERROR: [FRECOR]: free memory corruption at 0x0002A571
             0x0002A571  00555555 555555                      .UUUUUU

   If we run with the `CHECK=-' option then the above error occurs at
line 24 when the variable `i' is 100, which is slightly better since
we've narrowed down where the fault is.

   Assuming all goes well, your program should now also terminate at an
earlier point, with the mpatrol library still reporting the same heap
corruption error in the log file.  If not, it could be that the heap is
being corrupted after the last call to the mpatrol library is made, or
if you get a different error then the original heap corruption might
have been as a result of the earlier error.  In either case you can
still proceed with the following instructions.

   If you look at the summary of statistics that were produced in the
mpatrol log file before the error was displayed you will see an entry
for `allocation count'.  The number following it is the number of
memory allocations that were made before the error occurred.  Remember
this number because you can use this information with the `CHECK'
option so that checks for heap corruption are only made after a certain
number of memory allocations.  However, you'll probably want to
subtract a few allocations just to be sure (or in case you are running
a multithreaded program that does not produce the same allocation count
every time it is run).  That way, you don't need to check the entire
heap.  For example, if the allocation count was 178, try setting the
`CHECK=170-190' option so that your program will run at a reasonable
speed up to that point (although make sure that it still gives the same
error at the same point).  There is nothing worse than debugging a
problem that takes forever to reproduce.

   In our example, the allocation count given is 123 (excerpt given
below) and running with `CHECK=120-125' gives the same behaviour as
when we ran with `CHECK=-' (except that we got to the error slightly
faster).

     ...
     
     symbols read:      5059
     autosave count:    0
     freed queue size:  0
     allocation count:  123
     allocation peak:   8 (11117 bytes)
     allocation limit:  0 bytes
     allocated blocks:  7 (1374 bytes)
     
     ...

   So we now have the allocation index of the last successful memory
allocation before the heap corruption occurred, and we can safely run
the program without performing heap checks up to that point.  If the
error was not `FRECOR' then there will also be information displayed in
the mpatrol log file about the associated memory allocation that was
corrupted.  If the error was `FRECOR' then quickly try to see if you
can convert it to a `FRDCOR' error or a `FRDOVF' error by also running
with the `NOFREE' option.  You may have to use the relevant allocation
index as an argument to the `NOFREE' option just in case it was the
very first memory allocation that was freed and corrupted, but remember
that the `NOFREE' option may cause your program to use up a lot more
memory and so it might be unfeasible to use.  Running with the
`NOFREE=123' option in our example has no effect.

   One of the most common causes of heap corruption is to erroneously
write beyond the bounds of a memory allocation.  This can corrupt the
bytes directly before and/or after the allocated bytes and can be
detected by placing overflow buffers on either side of the memory
allocation with the `OFLOWSIZE' option.  By default, the mpatrol
library does not make use of overflow buffers so you have to explicitly
turn them on, giving the number of bytes to use for each overflow
buffer (which must a be power of two) as the argument to the `OFLOWSIZE'
option.  In our example, if we use the `OFLOWSIZE=4' option, the
`FRECOR' error turns into an `ALLOVF' error, thus providing us with
more information (and also that the heap corruption is due to a write
beyond the end of a memory allocation).

     ERROR: [ALLOVF]: allocation 0x0002A5A0 has a corrupted overflow buffer at
                      0x0002A5A9
             0x0002A5A9  00AAAAAA                             .ªªª
     
         0x0002A5A0 (9 bytes) {malloc:123:0} [main|test.c|17]
             0x0001372C main+88
             0x000135A4 _start+100

   Sometimes it's not just a immediate overflow that can occur.  For
example, if not enough memory has been allocated for a structure
variable and then the last field of the structure is assigned to, the
memory corruption may occur much further away than the few bytes
surrounding the allocation.  In this case it may be useful to try
varying the argument given to the `OFLOWSIZE' option since it is
possible to convert otherwise unhelpful `FRECOR' errors into `ALLOVF',
`FRDCOR' or `FRDOVF' errors which describe the memory allocation that
was affected.  Also, depending on the bytes that are being written to
corrupt the heap, you may find it helpful to change the values of the
free bytes and overflow bytes that the mpatrol library uses to perform
heap integrity checks, just in case there are illegal bytes being
written that are going unnoticed when the heap is being checked.  In
our example, if the `OFLOWBYTE=0' option is used then the heap
corruption is hidden completely and we don't get an error at all!

   Hopefully, we now know as much as possible about where the heap
corruption is happening (i.e. the details of the allocated or freed
memory block that is affected, or the free memory block if we are
unlucky) and also when it is happening (i.e. after which allocation
index).  We now have several choices on how to narrow the problem down
to a specific source line.

   On systems with virtual memory we can make use of the `PAGEALLOC'
option in order to write-protect a page of virtual memory on either
side of each memory allocation.  This option takes up a lot more memory
since each memory allocation will occupy at least 3 pages of virtual
memory no matter how small it is, and on systems with a page size of
8192 bytes that equates to a minimum 24 kilobytes of memory per
allocation!  However, if that is still feasible for the particular
program that is causing the heap corruption then we can proceed by
first setting the `PAGEALLOC=LOWER' option.  That aligns each memory
allocation to a page boundary so that any underwrites occurring before
the allocation will be trapped and cause the program to crash.  This
can be caught in a debugger which will show the exact source line that
attempted to perform the illegal write to memory (assuming it is a
symbolic debugger and the program was compiled with debugging
information).

   In our example, running with this option doesn't provide us with any
more information since the heap corruption was occurring beyond the end
of the memory allocation and not before the start.  In this case we
need to use the `PAGEALLOC=UPPER' option to align the end of each
memory allocation to a page boundary so that any overwrites occurring
after the allocation will be trapped and cause the program to crash.
Unfortunately, using this option still doesn't help in our example, so
what's wrong?

   The mpatrol library must align each new general-purpose memory
allocation to an address that allows the processor to access the
datatypes that may be stored there.  This is typically 4 bytes on
32-bit processors and 8 bytes on 64-bit processors, but a few processor
architectures (such as the Intel x86) allow the processor to read
misaligned data at a performance cost.  This is in direct conflict with
the `PAGEALLOC=UPPER' option, which would like to align the end of each
memory allocation to a page boundary no matter what the size of the
allocation is.  However, if we use the `DEFALIGN=1' option in our
example we can get the desired effect with the `PAGEALLOC=UPPER' option.

     ERROR: [ILLMEM]: illegal memory access at address 0x00052000
         0x00051FF7 (9 bytes) {malloc:123:0} [main|test.c|17]
             0x0001372C main+88
             0x000135A4 _start+100
     
         call stack
             0x7FA808E8 sprintf+64
             0x000137B4 main+224
             0x000135A4 _start+100

   Running this in a debugger shows that the failure occurs at line 22
in our example since we didn't allocate enough memory at line 17.  We
can also achieve the same effect on systems that support software
watchpoints by using the `OFLOWWATCH' option.  This uses the same
amount of memory as the `OFLOWSIZE' option but can run very slowly as
every single memory access is checked by the system.  Note that the
`FRDCOR' and `FRECOR' errors do not occur when using the `PAGEALLOC'
option since they will become illegal memory accesses instead.

   If you don't have the luxury of being able to use the mpatrol
options that take advantage of virtual memory protection, you can still
use more traditional means of finding the error.

   The chapter that describes how to use mpatrol (*note Using
mpatrol::) contains a section on how to pause at specific memory
allocation events in a debugger (*note Using with a debugger::).  Since
we know what the allocation index of the last successful allocation was
we can use the debugger to set a watchpoint on the address of the
memory corruption so that it can trap the instruction that changes it.
Doing this is effectively the same as using the `PAGEALLOC' or
`OFLOWWATCH' options.  There is a detailed tutorial on how to do this
in GDB in the aforementioned section of the manual.

   If the debugger option isn't available to you either then you can
try locating the problem by modifying your code.  You should know where
the last successful memory allocation was made from the steps taken at
the start of this chapter.  Using this knowledge, you should be able to
work out the range of code that is causing the heap corruption.  Then
you can add calls to `__mp_check()' at strategic points within that
range so that you can narrow down where the heap corruption is coming
from.  If you display a unique message after each call to
`__mp_check()' then you should be able to narrow it down quite quickly
by monitoring which messages get displayed.

   You might also find it helpful to make calls to `__mp_memorymap()'
so that you can keep track of the location of each memory allocation in
the heap, and so that you can tell which allocations neighbour each
other.  Turning on the `LOGMEMORY' option with the `__mp_setoption()'
function might also help you see what is going on if there are a lot of
calls to the memory operation functions.  Finally, if you are using the
GNU compiler then the `-fcheck-memory-usage' option might come in handy
if you can recompile the source files that you think might contain the
problem.  However, the error may be hidden behind a call to a library
function that is not compiled with that option, as is the case with our
example.

   Another slightly less common problem associated with heap corruption
is when the contents of a memory allocation have been overwritten
unexpectedly but do not overflow its boundaries.  This is not a misuse
of the heap and so mpatrol will not report any errors or warnings, but
it may be an error in the user's code.  The heapdiff tool (*note
heapdiff::) provided in libmptools has an option called `HD_CONTENTS'
which allows the entire _live_ contents of the heap to be written to
disk and then compared when `heapdiffend()' is called.  Every single
difference (at the byte level) in each memory allocation is reported
and this information can be extremely useful in narrowing down heap
corruption.  However, the `HD_CONTENTS' option will require a lot of
disk space if the heap is very large.

   To conclude, the mpatrol library contains a wide variety of options
and functions that you can add to your debugging toolkit, but only if
you know how to use them correctly.  Hopefully, after reading this
chapter you will feel slightly more confident about knowing how to slay
those heap corruption demons.

13 Memory leaks
***************

   Memory leaks can be the bane of many a programmer and is the type of
error that can typically go unnoticed in simple test cases.  It is
perhaps not until an application has been released to the customer and
is being run in real-life situations that memory leaks get noticed and
become a serious problem.  Luckily the mpatrol library provides tools
that can quickly help detect, identify and remove such errors.  Note
that it's probably a good idea to fix any warnings or errors that
appear in the mpatrol log file before starting to look at removing
memory leaks.

   Surprisingly, there are no less than four different groups of
mpatrol library run-time options that you can use to detect memory
leaks in a program, all without having to change a single line of code!
They each employ different techniques in order to locate the unfreed
memory allocations at program termination and operate independently of
one another so that any combination of techniques can be used at any
one time.  They also have differing levels of detail in the information
they provide, so which options you use will depend on what your
requirements are.

   If you wish to see a summary of the memory leaks grouped together by
call site then the `PROF' or `LEAKTABLE' options are your best bet.  The
output file produced by the `PROF' option can be displayed by the
`mprof' command, which will display a list of memory leaks as one of the
tables that it shows.  Each entry in the memory leak table will
normally only show one level of stack depth from its call graph but
this can be changed with the `--stack-depth' option in the `mprof'
command.  The table of memory leaks can also be written to a graph
specification file for later visualisation with a graph package.  Using
the `PROF' option is probably the best way to summarise where memory
leaks occur in a program.

   However, the `LEAKTABLE' option can generate similar information to
the `PROF' option in the mpatrol log file.  The drawback to this option
is that the entries displayed will only ever show the immediate calling
functions and no call stack information, but in many cases this is good
enough.  Another drawback to this option is that it is affected by
calls in the code to manipulate the leak table.  However, if the calls
aren't there then that won't be an issue.  The leak table should really
be used from within the source code (see below) but it can still
provide some useful information with the `LEAKTABLE' option.

   The third option is the `SHOWUNFREED' option, which will show the
details of every unfreed memory allocation at the end of program
execution.  No attempt is made to summarise them, but the full details
of each (including the call stack if available) are given.  This option
is really only useful if there are a small number of unfreed memory
allocations when a program terminates, but it is invaluable if all of
the gory details are required.

   The final group of options are the `LOGALLOCS', `LOGREALLOCS' and
`LOGFREES' options(1).  In some situations a program will abort
abnormally before it can exit, in which case the `LEAKTABLE' and
`SHOWUNFREED' options will not display anything, and the `PROF' option
will not finish writing out the profiling output file unless you are
exceptionally lucky with the `AUTOSAVE' option.  One can argue that you
should be looking for the cause of the error rather than memory leaks
in such a program, but it is still possible to detect the latter using
the aforementioned `LOG*' options and the `mleak' command.

   The `mleak' command reads in an mpatrol log file, recording the
details of each logged memory allocation, reallocation or deallocation
and then writes out what the `SHOWUNFREED' option should have written
out at the end of the log file.  It has a few limitations compared to
the `SHOWUNFREED' option, but the details of each unfreed memory
allocation that it writes out should be accurate, although only if the
logging information in the log file was complete and accurate as well.

   Note that more information from the `SHOWUNFREED' and `LOG*' options
can be obtained by using the `USEDEBUG' option.  This will attempt to
add missing source file and line number information to the details
recorded by these options in the mpatrol log file, but only if it is
supported by the particular system and object file format, and then
only if the program was compiled with debugging information from the
compiler.  If the `USEDEBUG' option isn't supported then it might be
possible to use the `mpsym' command to postprocess the mpatrol log file
using a symbolic debugger to fill in such information.  You may also
find that running the log file through a C++ encoded name demangler is
useful as well if your program contains C++ code.

   Despite the plethora of automated features that the mpatrol library
has for detecting memory leaks, the most powerful method of narrowing
down such leaks is by modifying the source code.  The mpatrol library
provides several functions that can be used to keep track of
differences in the heap between two or more points in a program's
execution -- such information can be invaluable when pinpointing where
a memory leak is coming from.

   The first set of functions are based upon taking a snapshot of the
heap at a certain point and then walking the heap to examine the
differences at a later point.  The `__mp_snapshot()' function returns
the current event identifier in the mpatrol library and the
`__mp_iterate()' function traverses the heap calling a user-defined
callback function for each memory allocation that has changed since a
particular event identifier.  This is very useful for noting memory
allocations that have been made since a certain point in a program but
have not been freed when they were expected to.  The heapdiff tool
(*note heapdiff::) provided in libmptools makes use of these functions
to provide an easy-to-use interface.

   The mpatrol library also provides a leak table (*note Leak table::)
that can be manipulated at any point in a program for the purpose of
detecting changes in the heap.  The `__mp_clearleaktable()' function
clears the leak table, while the `__mp_leaktable()' function writes the
contents of the leak table to the mpatrol log file.  Automatic logging
of memory allocations, reallocations and deallocations can be turned on
and off using the `__mp_startleaktable()' and `__mp_stopleaktable()'
functions respectively.  The main advantage to using the leak table
instead of the functions described in the previous paragraph is that it
can provide a summary of unfreed allocations rather than showing the
details of each one individually.  It can also summarise freed
allocations without requiring the use of the `NOFREE' option.

   Finally, you can indicate to the mpatrol library that a particular
memory allocation will remain allocated until program termination and
that it should not be treated as a memory leak.  This can be done by
calling the `__mp_setmark()' function, and thereafter any attempt to
free the newly-marked allocation will result in an error, although
reallocating it is possible.  It is normal in many programs to make
several initial memory allocations that will remain in use throughout
the program's lifetime.  On most systems, such allocations will be
freed when the program terminates anyway so there will be no need to
free them explicitly.  It is these allocations that should be marked so
as to prevent them showing up as memory leaks.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Note that the `LOGMEMORY' option isn't listed which is why
`LOGALL' wasn't listed either.

14 Improving performance
************************

   Because of their need to cover every eventuality, malloc library
implementations are very general and most do their job well when you
consider what is thrown at them.  However, your program may not be
performing as well as it should simply because there may be a more
efficient way of dealing with dynamic memory allocations.  Indeed,
there may even be a more efficient malloc library available for you to
use.

   If you need to allocate lots of blocks of the same size(1), but you
won't know the number of blocks you'll require until run-time then you
could take the easy approach by simply allocating a new block of memory
for each occurrence.  However, this is going to create a lot of
(typically small) memory blocks that the underlying malloc library will
have to keep track of, and even in many good malloc libraries this is
likely to cause memory fragmentation and possibly even result in the
blocks scattered throughout the address space rather than all in the
one place, which is not necessarily a good thing on systems with
virtual memory.

   An alternative approach would be to allocate memory in multiples of
the block size, so that several blocks would be allocated at once.
This would require slightly more work on your part since you would need
to write interface code to return a single block, while possible
allocating space for more blocks if no free blocks were available.
However, this approach has several advantages.  The first is that the
malloc library only needs to keep track of a few large allocations
rather than lots of small allocations, so splitting and merging free
blocks is less likely to occur.  Secondly, your blocks will be
scattered about less in the address space of the process, which means
that on systems with virtual memory there are less likely to be page
faults if you need to access or traverse all of the blocks you have
created.

   A memory allocation concept that is similar to this is called an
_arena_.  This datatype requires functions which are built on top of
the existing malloc library functions and which associate each memory
allocation with a particular arena.  An arena can have as many
allocations added to it as required, but allocations cannot usually be
freed until the whole arena is freed.  Note that there are not really
any generic implementations of arenas that are available as everyone
tends to write their own version when they require it, although SGI
IRIX and Compaq Tru64 systems do come with an arena library called
_amalloc_.

   However, what if you don't plan to free all of the blocks at the
same time?  A slight modification to the above design could be to have
a _slot table_.  This would involve allocating chunks of blocks as they
are required, adding each individual block within a chunk to a
singly-linked list of free blocks.  Then, as new blocks are required,
the allocator would simply choose the first block on the free list,
otherwise it would allocate memory for a new chunk of blocks and add
them to the free list.  Freeing individual blocks would simply involve
returning the block to the free list.  If this description isn't clear
enough, have a look in `src/slots.h' and `src/slots.c'.  This is how the
mpatrol library allocates memory from the system for all of its internal
structures.  For variable-sized structures, a slightly different
approach needs to be taken, but for an example of this using strings
see `src/strtab.h' and `src/strtab.c'.

   Another optimisation that is possible on UNIX and Windows platforms
is making use of memory-mapped files.  This allows you to map a
filesystem object into the address space of your process, thus allowing
you to treat a file as an array of bytes.  Because it uses the virtual
memory system to map the file, any changes you make to the mapped
memory will be applied to the file.  This is implemented through the
virtual memory system treating the file as a pseudo swap file and will
therefore only use up physical memory when pages are accessed.  It also
means that file operations can be replaced by memory read and write
operations, leading to a very fast and efficient way of performing I/O.
Another added bonus of this system means that entire blocks of process
memory can be written to a file for later re-use, just as long as the
file can later be mapped to the same address.  This can be a lot faster
than writing to and reading from a specific format of file.

   If you really don't want to keep track of dynamic memory allocations
at all then perhaps you should consider _garbage collection_.  This
allows you to make dynamic memory allocations that need not necessarily
be matched by corresponding calls to free these allocations.  A garbage
collector will (at certain points during program execution) attempt to
look for memory allocations that are no longer referenced by the
program and free them for later re-use, hence removing all possibility
of memory leaks.  However, the garbage collection process can take a
sizable chunk of processor time depending on how large the program is,
so it is not really an option for real-time programming.  It is also
very platform-dependent as it examines very low-level structures within
a process in order to determine which pointers point to which memory
allocations.  But there is at least one garbage collector(2) that works
well with C and C++ and acts as a replacement for `malloc()' and
`free()', so it may be the ideal solution for you.

   If you do choose to use an alternative malloc library make sure that
you have a license to do so and that you follow any distribution
requirements.  On systems that support dynamic linking you may want to
link the library statically rather than dynamically so that you don't
have to worry about an additional file that would need to be installed.
However, whether you have that choice depends on the license for the
specific library, and some licenses also require that the source code
for the library be made readily available.  Shared libraries have the
advantage that they can be updated with bug fixes so that all programs
that require these libraries will automatically receive these fixes
without needing to be relinked.

   If all of the above suggestions do not seem to help and you still
feel that you have a performance bottleneck in the part of your code
that deals with dynamically allocated memory then you should try using
the memory allocation profiling feature of mpatrol.  This can be used
at run-time to analyse the dynamic memory allocation calls that your
program makes during its execution, and builds statistics for later
viewing with the `mprof' command.  It is then possible for you to see
exactly how many calls were made to each function and where they came
from.  Such information can then be put to good use in order to
optimise the relevant parts of your code.  The tracing output files
that can be produced by the mpatrol library may also be useful in order
to view patterns in memory allocation behaviour and gather information
about lifetimes of memory allocations.

   And finally, some tips on how to correctly use dynamic memory
allocations.  The first, most basic rule is to _always_ check the
return values from `malloc()' and related functions.  _Never_ assume
that a call to `malloc()' will succeed, because you're unlikely to be
able to read the future(3).  Alternatively, use (or write) an
`xmalloc()' or similar function(4), which calls `malloc()' but never
returns `NULL' since it will abort instead.  With the C++ operators it
is slightly different because some versions use exceptions to indicate
failure, so you should always provide a handler to deal with this
eventuality.

   Never use _features_(5) of specific malloc libraries if you want
your code to be portable.  Always follow the ANSI C or C++ calling
conventions and never make assumptions about the function or operator
you are about to call -- the standards committees went to great lengths
to explicitly specify its behaviour.  For example, don't assume that
the contents of a freed memory allocation will remain valid until the
next call to `malloc()', and don't assume that the contents of a newly
allocated memory block will be zeroed unless you created it with
`calloc()'.

   Try to avoid allocating arrays on the stack if they are to hold data
that may overflow.  In most cases this is common sense, but sometimes
you may allocate an array that should suffice for 99% of the time.
However, if there is a 1% chance that it may overflow then on some
systems the stack is executable and hackers can use that _feature_ to
break into a secure program by overwriting the current function's
return address on the stack.  Use statically-allocated or
dynamically-allocated arrays for these situations, or better still,
check for overflow.

   Finally, try stress-testing your program in low memory conditions.
The mpatrol library contains the `LIMIT' option which can place an
upper bound on the size of the heap, and also contains the `FAILFREQ'
and `FAILSEED' options which can cause random memory allocation
failures.  Doing this will test parts of your code that you would
probably never expect to be called, but perhaps they will one day!  Who
would you rather have debugging your program -- yourself or the user?

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Such as for use in a linked list.

   (2) A freely distributably library called GC (*note Related
software::).

   (3) If you can, why are you reading this -- you've already read it!

   (4) The mpatrol library comes with the `xmalloc()' and `MP_MALLOC()'
families of functions.

   (5) Whether they are documented or not.

15 How it works
***************

   The mpatrol library was originally written with the intention of
plugging it into an existing compiler so that the compiler could plant
calls to it in the code it generated when a specific debugging option
was used.  These extra calls would obviously slow the code down, but
along with the stack checking options that would be provided, this
would give the user an enhanced run-time debugging environment.
Unfortunately, this integration never happened, but the way that
mpatrol works is still significantly different from other malloc tracing
libraries.

   In order to quickly determine exactly which memory allocation a heap
address belonged to it was necessary to be able to search the heap in
an efficient manner.  The traditional way of searching along a linked
list was unfeasible, so an implementation based on _red-black trees_
was used, where every known memory allocation in the heap was given an
entry in the tree, with their start addresses as the key.  Another
major design decision was to also choose red-black trees to implement
the _best fit_ allocation algorithm.  Although _first fit_ was
considered, I decided that best fit would allow the library to have
more control over the heap, with every free memory block in the heap
given an entry in the free tree, with their sizes as the key.  There
was a bit of work involved in getting the splitting and merging of free
blocks to work efficiently, but it seems to work well now.

   My original implementation had all of the information about each
memory block stored just before the block itself.  I eventually dropped
that behaviour in favour of storing all of the library's internal
information in a separate part of the heap.  I did that for two
reasons.  The first was because of the problems that would occur due to
memory allocations with different alignment requirements.  The second
reason was that the library's internal structures could be
write-protected on systems with virtual memory, to prevent user code
interfering with the operation of the library.

   Because the library attempts to record as much information as
possible about every memory allocation there will inevitably be a much
larger memory requirement when running a program linked with the
library.  This will typically be two or three times larger in
magnitude, but will be affected by the number of memory allocations
made and also the number of symbols read.  The latter will also affect
how quickly the program starts since the first call to allocate memory
will result in the initialisation of the library and the loading of
symbols from the executable file and any shared libraries.

   Due to its design, it is also possible to allocate memory from the
heap using the mpatrol library functions whilst already within an
mpatrol library function.  This does not normally occur, but on some
platforms calling `printf()' from within the library may result in
`printf()' calling `malloc()' to allocate itself a buffer, which ends
up as a recursive call.  Luckily, this is dealt with by simply not
displaying the allocation in the log file, but all other details of the
allocation are still recorded.  This can sometimes result in _hidden_
memory usage which occurs behind the scenes and alters the peak memory
usage in the summary.  This is particularly evident when the library
uses an object file access library to read program symbols at the time
of library initialisation.

   Memory allocation profiling support was added for mpatrol release
1.2.0.  Every allocation and deallocation is recorded, with the call
stack information being used to differentiate all of the call sites
within the program.  Unlike other profilers that come with UNIX
systems, even the symbolic information about the program being run is
written to the profiling output file, since it makes no sense for
`mprof' to re-read the symbol table from the executable file when it
has already been read and processed by the mpatrol library.  It also has
the added bonus of allowing the user to save profiling output files for
later use even when the executable files which produced them have
changed or no longer exist.  It also means that symbol names can be
obtained for functions in shared libraries.

   Memory allocation tracing support was added for mpatrol release
1.3.2 and was added to produce concise information for every memory
allocation event.  This information could also be produced in a verbose
form in the log file, but to log every memory allocation event in a
large program would result in a massive log file that would be hard to
parse.  In order to keep the size of the tracing output file down,
almost all of the data in the file is encoded as LEB128 numbers.  The
idea for this comes from the DWARF 2 debugging format.

   Support for the `alloca()' family of functions was added for mpatrol
release 1.3.0 and uses the heap instead of the stack in order to trace
and debug these functions.  If full call stack tracebacks are supported
on a particular system then mpatrol will compare the current call stack
with the call stack of the function that called `alloca()' in order to
determine if a memory allocation made by `alloca()' is out of scope.
This is generally a safe way to determine when such allocations should
be freed, but if full call stack tracebacks are not supported then
mpatrol will compare the addresses of specific local variables in the
call stack in order to determine if the allocation should be freed.
This is an inferior method since it depends on the same function call
sequence being used each time an mpatrol function is called.
Therefore, a safety boundary was added that will prevent mpatrol from
freeing such allocations unless they are a really clear-cut case (i.e.
the stack frames differ by a minimum number of bytes).  As a result,
this second method will not usually free such allocations until a much
later point.

   The library is written in a modular fashion so as to make it easy to
add new functionality.  New modules have already been added, such as
the _stack_, _symbol_, _profile_ and _trace_ modules.  Extra
information about each memory allocation can be added to the
_allocation information_ module in `src/info.h' and `src/info.c'
without having to change much code in any other files.

   The `tools' directory in the mpatrol distribution comes with a
collection of functions that are built on top of the mpatrol library
using its interface functions.  This provides a way to extend the
mpatrol library for specific applications without requiring that all
applications use the extensions.  It also provides a way to add new
interfaces to the library, perhaps for compatibility with other malloc
debugging libraries.

   Platform-dependent code has been isolated to specific modules, and
feature macros are entirely defined and controlled from `config.h' and
`target.h'.  The source code has been written so as to make it as easy
as possible to compile the library on new platforms at the first
attempt, although any additional features that the platform supports
will then have to be explicitly enabled in the code.

   Of the UNIX platforms that the mpatrol library runs on, Solaris and
Linux proved to be the easiest to port to, with well documented and
easily accessible programming interfaces to operating system features.
Unfortunately, the non-UNIX ports proved a lot harder to write and do
not contain as many of the useful features that the UNIX ports have,
although sometimes not because they cannot ever support them, but
because there would be a huge amount of work involved.

16 Examples
***********

   Following are a set of examples that are intended to illustrate what
exactly is possible with the mpatrol library and how to go about using
it effectively.

   You should already have built and installed the library and should
know how to link programs with the library.  Unfortunately, it isn't
possible to give specific instructions on how to do this as it varies
from system to system and also depends on your preferred compiler and
development tools.

   However, on a typical SVR4 UNIX system, with mpatrol installed in
`/usr/local', the mpatrol library can usually be incorporated into a
program using the following commands:

   * If the mpatrol library was built with no support for any object
     file format or was built with support for the `a.out' object file
     format:

          cc -I/usr/local/include <file> -L/usr/local/lib -lmpatrol

   * If the mpatrol library was built with support for the COFF or
     XCOFF object file format access library (not on LynxOS systems):

          cc -I/usr/local/include <file> -L/usr/local/lib -lmpatrol -lld

   * If the mpatrol library was built with support for the ELF32 or
     ELF64 object file format access library:

          cc -I/usr/local/include <file> -L/usr/local/lib -lmpatrol -lelf

   * If the mpatrol library was built with support for the GNU BFD
     object file format access library:

          cc -I/usr/local/include <file> -L/usr/local/lib -lmpatrol -lbfd
             -liberty

   * If the mpatrol library was built on HP/UX with support for the GNU
     BFD object file format access library:

          cc -I/usr/local/include <file> -L/usr/local/lib -lmpatrol -lbfd
             -liberty -lcl

   On Windows platforms, with mpatrol installed in `/mpatrol', the
mpatrol library can usually be incorporated into a program using the
following commands:

   * If the program is to be linked with the archive version of the
     mpatrol library:

          cl -I/mpatrol/include -Zi <file> -link -libpath:/mpatrol/lib
             -defaultlib:libmpatrol -defaultlib:imagehlp -pdb:none

   * If the program is to be linked with the DLL version of the mpatrol
     library:

          cl -I/mpatrol/include -MD -Zi <file> -link -libpath:/mpatrol/lib
             -defaultlib:mpatrol -pdb:none

   If you need to link with other libraries, make sure that they don't
contain definitions of `malloc()', etc., or if they do then you must
ensure that the mpatrol library appears before them on the link line.
Note also that if the mpatrol library was built on Tru64, or on IRIX
with the `MP_LIBRARYSTACK_SUPPORT' preprocessor macro defined, then the
`libexc' library must be linked in as well.  You should also check the
section on supported systems (*note Supported systems::) to see if
there are any other issues on the platform that you are using.

   You should also know how to set an environment variable on your
specific system.  Again, this varies from system to system and also
depends on the command line interpreter or shell that you use.  The
environment variable that the mpatrol library uses is called
`MPATROL_OPTIONS'.  You can see exactly what options are available for
this environment variable by setting it to `HELP' and then running a
program that has been linked with the library.

16.1 Getting started
====================

   The first example we'll look at is when the argument in a call to
`free()' doesn't match the return value from `malloc()', even though
the intention is to free the memory that was allocated by `malloc()'.
This example is in `tests/fail/test1.c' and causes many existing
`malloc()' implementations to crash.

   Along the way, I'll try to describe as many features of the mpatrol
library as possible, and illustrate them with examples.  Note that the
output from your version of the library is likely to vary slightly from
that shown in the examples, especially on non-UNIX systems.

     23  /*
     24   * Allocates a block of 16 bytes and then attempts to free the
     25   * memory returned at an offset of 1 byte into the block.
     26   */
     
     
     29  #include "mpatrol.h"
     
     
     32  int main(void)
     33  {
     34      char *p;
     
     36      if (p = (char *) malloc(16))
     37          free(p + 1);
     38      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     39  }

   Note that I've removed the copyright message from the start of the
file and added line numbers so that the tracing below makes more sense.

   After compiling and linking the above program with the mpatrol
library, the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable should be set to be
`LOGALL' and the program should be executed, generating the following
output in `mpatrol.log'.

     @(#) mpatrol 1.4.8 (02/01/08)
     Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Graeme S. Roy
     
     This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under
     certain conditions; see the GNU Library General Public License for
     details.
     
     For the latest mpatrol release and documentation,
     visit http://www.cbmamiga.demon.co.uk/mpatrol.
     
     operating system:       UNIX
     system variant:         Linux
     processor architecture: Intel 80x86
     processor word size:    32-bit
     object file format:     BFD
     dynamic linker type:    SVR4
     
     Log file generated on Tue Jan  8 19:47:24 2002
     
     read 310 symbols from /usr/lib/libmpatrol.so.1.4
     read 647 symbols from /usr/lib/libbfd-2.9.5.0.22.so
     read 2634 symbols from /lib/libc.so.6
     read 1142 symbols from /usr/lib/libstdc++-libc6.1-1.so.2
     read 695 symbols from /lib/libm.so.6
     read 178 symbols from /lib/ld-linux.so.2
     read 158 symbols from ./test1
     
     ALLOC: malloc (52, 16 bytes, 4 bytes) [main|test1.c|36]
             0x0804942F main+31
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
     returns 0x080620E8
     
     FREE: free (0x080620E9) [main|test1.c|37]
             0x08049457 main+71
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
     ERROR: [MISMAT]: free: 0x080620E9 does not match allocation of 0x080620E8
         0x080620E8 (16 bytes) {malloc:52:0} [main|test1.c|36]
             0x0804942F main+31
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
     system page size:  4096 bytes
     default alignment: 4 bytes
     overflow size:     0 bytes
     overflow byte:     0xAA
     allocation byte:   0xFF
     free byte:         0x55
     allocation stop:   0
     reallocation stop: 0
     free stop:         0
     unfreed abort:     0
     small boundary:    32 bytes
     medium boundary:   256 bytes
     large boundary:    2048 bytes
     lower check range: 0
     upper check range: 0
     check frequency:   1
     failure frequency: 0
     failure seed:      972951591
     prologue function: <unset>
     epilogue function: <unset>
     handler function:  <unset>
     log file:          mpatrol.log
     profiling file:    mpatrol.out
     tracing file:      mpatrol.trace
     program filename:  ./test1
     symbols read:      5764
     autosave count:    0
     freed queue size:  0
     allocation count:  52
     allocation peak:   20 (427512 bytes)
     allocation limit:  0 bytes
     allocated blocks:  7 (1528 bytes)
     marked blocks:     0 (0 bytes)
     freed blocks:      0 (0 bytes)
     free blocks:       4 (432648 bytes)
     internal blocks:   33 (540672 bytes)
     total heap usage:  974848 bytes
     total compared:    0 bytes
     total located:     2 bytes
     total copied:      32176 bytes
     total set:         582856 bytes
     total warnings:    0
     total errors:      1

   Ignoring the copyright blurb and target environment information at
the top of the file, let's first take a look at the initial log message
from the library.  I've annotated each of the items with a number that
corresponds to the descriptions below.

      (1)    (2)   (3)    (4)       (5)     (6)    (7)  (8)
       |      |     |      |         |       |      |    |
       V      V     V      V         V       V      V    V
     ALLOC: malloc (52, 16 bytes, 4 bytes) [main|test1.c|36]
      (9) -> 0x0804942F main+31
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33 <- (10)
     
     returns 0x080620E8 <- (11)

  1. Allocation type.  This generalises the type of dynamic memory
     operation that is being performed, and can be one of `ALLOC',
     `REALLOC' or `FREE'.  This should make looking for all
     allocations, reallocations or frees in the log file a lot easier.
     Alternatively, if a memory operation function was called then this
     can also be one of `MEMSET', `MEMCOPY', `MEMFIND' or `MEMCMP'.

  2. Allocation function.  This is the name of the function that has
     been called to allocate the memory, in this case `malloc'.

  3. Allocation index.  This is incremented every time a new memory
     allocation is requested, and persists even if the memory
     allocation is resized with `realloc()' and its related functions,
     so can be useful to keep track of a memory allocation, even if its
     start address changes.  The mpatrol library may use up the first
     few allocation indices when it gets initialised.

  4. Size of requested allocation.

  5. Alignment for requested allocation.  This is normally the default
     system alignment for general-purpose memory allocations, but may
     be different depending on the type of function that is used to
     allocate the memory.

   The following information contains source file details of where the
call to `malloc()' came from, but is only available if the source file
containing the call to `malloc()' included `mpatrol.h'; otherwise the
fields will all be `-'(1).  Because of the convoluted way this
information is obtained for the C++ operators, you may encounter some
problems in existing C++ programs when making direct calls to `operator
new' for example.  However, if you want to disable the redefinition of
the C++ operators in `mpatrol.h' you can define the preprocessor macro
`MP_NOCPLUSPLUS' before the inclusion of that file.  Alternatively, you
may wish to define the `MP_NONEWDELETE' preprocessor macro in order to
use `MP_NEW', `MP_NEW_NOTHROW' and `MP_DELETE' instead of `new' and
`delete'.  That way you can combine calls to mpatrol's operators and
the standard operators.  Just make sure you don't mix them!

   If you are running on a system on which mpatrol supports full
symbolic stack tracebacks the following information may still be useful
if the source files were compiled with optimisation turned on.  This is
because the calling function may have been inlined, in which case you
will only see the name of the function into which the calling function
was expanded in the stack traceback.

  6. Function where call to `malloc()' took place.  This information is
     only available if the source file containing the call to
     `malloc()' was compiled with `gcc' or `g++'.

  7. Filename in which call to `malloc()' took place.

  8. Line number at which call to `malloc()' took place.

   The following information contains function call stack details of
where the call to `malloc()' came from, but is only available if the
mpatrol library has been built on a platform that supports this.  The
top-most entry should be the function which called `malloc()' and the
bottom-most entry should be the entry-point for the process.

  9. Address of function call.  This is normally the address of the
     machine instruction immediately after the function call
     instruction, also known as the return address.

 10. Function where call took place.  This information is only
     available if the mpatrol library has been built on a platform that
     supports reading symbol table information from executable files,
     and then only if there is an entry in the symbol table
     corresponding to the return address.  C++ function names may still
     be in their mangled form, but this can be easily rectified by
     processing the log file with a C++ name demangler.  The number
     after the plus sign is the offset in bytes from the beginning of
     the function.

   The following information is only available when the allocation type
is `ALLOC' or `REALLOC' since it makes no sense when applied to `FREE'.

 11. The address of the new memory block that has been allocated by
     `malloc()'.

   As you can see, there is quite a lot of information that can be
displayed from a simple call to `malloc()', and hopefully this
information has been presented in a clear and concise format in the log
file.

   The next entries in the log file correspond to the call to `free()',
which attempts to free the memory allocated by `malloc()', but supplies
the wrong address.

   The first four lines should be self-explanatory as they are very
similar to those described above for `malloc()'.  However, the next
lines signal that a terminal error has occurred in the program, so I've
annotated them as before.

     FREE: free (0x080620E9) [main|test1.c|37]
             0x08049457 main+71
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
      (1)     (2)      (3)
       |       |        |
       V       V        V
     ERROR: [MISMAT]: free: 0x080620E9 does not match allocation of 0x080620E8
            (4)        (5)       (6)  (7)(8)  (9)    (10) (11)
             |          |         |    |  |    |      |    |
             V          V         V    V  V    V      V    V
         0x080620E8 (16 bytes) {malloc:52:0} [main|test1.c|36]
     (12) -> 0x0804942F main+31
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33

  1. Error severity.  The mpatrol library has two different severities
     of error: `WARNING' and `ERROR'.  The first is always recoverable,
     and serves only to indicate that something is not quite right, and
     so may be useful in determining where something started to go
     wrong.  The second may or may not be recoverable, and the library
     terminates the program if it is fatal, displaying any relevant
     information as it does this.

  2. Error abbreviation code.  This is a code that is different for
     each type of error that is detected by the mpatrol library.  Some
     warnings and errors that are not directly related to the program
     being run will not contain this field.  See the appendix on
     diagnostic messages (*note Diagnostic messages::) for a complete
     list of all possible error abbreviation codes and their
     descriptions.

  3. Allocation function.  This is the name of the function used to
     allocate, reallocate or free memory where the error was detected.
     This may be omitted if an error is detected elsewhere in the
     library.

   The following information is related to the information that the
library has stored about the relevant memory allocation.  This
information is always displayed in this format when details of
individual memory allocations are required.  If any information is
missing then it simply means that the library was not able to determine
it when the memory block was first allocated.

  4. Address of memory allocation.

  5. Size of memory allocation.

  6. Allocation function.  This is the name of the function that was
     called to allocate the memory block, in this case `malloc'.  If
     the memory allocation has been resized then this will be either
     `realloc', `reallocf', `recalloc', `expand' or `xrealloc'.

  7. Allocation index.

  8. Reallocation index.  This is used to count the number of times a
     memory allocation has been resized with `realloc()' and its
     related functions.

  9. Function where original call to `malloc()' took place.  If the
     memory allocation has been resized then this will be the name of
     the function which last called `realloc()' and its related
     functions.

 10. Filename in which original call to `malloc()' took place.  If the
     memory allocation has been resized then this will be the filename
     in which the last call to `realloc()' and its related functions
     took place.

 11. Line number at which original call to `malloc()' took place.  If
     the memory allocation has been resized then this will be the line
     number at which the last call to `realloc()' and its related
     functions took place.

 12. Function call stack of original memory allocation.  If the memory
     allocation has been resized then this will be the call stack of
     the last call to `realloc()' and related functions.

   So, the mpatrol library detected the error in the above program and
terminated it.  When the library terminates it always displays a
summary of various memory allocation statistics and settings that were
used during the execution of the program.

   The various settings and statistics displayed by the library for the
above example have been numbered and their descriptions appear below.

      1  system page size:  4096 bytes
      2  default alignment: 4 bytes
      3  overflow size:     0 bytes
      4  overflow byte:     0xAA
      5  allocation byte:   0xFF
      6  free byte:         0x55
      7  allocation stop:   0
      8  reallocation stop: 0
      9  free stop:         0
     10  unfreed abort:     0
     11  small boundary:    32 bytes
     12  medium boundary:   256 bytes
     13  large boundary:    2048 bytes
     14  lower check range: 0
     15  upper check range: 0
     16  check frequency:   1
     17  failure frequency: 0
     18  failure seed:      972951591
     19  prologue function: <unset>
     20  epilogue function: <unset>
     21  handler function:  <unset>
     22  log file:          mpatrol.log
     23  profiling file:    mpatrol.out
     24  tracing file:      mpatrol.trace
     25  program filename:  ./test1
     26  symbols read:      5764
     27  autosave count:    0
     28  freed queue size:  0
     29  allocation count:  52
     30  allocation peak:   20 (427512 bytes)
     31  allocation limit:  0 bytes
     32  allocated blocks:  7 (1528 bytes)
     33  marked blocks:     0 (0 bytes)
     34  freed blocks:      0 (0 bytes)
     35  free blocks:       4 (432648 bytes)
     36  internal blocks:   33 (540672 bytes)
     37  total heap usage:  974848 bytes
     38  total compared:    0 bytes
     39  total located:     2 bytes
     40  total copied:      32176 bytes
     41  total set:         582856 bytes
     42  total warnings:    0
     43  total errors:      1

  1. System page size.  This value is used on some platforms when
     allocating and protecting system memory.

  2. Default alignment.  This value is the minimum alignment required
     for general purpose memory allocations, and is usually the
     alignment required by the most restrictive datatype on a given
     system.  It is used when allocating memory that has no specified
     alignment.  It can be changed at run-time using the `DEFALIGN'
     option, but setting this value too small may cause the program to
     crash due to bus errors which are caused by reading from or
     writing to misaligned data.

  3. Overflow size.  This value is the size used by one overflow
     buffer.  If this is non-zero then every memory allocation will
     have two overflow buffers; one on either side.  These buffers are
     used by the library to detect if the program has written too many
     bytes to a memory allocation, thus overflowing into one of the
     buffers, but these extra checks can slow down execution speed.  It
     can be changed at run-time using the `OFLOWSIZE' option.

  4. Overflow byte.

  5. Allocation byte.

  6. Free byte.  These values are used by the library to pre-fill
     blocks of memory for checking purposes.  The overflow byte is used
     to fill overflow buffers, the allocation byte is used to fill
     newly-allocated memory (except from `calloc()' or `recalloc()'),
     and the free byte is used to fill free blocks or freed memory
     allocations.  These can be changed at run-time using the
     `OFLOWBYTE', `ALLOCBYTE' and `FREEBYTE' options.

  7. Allocation stop.

  8. Reallocation stop.

  9. Free stop.  These values are used by the library to halt the
     program when run inside a debugger whenever a specified allocation
     index is allocated, reallocated or freed.  These can be changed at
     run-time using the `ALLOCSTOP', `REALLOCSTOP' and `FREESTOP'
     options.

 10. Unfreed abort.  This value is used when the program terminates and
     is used by the library to check if there are more than a given
     number of unfreed memory allocations.  If there are then the
     library will cause the program to abort with an error.  It can be
     changed at run-time using the `UNFREEDABORT' option.

 11. Small boundary.

 12. Medium boundary.

 13. Large boundary.  These values are used in memory allocation
     profiling and specify the boundaries in bytes between small,
     medium, large and extra large allocations.  These can be changed
     at run-time using the `SMALLBOUND', `MEDIUMBOUND' and `LARGEBOUND'
     options.

 14. Lower check range.

 15. Upper check range.

 16. Check frequency.  These values specify the range of allocation
     indices through which the library will physically check every area
     of free memory and every overflow buffer for errors, along with
     the frequency at which to make the checks.  A dash specifies that
     either the lower or upper range is infinite, but if they are both
     zero then no such checking will ever be performed, thus speeding
     up execution speed dramatically.  The check frequency indicates the
     number of memory allocation events that must occur in between
     checking the heap.  The library defaults to performing no such
     checks.  This can be changed at run-time using the `CHECK' option.

 17. Failure frequency.

 18. Failure seed.  These values are used to specify if random memory
     allocation failures should occur during program execution, for the
     purposes of stress testing a program.  If the failure frequency is
     zero then no random failures will occur, but if it is greater than
     zero then the higher the number, the less frequent the failures.
     The failure seed is used internally by the mpatrol library when
     generating random numbers.  If it is zero then the seed will be set
     randomly, but if it is greater than zero then it will be used to
     generate a predictable sequence of random numbers; i.e. two runs
     of the same program with the same failure frequencies and the same
     failure seeds will generate exactly the same sequence of failures.

 19. Prologue function.

 20. Epilogue function.

 21. Handler function.  These values contain addresses or names of
     functions that have been installed as callback functions for the
     library.  These functions, if set, will be called from the library
     at appropriate times during program execution in order to handle
     specific events.  These can be changed at compile-time using the
     `__mp_prologue()', `__mp_epilogue()' and `__mp_nomemory()'
     functions.

 22. Log file.  Simply contains the name of the file where all mpatrol
     library diagnostics go to.  It can be changed at run-time using
     the `LOGFILE' option.

 23. Profiling file.  Contains the name of the file where all of the
     mpatrol library memory allocation profiling information goes when
     the `PROF' option is used.  It can be changed at run-time using
     the `PROFFILE' option.

 24. Tracing file.  Contains the name of the file where all of the
     mpatrol library memory allocation tracing information goes when
     the `TRACE' option is used.  It can be changed at run-time using
     the `TRACEFILE' option.

 25. Program filename.  Contains the full pathname to the program's
     executable file.  This is used by the mpatrol library to read the
     symbol table in order to provide symbolic information in function
     call stacks.  It can be changed at run-time using the `PROGFILE'
     option.

 26. Symbols read.  This value contains the total number of symbols
     read from a program's executable file and/or the dynamic linker,
     if applicable.

 27. Autosave count.  This value contains the frequency at which the
     mpatrol library should periodically write the profiling data to
     the profiling output file.  When the total number of profiled
     memory allocations and deallocations is a multiple of this number
     then the current profiling information will be written to the
     profiling output file.  It can be changed at run-time using the
     `AUTOSAVE' option.

 28. Freed queue size.  This value contains the maximum number of freed
     memory allocations that will be stored in the freed queue if the
     `NOFREE' option is used.  Once the freed queue becomes full then
     the oldest freed allocation in the queue will be returned to the
     free memory pool for reuse every time an existing memory
     allocation is freed.  If this value is zero then the freed queue
     will never contain any freed allocations.  It can be changed at
     run-time using the `NOFREE' option.

 29. Allocation count.  This value contains the total number of memory
     allocations that were created by the mpatrol library.  This value
     may be more than expected if the mpatrol library makes any memory
     allocations during initialisation.

 30. Allocation peak.  This value contains the peak memory usage set by
     the program when running; the peak number of memory allocations,
     and also the peak number of bytes allocated in parentheses (the
     two numbers may peak at different times throughout the lifetime of
     the program).  This value may be more than expected if the mpatrol
     library makes any memory allocations during initialisation.

 31. Allocation limit.  This value is used to limit the amount of
     memory that can be allocated by a program, which can be useful for
     stress-testing in simulated low memory conditions.  It can be
     changed at run-time using the `LIMIT' option.

 32. Allocated blocks.

 33. Marked blocks.

 34. Freed blocks.

 35. Free blocks.  These values contain the total number of allocated,
     marked, freed and free blocks at the time the summary was
     produced.  A marked block is an allocated block that the user has
     instructed (via the `__mp_setmark()' function) the mpatrol library
     should remain allocated for the rest of the lifetime of the
     program and should never be freed or counted as a memory leak.  A
     freed block is an allocated block that has been freed but has not
     been returned to the free memory list for later allocation.  These
     values may be different from those expected if the mpatrol library
     makes any memory allocations during initialisation.  In this
     example a large amount of memory is used by the system object file
     access library which is used for reading the symbols from the
     program's executable file and any shared libraries that it
     requires.

 36. Internal blocks.  This value contains the total number of memory
     blocks (of varying sizes) that have been allocated from the system
     for the mpatrol library to use internally.  These memory blocks
     will be write-protected on systems that support memory protection
     in order to prevent the program from corrupting the library's data
     structures.  This can be overridden at run-time using the
     `NOPROTECT' option in order to speed up program execution slightly.

 37. Total heap usage.  This value contains the total amount of system
     heap memory that has been allocated by the mpatrol library.

 38. Total compared.

 39. Total located.

 40. Total copied.

 41. Total set.  These values contain the total number of bytes that
     have been tracked by the mpatrol library in byte comparison
     operations (such as `memcmp()'), byte location operations (such as
     `memchr()', byte copy operations (such as `memcpy()') and byte set
     operations (such as `memset()') respectively.  They do not take
     into account any other such operations that occur outwith these
     functions, such as loading and storing from machine instructions.

 42. Total warnings.

 43. Total errors.  The library keeps a count of the total number of
     warnings and errors it has displayed so that you can quickly work
     out this information at program termination.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) This information may also be filled in if the `USEDEBUG' option
or the `mpsym' command is used and supported, and if debugging
information about the call to `malloc()' is available.

16.2 Detecting incorrect reuse of freed memory
==============================================

   The next example uses `tests/fail/test2.c' to illustrate how the
mpatrol library can detect whereabouts on the heap an address belongs.

     23  /*
     24   * Allocates a block of 16 bytes and then immediately frees it.  An
     25   * attempt is then made to double the size of the original block.
     26   */
     
     
     29  #include "mpatrol.h"
     
     
     32  int main(void)
     33  {
     34      char *p;
     
     36      if (p = (char *) malloc(16))
     37      {
     38          free(p);
     39          p = (char *) realloc(p, 32);
     40      }
     41      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     42  }

   The relevant excerpts from `mpatrol.log' appear below.  The format
of the log messages should be familiar to you now.

     ALLOC: malloc (52, 16 bytes, 4 bytes) [main|test2.c|36]
             0x0804942F main+31
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
     returns 0x080620E8
     
     FREE: free (0x080620E8) [main|test2.c|38]
             0x08049456 main+70
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
         0x080620E8 (16 bytes) {malloc:52:0} [main|test2.c|36]
             0x0804942F main+31
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
     REALLOC: realloc (0x080620E8, 32 bytes, 4 bytes) [main|test2.c|39]
             0x08049476 main+102
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
     ERROR: [NOTALL]: realloc: 0x080620E8 has not been allocated
     
     returns 0x00000000

   The mpatrol library stores all of its information about allocated
and free memory in tree structures so that it can quickly determine if
an address belongs to allocated or free memory, or if it even exists in
the heap that is managed by mpatrol.  The above example should
illustrate this since after the allocation had been freed, the library
recognised this and reported an error.  It was possible for the program
to continue execution even after that error since mpatrol could recover
from it and return `NULL'.

   It is possible for mpatrol to give even more useful diagnostics in
the above situation by using the `NOFREE' option.  This prevents the
library from returning any freed allocations to the free memory pool,
by preserving any information about them and marking them as freed.  If
you add the `NOFREE=1' option to the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment
variable you should see the following entries in `mpatrol.log' instead.

     ALLOC: malloc (52, 16 bytes, 4 bytes) [main|test2.c|36]
             0x0804942F main+31
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
     returns 0x08062F54
     
     FREE: free (0x08062F54) [main|test2.c|38]
             0x08049456 main+70
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
         0x08062F54 (16 bytes) {malloc:52:0} [main|test2.c|36]
             0x0804942F main+31
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
     REALLOC: realloc (0x08062F54, 32 bytes, 4 bytes) [main|test2.c|39]
             0x08049476 main+102
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
     ERROR: [PRVFRD]: realloc: 0x08062F54 was freed with free
         0x08062F54 (16 bytes) {free:52:0} [main|test2.c|38]
             0x08049456 main+70
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
     returns 0x00000000

   Note the extra information reported by `realloc()' since the library
knows all of the details about the freed memory allocation and when it
was freed.

   The `NOFREE' option can potentially use up much more system memory
than normal if it is given a large numerical argument since it
effectively instructs the mpatrol library to allocate new memory for
every single memory allocation or reallocation.  It can also slow down
program execution when overflow buffers are used, since with each new
memory allocation the library needs to check more and more overflow
buffers every time it is called.  However, with a low numerical
argument it can be quite useful for problems such as this one.  The
test in `tests/fail/test3.c' has a similar situation.

   The numerical argument specified with the `NOFREE' option indicates
the number of recently-freed memory allocations that are to be delayed
from being returned to the free memory pool, with a value of zero
meaning that all freed memory allocations will immediately be reused.
Obviously, in an ideal world it would be nice to be able to specify
`NOFREE='_huge-number_ all the time, but this will gradually use up
more and more memory since no system heap memory will ever be reused.
Supplying a smaller number to the `NOFREE' option allows you to make a
compromise by storing the details of only the most recently-freed
memory allocations.  How many details you wish to store is up to you.

   Normally, the `NOFREE' option will cause the library to fill all
freed memory allocations with the free byte.  However, the original
contents of such allocations can be preserved with the `PRESERVE'
option.  This could help in situations when you need to determine
exactly if a program is relying on the contents of freed memory.

16.3 Detecting use of free memory
=================================

   This next example illustrates how the mpatrol library is able to
check to see if anything has been written into free memory.  The test
is located in `tests/fail/test4.c' and simply writes a single byte into
free memory.

     23  /*
     24   * Allocates a block of 16 bytes and then immediately frees it.  A
     25   * NULL character is written into the middle of the freed memory.
     26   */
     
     
     29  #include "mpatrol.h"
     
     
     32  int main(void)
     33  {
     34      char *p;
     
     36      if (p = (char *) malloc(16))
     37      {
     38          free(p);
     39          p[8] = '\0';
     40      }
     41      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     42  }

   The following output was produced as part of `mpatrol.log'.  Note
that this test was run using the same `MPATROL_OPTIONS' settings as the
last example, but make sure that `PRESERVE' is not set.

     ERROR: [FRDCOR]: freed allocation 0x08062F54 has memory corruption at 0x08062F5C
             0x08062F5C  00555555 55555555                    .UUUUUUU
     
         0x08062F54 (16 bytes) {free:52:0} [main|test4.c|38]
             0x08049456 main+70
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33

   The library was able to detect that something had been written into
free memory and could report on the memory allocation that was
overwritten.  However, these checks are only performed whenever a
function in the mpatrol library is called if the `CHECK' option is
used, or at the end of program execution.  In the example above, the
code which wrote into free memory could have been miles away from where
the library detected the error since we were not using the `CHECK'
option.  However, adding `CHECK=-' to the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment
variable doesn't really help much since the next mpatrol function that
is called is the one to terminate the library anyway.

   Note that using the `CHECK' option is equivalent to calling
`__mp_check()' when each mpatrol library function is called, or at the
range and frequency specified in the values passed to the `CHECK'
option.  If you suspect that heap corruption is occurring in a part of
your code where there is a large gap between mpatrol library calls, you
can try to narrow the problem down by adding a few calls to
`__mp_check()'.

   On platforms that support memory protection, the library also
supports the `PAGEALLOC' option.  This option instructs the library to
force every single memory allocation to have a size which is a multiple
of the system page size.  Although the library still stores the
original requested size, it effectively means that no two memory
allocations occupy the same page of memory.  It can then use page
protection (which only operates on pages of memory) to protect all free
memory from being read from or written to, and uses similar features to
install a page of overflow buffer on either side of the allocation.

   However, if the requested size for the memory allocation was not a
multiple of the page size this means that there will still be unused
space left over in the allocated pages.  This problem is solved by
turning the unused space into overflow buffers that will be checked in
the normal way.  The positioning of the allocation within its pages is
also important.  If you want to check for illegal reads from the
borders of the memory allocation, unless it fits exactly into its pages
then there is a chance that a program could illegally read the
right-most overflow buffer if the allocation was left-aligned, or
vice-versa.  Two settings therefore exist for the `PAGEALLOC' option:
`LOWER' and `UPPER'.  They refer to the placement of every memory
allocation within its constituent pages.

   The following diagram illustrates the `PAGEALLOC' option.  In the
diagram, the system page size is assumed to be 16 bytes (very unlikely,
but will serve for this example) and each character represents 1 byte.

     x = allocated memory
     o = overflow buffer (filled with the overflow byte)
     . = overflow buffer page (read and write protected)
     
     PAGEALLOC=LOWER, allocation size is 16 bytes or
     PAGEALLOC=UPPER, allocation size is 16 bytes:
         ................xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx................
     
     PAGEALLOC=LOWER, allocation size is 8 bytes:
         ................xxxxxxxxoooooooo................
     
     PAGEALLOC=UPPER, allocation size is 8 bytes:
         ................ooooooooxxxxxxxx................

   In our original example, if the `PAGEALLOC=LOWER' option is added to
the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable then the following error
will be produced instead of the original error.

     ERROR: [ILLMEM]: illegal memory access at address 0x081C6008
         0x081C6000 (16 bytes) {free:52:0} [main|test4.c|38]
             0x08049456 main+70
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33
     
         call stack
             0x0804945F main+79
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33

   On systems that support memory protection, the mpatrol library has a
built-in signal handler which catches illegal memory accesses and
terminates the program.  In the above case, the freed memory was made
write-protected and so could not be written to.  The underlying virtual
memory system in the operating system noticed this and signaled this to
the library immediately after it happened.

   Along with the details of the freed memory allocation that was being
written to, the library also attempts to display the function call
stack for the location in the program that caused the illegal memory
access, although this can be quite unreliable.  A better solution would
be to run the program in a debugger to catch the illegal memory access.

   Note that the `PAGEALLOC' option also modifies the behaviour of the
`NOFREE' and `PRESERVE' options when used together.  The memory
allocation being freed will always be made write-protected when the
`PRESERVE' option is used, otherwise it will also be made read-protected
to prevent further accesses.

   Note also that the `PAGEALLOC=UPPER' option is potentially much less
efficient at catching illegal memory accesses than the `PAGEALLOC=LOWER'
option.  This is due to alignment requirements, since an allocation of
1 byte requiring an alignment of 16 bytes cannot be placed at the very
end of a page of size 4096 bytes.  The following diagram illustrates
this, using the same page size as the last diagram.

     x = allocated memory
     o = overflow buffer (filled with the overflow byte)
     . = overflow buffer page (read and write protected)
     
     PAGEALLOC=UPPER, allocation size is 16 bytes, alignment is 8 bytes:
         ................xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx................
     
     PAGEALLOC=UPPER, allocation size is 3 bytes, alignment is 1 byte:
         ................oooooooooooooxxx................
     
     PAGEALLOC=UPPER, allocation size is 3 bytes, alignment is 8 bytes:
         ................ooooooooxxxooooo................

   Everything is OK until the last allocation, where the alignment
requirement means that there must be two overflow buffers.  This slows
down program execution since the library must check an additional
overflow buffer, and also means that the program would have to read six
bytes beyond the end of the allocation before the illegal memory access
would be detected.

16.4 Using overflow buffers
===========================

   This example illustrates the use of overflow buffers and so the
`MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable should have `OFLOWSIZE=2' and
`CHECK=-' added to it.  However, turn off any `PAGEALLOC' options for
the purposes of this example.  The test is located in
`tests/fail/test5.c', and `tests/fail/test6.c' is very similar.

     23  /*
     24   * Allocates a block of 16 bytes and then copies a string of 16
     25   * bytes into the block.  However, the string is copied to 1 byte
     26   * before the allocated block which writes before the start of the
     27   * block.  This test must be run with an OFLOWSIZE greater than 0.
     28   */
     
     
     31  #include "mpatrol.h"
     
     
     34  int main(void)
     35  {
     36      char *p;
     
     38      if (p = (char *) malloc(16))
     39      {
     40          strcpy(p - 1, "this test fails!");
     41          free(p);
     42      }
     43      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     44  }

   The following error should be produced in `mpatrol.log'.

     ERROR: [ALLOVF]: allocation 0x08062FB8 has a corrupted overflow buffer at
                      0x08062FB7
             0x08062FB6  AA74                                 .t
     
         0x08062FB8 (16 bytes) {malloc:52:0} [main|test5.c|38]
             0x0804942F main+31
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33

   Once again, the library attempts to show you as much detail as
possible about where the corruption occurred.  Along with showing you a
memory dump of the overflow buffer that was corrupted, it also shows
you the allocation to which the overflow buffer belongs.

   Using overflow buffers and the `CHECK=-' option can reduce the speed
of program execution since the library has to check every buffer
whenever it is called, and if the buffers are larger then they'll take
longer to check and will use up more memory.  However, larger buffers
mean that there is less chance of the program writing past one memory
allocation into another.

   Alternatively, the `CHECK' option can be used to limit the number of
checks that the library has to perform, thus speeding up program
execution.  This option specifies a range of allocation indices through
which the library will check overflow buffers and free memory for
corruption.  Such checks occur when they normally would, but only if
the current allocation index falls within the specified range.  This
feature can be used when there is a suspicion that free memory
corruption or overflow buffer corruption occurs at a certain point
during program execution, but checking them at every library call would
take too long.  You can also specify a frequency at which to check the
heap using the `CHECK' option.  This can be used when attempting to
narrow down the search for where heap corruption occurs.

   On systems which support software watch points, there is an extra
option called `OFLOWWATCH' which allows additional memory protection.
Watch points allow individual bytes to be read and/or write protected
as opposed to just pages.  The `OFLOWWATCH' option installs software
watch points at every overflow buffer instead of requiring the library
to check the integrity of the overflow buffers, and can be used in
combination with `PAGEALLOC'.  However, software watch points slow down
program execution to a crawl since every machine instruction must be
checked individually by the system to see if it accesses a watch point
area.  Slowing the program down by a factor of 10,000 is not uncommon
on some systems when the `OFLOWWATCH' option is used.

16.5 Checking memory accesses
=============================

   For the ultimate in heap checking, if you are using the GNU compiler
you can use the `-fcheck-memory-usage' option.  This instructs the
compiler to place error-checking calls before each read or write to
memory.  The functions that are called then check to ensure that the
memory access does not overflow a heap memory allocation or access free
memory.

   The following test (which can be found in `tests/fail/test17.c') has
an example of a read from memory which overflows a memory allocation's
boundaries.

     23  /*
     24   * Allocates a single byte of memory and then attempts to read the
     25   * byte as a word, resulting in some uninitialised bytes being read.
     26   * This can sometimes be detected with PAGEALLOC=UPPER but can always
     27   * be detected with OFLOWWATCH or by using the -fcheck-memory-usage
     28   * option of gcc.
     29   */
     
     
     32  #include "mpatrol.h"
     
     
     35  int main(void)
     36  {
     37      int *p;
     38      int r;
     
     40      if (p = (int *) calloc(1, 1))
     41      {
     42          r = p[0];
     43          free(p);
     44      }
     45      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     46  }

   For this example, the above test must be compiled with `gcc' with the
`-fcheck-memory-usage' option on the compiler command line and linked
with the mpatrol library.  Normally, the test will pass and not cause
any problems, since most malloc libraries will allocate at least one
word anyway.  However, there are some instances where that will not be
the case, especially on systems where misaligned memory accesses are
legal.  Also, if the implementation of `calloc()' only initialised the
number of bytes requested then the number read back might not be zero.

   If you now run the program it should abort and produce something
similar to the following in the resulting `mpatrol.log'.

     ERROR: [RNGOVF]: range [0x00022568,0x0002256B] overflows
                      [0x00022568,0x00022568]
         0x00022568 (1 byte) {calloc:19:0} [main|test17.c|40]
             0x00010A0C main+96
             0x0001087C _start+100

   As you can see, the mpatrol library detected a read beyond the
boundaries of the one byte memory allocation starting at `0x00022568'.

16.6 Bad memory operations
==========================

   In C there are several basic memory operation functions that are
often called to perform tasks such as clearing memory, copying memory,
etc.  The mpatrol library contains replacements for these which allow
for better checking of their arguments to prevent reading and writing
past the boundaries of existing memory allocations.  The following
source can be found in `tests/fail/test9.c'.

     23  /*
     24   * Allocates a block of 16 bytes and then attempts to zero the contents of
     25   * the block.  However, a zero byte is also written 1 byte before and 1
     26   * byte after the allocated block, resulting in an error in the log file.
     27   */
     
     
     30  #include "mpatrol.h"
     
     
     33  int main(void)
     34  {
     35      char *p;
     
     37      if (p = (char *) malloc(16))
     38      {
     39          memset(p - 1, 0, 18);
     40          free(p);
     41      }
     42      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     43  }

   When this is compiled and run, the following should appear in the
log file.

     ERROR: [RNGOVF]: memset: range [0x08062FB7,0x08062FC8] overflows
                      [0x08062FB8,0x08062FC7]
         0x08062FB8 (16 bytes) {malloc:52:0} [main|test9.c|37]
             0x0804942F main+31
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33

   As you can see, the library detected that the `memset()' function
would have written past the boundaries of the memory allocation and
reported this to you.  It then proceeded to ignore the request to copy
the memory and continued with the execution of the program(1).  Note
that this will only be done for known memory allocations.  Reading and
writing past the boundaries of static and stack memory allocations
cannot be detected in this way.

   If the `LOGMEMORY' option is added to the `MPATROL_OPTIONS'
environment variable then it is possible to see a log of all the
mpatrol library memory operation functions that were called during
program execution.  For example, adding this option and running the
above program again will produce something similar to the following.

     MEMSET: memset (0x08062FB7, 18 bytes, 0x00) [main|test9.c|39]
             0x0804945B main+75
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x08049381 _start+33

   This is similar to the tracing produced for memory allocation
functions, except that the arguments in parentheses mean different
things.  For `MEMSET', the first argument represents the start of the
memory block to set, the second argument represents the number of bytes
to set and the third argument represents the actual byte to set.

   For `MEMCOPY', the first argument represents the source memory
block, the second argument represents the destination memory block, the
third argument represents the number of bytes to copy and the fourth
argument represents a byte to copy up to if `memccpy()' is being
called.  This is similar for `MEMCMP'.

   For `MEMFIND', the first and second arguments represent the source
memory block and its length, while the third and fourth arguments
represent the memory block to search for and its length.  In the
implementation for `memchr()', the byte to search for is copied to a
one byte buffer and the address of that buffer is used as the memory
block to search for.

   Note that as with the memory allocation functions, `MEMCMP',
`MEMFIND', `MEMCOPY' and `MEMSET' are used to generalise the types of
operations being performed and are followed by the names of the actual
functions being used.  In some cases the functions may use a different
ordering of parameters than that shown.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) The error can be turned into a warning with the `ALLOWOFLOW'
option which will also force the operation to be performed.

16.7 Incompatible function calls
================================

   This example illustrates how the mpatrol library checks for calls to
incompatible pairs of memory allocation functions.  It requires the use
of C++, although does not use any C++ features except for overloaded
operators.  The source is in `tests/fail/test7.c', and
`tests/fail/test8.c' is similar.

     23  /*
     24   * Allocates a block of 16 bytes using C++ operator new[] and then
     25   * attempts to free it using C++ operator delete.
     26   */
     
     
     29  #include "mpatrol.h"
     
     
     32  int main(void)
     33  {
     34      char *p;
     
     36      p = new char[16];
     37      delete p;
     38      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     39  }

   The relevant parts of `mpatrol.log' are shown below.

     ALLOC: operator new[] (74, 16 bytes, 4 bytes) [int main()|test7.c|36]
             0x0804955D main+13
             0x400DB9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494C1 _start+33
     
     returns 0x08062FC0
     
     FREE: operator delete (0x08062FC0) [int main()|test7.c|37]
             0x0804956E main+30
             0x400DB9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494C1 _start+33
     
     ERROR: [INCOMP]: operator delete: 0x08062FC0 was allocated with operator new[]
         0x08062FC0 (16 bytes) {operator new[]:74:0} [int main()|test7.c|36]
             0x0804955D main+13
             0x400DB9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494C1 _start+33

   This shows a call to `operator new[]', closely followed by a call to
`operator delete'.  However, in C++ calls to `operator new[]' must be
matched by calls to `operator delete[]' and not `operator delete'.
Hence, the library reports this as an error and does not free the memory
allocation.

16.8 The `alloca()' functions
=============================

   There are two examples of using `alloca()' and its related functions
in `tests/pass/test8.c' and `tests/fail/test16.c'.  Both rely on mpatrol
having full call stack traceback support, although they will work
(albeit with slightly different results) on systems that do not.

   The first test simply illustrates the use of `alloca()' and how its
memory allocations are freed when they are no longer in use.

      23  /*
      24   * Tests alloca() and related functions via nested function calls.
      25   * The final output should be a horizontal pyramid of plus signs
      26   * followed by a horizontal pyramid of minus signs.
      27   */
     
     
      30  #include "mpatrol.h"
      31  #include <stdio.h>
     
     
      34  char *f1(char *s)
      35  {
      36      char *t;
      37      size_t l;
     
      39      l = strlen(s) + 1;
      40      if ((t = (char *) alloca(l + 1)) == NULL)
      41          return NULL;
      42      memcpy(t, s, l);
      43      t[l - 1] = t[l - 2];
      44      t[l] = '\0';
      45      return strdup(t);
      46  }
     
     
      49  char *f2(char *s)
      50  {
      51      char *t;
      52      size_t l;
     
      54      l = strlen(s) - 1;
      55      if ((t = (char *) alloca(l + 1)) == NULL)
      56          return NULL;
      57      memcpy(t, s, l + 1);
      58      t[l] = '\0';
      59      return strdup(t);
      60  }
     
     
      63  int f(char *s, size_t l)
      64  {
      65      char *t;
      66      size_t i;
     
      68      puts(s);
      69      for (i = 0; i < l; i++)
      70      {
      71          if (((t = f1(s)) == NULL) ||
      72              ((s = (char *) alloca(strlen(t) + 1)) == NULL))
      73              return 0;
      74          strcpy(s, t);
      75          free(t);
      76          puts(s);
      77      }
      78      for (i = 0; i < l; i++)
      79      {
      80          if (((t = f2(s)) == NULL) ||
      81              ((s = (char *) alloca(strlen(t) + 1)) == NULL))
      82              return 0;
      83          strcpy(s, t);
      84          free(t);
      85          puts(s);
      86      }
      87      return 1;
      88  }
     
     
      91  int main(void)
      92  {
      93      char *s;
     
      95      s = strdupa("+");
      96      if (!f(s, 4))
      97          exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
      98      dealloca(s);
      99      s = strdupa("-");
     100      if (!f(s, 4))
     101          exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
     102      dealloca(s);
     103      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     104  }

   When compiled and run, you should get the following output.

     +
     ++
     +++
     ++++
     +++++
     ++++
     +++
     ++
     +
     -
     --
     ---
     ----
     -----
     ----
     ---
     --
     -

   If you run it again, this time with the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment
variable set to `LOGALLOCS' and `LOGFREES', you should see the
following in the newly-generated `mpatrol.log' file.  Note that the
`...' marks text that has been removed.

     ALLOC: strdupa (1, 2 bytes, 1 byte) [main|test8.c|95] (char x 2)
             0x000138F0 main+52
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
     returns 0x0008C000
     
     ALLOC: alloca (2, 3 bytes, 8 bytes) [f1|test8.c|40]
             0x000134CC f1+76
             0x000136D8 f+68
             0x00013904 main+72
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
     returns 0x0008C008
     
     ALLOC: strdup (3, 3 bytes, 1 byte) [f1|test8.c|45] (char x 3)
             0x00013584 f1+260
             0x000136D8 f+68
             0x00013904 main+72
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
     returns 0x0008C002
     
     FREE: alloca (0x0008C008) [f|test8.c|72]
             0x00013728 f+148
             0x00013904 main+72
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
         0x0008C008 (3 bytes) {alloca:2:0} [f1|test8.c|40]
             0x000134CC f1+76
             0x000136D8 f+68
             0x00013904 main+72
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
     ALLOC: alloca (4, 3 bytes, 8 bytes) [f|test8.c|72]
             0x00013728 f+148
             0x00013904 main+72
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
     returns 0x0008C008
     
     ...
     
     FREE: alloca (0x0008C040) [main|test8.c|102]
             0x000139C8 main+268
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
         0x0008C040 (2 bytes) {alloca:50:0} [f|test8.c|81]
             0x00013828 f+404
             0x00013988 main+204
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
     FREE: alloca (0x0008C038) [main|test8.c|102]
             0x000139C8 main+268
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
         0x0008C038 (3 bytes) {alloca:47:0} [f|test8.c|81]
             0x00013828 f+404
             0x00013988 main+204
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
     ...
     
     FREE: alloca (0x0008C010) [main|test8.c|102]
             0x000139C8 main+268
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
         0x0008C010 (4 bytes) {alloca:32:0} [f|test8.c|72]
             0x00013728 f+148
             0x00013988 main+204
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
     FREE: alloca (0x0008C008) [main|test8.c|102]
             0x000139C8 main+268
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
         0x0008C008 (3 bytes) {alloca:29:0} [f|test8.c|72]
             0x00013728 f+148
             0x00013988 main+204
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
     FREE: dealloca (0x0008C000) [main|test8.c|102]
             0x000139C8 main+268
             0x00013350 _start+100
     
         0x0008C000 (2 bytes) {strdupa:26:0} [main|test8.c|99] (char x 2)
             0x00013974 main+184
             0x00013350 _start+100

   After the first call to `strdupa()', there is a call to `alloca()'
followed by a call to `strdup()'.  Because the memory allocation made by
`strdupa()' is at the top level of the program it cannot automatically
be freed until `main()' returns.  However, at the next call to
`alloca()' in `f()', the mpatrol library notices that the memory
allocation that was made by `alloca()' in `f1()' can be freed since
`f1()' has returned.  The relevant allocation is then freed before
making the next memory allocation.  You can see how it makes its
decision by examining the call stack at the point of deallocation.

   However, all of the memory allocations made by `alloca()' in `f()'
cannot be freed until `f()' returns.  This can be seen in the two sets
of eight consecutive deallocations in the log file, each set followed
by a call to `dealloca()'.  The `dealloca()' function explicitly frees
a memory allocation that was made by the `alloca()' family of
functions, but these calls are not really necessary as all of these
memory allocations would be freed anyway when `main()' returns.  The
call to `dealloca()' is really only necessary to force a deallocation
for a specific purpose at a certain point in the program.  Note that
implicit deallocations are marked as being done by `alloca()' while
explicit deallocations are marked as being done by `dealloca()'.

   The second test illustrates how the mpatrol library can help debug
`alloca()'-related problems by treating such memory allocations as
normal heap allocations.

     23  /*
     24   * Duplicates a string using alloca() and then returns the address
     25   * of the allocation.  This is illegal since the memory allocated
     26   * by alloca() will be freed when the function returns.  The call
     27   * to memcpy() will then corrupt free memory and the call to free()
     28   * will attempt to free an invalid pointer.
     29   */
     
     
     32  #include "mpatrol.h"
     33  #include <stdio.h>
     
     
     36  char *f(size_t l)
     37  {
     38      return (char *) alloca(l);
     39  }
     
     
     42  char *g(char *s)
     43  {
     44      char *t;
     45      size_t l;
     
     47      l = strlen(s) + 1;
     48      if (t = f(l))
     49          memcpy(t, s, l);
     50      return t;
     51  }
     
     
     54  int main(void)
     55  {
     56      char *s;
     
     58      s = g("test");
     59      free(s);
     60      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     61  }

   If you compile and run this example with the `MPATROL_OPTIONS'
environment variable containing the options `LOGALL' and `NOFREE=1' you
should see the following in `mpatrol.log'.

     ALLOC: alloca (1, 5 bytes, 8 bytes) [f|test16.c|38]
             0x0001346C f+52
             0x000134A8 g+40
             0x00013524 main+20
             0x00013308 _start+100
     
     returns 0x0008C000
     
     FREE: alloca (0x0008C000) [g|test16.c|49]
             0x000134F8 g+120
             0x00013524 main+20
             0x00013308 _start+100
     
         0x0008C000 (5 bytes) {alloca:1:0} [f|test16.c|38]
             0x0001346C f+52
             0x000134A8 g+40
             0x00013524 main+20
             0x00013308 _start+100
     
     MEMCOPY: memcpy (0x0001F760, 0x0008C000, 5 bytes, 0x00) [g|test16.c|49]
             0x000134F8 g+120
             0x00013524 main+20
             0x00013308 _start+100
     
     ERROR: [FRDOPN]: memcpy: attempt to perform operation on freed memory
         0x0008C000 (5 bytes) {alloca:1:0} [g|test16.c|49]
             0x000134F8 g+120
             0x00013524 main+20
             0x00013308 _start+100
     
     returns 0x0008C000
     
     FREE: free (0x0008C000) [main|test16.c|59]
             0x00013550 main+64
             0x00013308 _start+100
     
     ERROR: [PRVFRD]: free: 0x0008C000 was freed with alloca
         0x0008C000 (5 bytes) {alloca:1:0} [g|test16.c|49]
             0x000134F8 g+120
             0x00013524 main+20
             0x00013308 _start+100

   As you can see, memory allocations made by `alloca()' are treated in
almost exactly the same way as normal memory allocations, with the
result that errors similar to those above can be detected by the
mpatrol library.  The only real difference between the two types of
memory allocations is that allocations made by the `alloca()' family of
functions will never show up in the list of unfreed memory allocations.

16.9 The `MP_MALLOC()' functions
================================

   The mpatrol library comes with a set of alternative dynamic memory
allocation functions for C.  These allow it to record the type and type
size of every memory allocation made through these functions, which can
be very useful for debugging purposes.  It also means that the
alignment for each memory allocation can be determined according to its
type.  The following test can be found in `tests/pass/test9.c'.

     23  /*
     24   * Allocates 16 floats and then resizes the allocation to 8 floats and
     25   * frees them.  Then allocates 16 integers and resizes the allocation
     26   * to 32 integers before freeing them.  Finally, duplicates a string
     27   * and then frees it.
     28   */
     
     
     31  #include "mpatrol.h"
     
     
     34  int main(void)
     35  {
     36      float *f;
     37      int *i;
     38      char *s;
     
     40      MP_MALLOC(f, 16, float);
     41      MP_REALLOC(f, 8, float);
     42      MP_FREE(f);
     43      MP_CALLOC(i, 16, int);
     44      MP_REALLOC(i, 32, int);
     45      MP_FREE(i);
     46      MP_STRDUP(s, "test");
     47      MP_FREE(s);
     48      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     49  }

   If this test is compiled and linked with the mpatrol library and
then run with the `LOGALL' option, the following output will be seen in
the mpatrol log file.

     ALLOC: xmalloc (84, 64 bytes, 4 bytes) [main|test9.c|40] (float x 16)
             0x0804AC36 main+38
             0x400A09CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x0804AB81 _start+33
     
     returns 0x080510E8
     
     REALLOC: xrealloc (0x080510E8, 32 bytes, 4 bytes) [main|test9.c|41] (float x 8)
             0x0804AC60 main+80
             0x400A09CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x0804AB81 _start+33
     
         0x080510E8 (64 bytes) {xmalloc:84:0} [main|test9.c|40] (float x 16)
             0x0804AC36 main+38
             0x400A09CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x0804AB81 _start+33
     
     returns 0x080510E8
     
     FREE: xfree (0x080510E8) [main|test9.c|42]
             0x0804AC7F main+111
             0x400A09CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x0804AB81 _start+33
     
         0x080510E8 (32 bytes) {xrealloc:84:1} [main|test9.c|41] (float x 8)
             0x0804AC60 main+80
             0x400A09CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x0804AB81 _start+33
     
     ALLOC: xcalloc (85, 64 bytes, 4 bytes) [main|test9.c|43] (int x 16)
             0x0804ACB2 main+162
             0x400A09CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x0804AB81 _start+33
     
     returns 0x080510E8
     
     REALLOC: xrealloc (0x080510E8, 128 bytes, 4 bytes) [main|test9.c|44] (int x 32)
             0x0804ACDF main+207
             0x400A09CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x0804AB81 _start+33
     
         0x080510E8 (64 bytes) {xcalloc:85:0} [main|test9.c|43] (int x 16)
             0x0804ACB2 main+162
             0x400A09CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x0804AB81 _start+33
     
     returns 0x080510E8
     
     FREE: xfree (0x080510E8) [main|test9.c|45]
             0x0804ACFE main+238
             0x400A09CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x0804AB81 _start+33
     
         0x080510E8 (128 bytes) {xrealloc:85:1} [main|test9.c|44] (int x 32)
             0x0804ACDF main+207
             0x400A09CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x0804AB81 _start+33
     
     ALLOC: xstrdup (86, 5 bytes, 1 byte) [main|test9.c|46] (char x 5)
             0x0804AD2E main+286
             0x400A09CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x0804AB81 _start+33
     
     returns 0x080510E5
     
     FREE: xfree (0x080510E5) [main|test9.c|47]
             0x0804AD4F main+319
             0x400A09CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x0804AB81 _start+33
     
         0x080510E5 (5 bytes) {xstrdup:86:0} [main|test9.c|46] (char x 5)
             0x0804AD2E main+286
             0x400A09CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x0804AB81 _start+33

   As you can see, the type and number of items allocated of that type
are associated with each memory allocation.  The function names that
are logged as having made the memory allocations are from the
`xmalloc()' family of functions since that is how the `MP_MALLOC()'
family of functions are implemented.

16.10 Additional useful information
===================================

   This last example illustrates the various `SHOW' options that are
available for displaying additional information from the mpatrol
library at program termination.  It also shows how to easily detect
memory leaks.  Use the `OFLOWSIZE=16', `NOFREE=16' and `SHOWALL'
options in `MPATROL_OPTIONS' before running.

      1  /*
      2   * Introduces a memory leak by clobbering a pointer with a new
      3   * memory allocation.  Use with SHOWUNFREED to display it.
      4   */
     
     
      7  #include "mpatrol.h"
     
     
     10  int main(void)
     11  {
     12      void *p;
     
     14      p = malloc(4);
     15      p = malloc(4);
     16      if (p != NULL)
     17          free(p);
     18      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     19  }

   The information that we are interested in comes after the summary of
library statistics generated in the log file.  The first block of data
shows a memory map of the heap that is being handled by mpatrol.  This
can be used to see graphically where a particular allocation is
located, or to look for memory fragmentation.  The `SHOWMAP' option
also displays this information.

   Note that gaps in the memory map can either be due to space used by
internal memory blocks or to some other memory allocation library using
up space.  On some systems that don't have virtual memory, gaps are
likely to be owned by other processes or belong to the system free
memory list.  The `...' marks text that has been removed.

     memory map:
         ...
       / 0x0002FDD0-0x0002FDDF overflow (16 bytes)
      |+ 0x0002FDE0-0x0002FE03 allocated (36 bytes) {calloc:13:0} [-|-|-]
       \ 0x0002FE04-0x0002FE13 overflow (16 bytes)
     --- 0x0002FE14-0x0002FE17 free (4 bytes)
       / 0x0002FE18-0x0002FE27 overflow (16 bytes)
      |+ 0x0002FE28-0x0002FF18 allocated (241 bytes) {calloc:15:0} [-|-|-]
       \ 0x0002FF19-0x0002FF28 overflow (16 bytes)
     --- 0x0002FF29-0x0002FF2F free (7 bytes)
       / 0x0002FF30-0x0002FF3F overflow (16 bytes)
      |+ 0x0002FF40-0x0002FF93 allocated (84 bytes) {calloc:16:0} [-|-|-]
       \ 0x0002FF94-0x0002FFA3 overflow (16 bytes)
     --- 0x0002FFA4-0x0002FFA7 free (4 bytes)
       / 0x0002FFA8-0x0002FFB7 overflow (16 bytes)
      |+ 0x0002FFB8-0x0002FFC4 allocated (13 bytes) {calloc:17:0} [-|-|-]
       \ 0x0002FFC5-0x0002FFD4 overflow (16 bytes)
     --- 0x0002FFD5-0x0002FFD7 free (3 bytes)
       / 0x0002FFD8-0x0002FFE7 overflow (16 bytes)
      |+ 0x0002FFE8-0x0002FFEB allocated (4 bytes) {malloc:19:0} [main|test.c|14]
       \ 0x0002FFEC-0x0002FFFB overflow (16 bytes)
     --- 0x0002FFFC-0x0002FFFF free (4 bytes)
         --------------------- gap (57344 bytes)
       / 0x0003E000-0x0003E00F overflow (16 bytes)
      |+ 0x0003E010-0x0003EFFF freed (4080 bytes) {free:6:0} [-|-|-]
       \ 0x0003F000-0x0003F00F overflow (16 bytes)
       / 0x0003F010-0x0003F01F overflow (16 bytes)
      |+ 0x0003F020-0x0003F707 freed (1768 bytes) {free:12:0} [-|-|-]
       \ 0x0003F708-0x0003F717 overflow (16 bytes)
     --- 0x0003F718-0x0003FFFF free (2280 bytes)
         --------------------- gap (16384 bytes)
       / 0x00044000-0x0004400F overflow (16 bytes)
      |+ 0x00044010-0x00045197 freed (4488 bytes) {free:8:0} [-|-|-]
       \ 0x00045198-0x000451A7 overflow (16 bytes)
       / 0x000451A8-0x000451B7 overflow (16 bytes)
      |+ 0x000451B8-0x000459AF freed (2040 bytes) {free:10:0} [-|-|-]
       \ 0x000459B0-0x000459BF overflow (16 bytes)
       / 0x000459C0-0x000459CF overflow (16 bytes)
      |+ 0x000459D0-0x00045D93 allocated (964 bytes) {calloc:14:0} [-|-|-]
       \ 0x00045D94-0x00045DA3 overflow (16 bytes)
       / 0x00045DA4-0x00045DB3 overflow (16 bytes)
      |+ 0x00045DB4-0x00045DCE allocated (27 bytes) {strdup:18:0} [-|-|-]
       \ 0x00045DCF-0x00045DDE overflow (16 bytes)
     --- 0x00045DDF-0x00045DDF free (1 byte)
       / 0x00045DE0-0x00045DEF overflow (16 bytes)
      |+ 0x00045DF0-0x00045DF3 freed (4 bytes) {free:20:0} [main|test.c|17]
       \ 0x00045DF4-0x00045E03 overflow (16 bytes)
     --- 0x00045E04-0x00045FFF free (508 bytes)

   The next block of data shows a summary of all the symbols that could
be read from the program's executable file and/or any shared libraries
that the program requires.  This can be useful to see which symbols
have actually been read by the mpatrol library.  The `SHOWSYMBOLS'
option also displays this information.

   Note that the following data has been dramatically cut down in size
for the purposes of this example.  The `...' marks text that has been
removed.

     symbols read: 3300
                    0x000108B0 _ex_text0 [a.out] (0 bytes)
         0x000108B0-0x0001097F _start [a.out] (208 bytes)
         0x00010990-0x00010A27 main [a.out] (152 bytes)
                    0x00010A28 _ex_text1 [a.out] (0 bytes)
         0x00010A28-0x00010A77 _init [a.out] (80 bytes)
         0x00010A78-0x00010AC7 _fini [a.out] (80 bytes)
                    0x7FA1FFF8 _ex_text0 [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (0 bytes)
         0x7FA1FFF8-0x7FA2005F atexit [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (104 bytes)
         0x7FA20060-0x7FA200EF _exithandle [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (144 bytes)
         0x7FA20470-0x7FA204EB __dtou [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (124 bytes)
         0x7FA20500-0x7FA20577 __ftou [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (120 bytes)
         0x7FA2083C-0x7FA20B2F __div64 [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (756 bytes)
         0x7FA20B30-0x7FA20DEB __rem64 [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (700 bytes)
         ...
         0x7FA96858-0x7FA96867 getpid [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (16 bytes)
         0x7FA96858-0x7FA96867 _getpid [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (16 bytes)
         0x7FA96868-0x7FA9689F _kill [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (56 bytes)
         0x7FA96868-0x7FA9689F _libc_kill [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (56 bytes)
                    0x7FA968A0 _ex_text1 [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (0 bytes)
         0x7FA968A0-0x7FA968DF _init [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (64 bytes)
         0x7FA968E0-0x7FA9691F _fini [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] (64 bytes)
         0x7FB105E4-0x7FB1069F memmove [/usr/lib/libc_psr.so.1] (188 bytes)
         0x7FB105E4-0x7FB1069F _memmove [/usr/lib/libc_psr.so.1] (188 bytes)
                    0x7FB106A0 forcpy [/usr/lib/libc_psr.so.1] (0 bytes)
         0x7FB106A0-0x7FB1190B memcpy [/usr/lib/libc_psr.so.1] (4716 bytes)
         0x7FB106A0-0x7FB1190B _memcpy [/usr/lib/libc_psr.so.1] (4716 bytes)
         0x7FB106A0-0x7FB1190B __align_cpy_1 [/usr/lib/libc_psr.so.1] (4716 bytes)
         ...
         0x7FB135B0-0x7FB135D3 __div64 [/usr/lib/libc_psr.so.1] (36 bytes)
         0x7FB135D4-0x7FB135F7 __udiv64 [/usr/lib/libc_psr.so.1] (36 bytes)
         0x7FB135F8-0x7FB1362B __umul64 [/usr/lib/libc_psr.so.1] (52 bytes)
         0x7FB135F8-0x7FB1362B __mul64 [/usr/lib/libc_psr.so.1] (52 bytes)
         0x7FB1362C-0x7FB13657 __urem64 [/usr/lib/libc_psr.so.1] (44 bytes)
         0x7FB13658-0x7FB13683 __rem64 [/usr/lib/libc_psr.so.1] (44 bytes)
                    0x7FB333F8 _ex_text0 [/usr/lib/libelf.so.1] (0 bytes)
         0x7FB333F8-0x7FB3346F _elf32_entsz [/usr/lib/libelf.so.1] (120 bytes)
         0x7FB33470-0x7FB334EB elf32_fsize [/usr/lib/libelf.so.1] (124 bytes)
         0x7FB33470-0x7FB334EB _elf32_fsize [/usr/lib/libelf.so.1] (124 bytes)
         0x7FB334EC-0x7FB3352F _elf32_msize [/usr/lib/libelf.so.1] (68 bytes)
         0x7FB33530-0x7FB335D3 _elf32_mtype [/usr/lib/libelf.so.1] (164 bytes)
         ...
         0x7FB49054-0x7FB4921F _elf_nlist [/usr/lib/libelf.so.1] (460 bytes)
         0x7FB49220-0x7FB4932F nlist [/usr/lib/libelf.so.1] (272 bytes)
         0x7FB49330-0x7FB493E3 _elf_findop [/usr/lib/libelf.so.1] (180 bytes)
                    0x7FB493E4 _ex_text1 [/usr/lib/libelf.so.1] (0 bytes)
         0x7FB493E4-0x7FB4941B _init [/usr/lib/libelf.so.1] (56 bytes)
         0x7FB4941C-0x7FB49453 _fini [/usr/lib/libelf.so.1] (56 bytes)
         0x7FB65818-0x7FB6582F __mp_newlist [/usr/lib/libmpatrol.so.1.3] (24 bytes)
         0x7FB65830-0x7FB65853 __mp_addhead [/usr/lib/libmpatrol.so.1.3] (36 bytes)
         0x7FB65854-0x7FB6587B __mp_addtail [/usr/lib/libmpatrol.so.1.3] (40 bytes)
         0x7FB6587C-0x7FB6589F __mp_prepend [/usr/lib/libmpatrol.so.1.3] (36 bytes)
         0x7FB658A0-0x7FB658C3 __mp_insert [/usr/lib/libmpatrol.so.1.3] (36 bytes)
         0x7FB658C4-0x7FB658EB __mp_remove [/usr/lib/libmpatrol.so.1.3] (40 bytes)
         ...
         0x7FB725F4-0x7FB7262B memmem [/usr/lib/libmpatrol.so.1.3] (56 bytes)
         0x7FB7262C-0x7FB72663 _memmem [/usr/lib/libmpatrol.so.1.3] (56 bytes)
         0x7FB72664-0x7FB72697 memcmp [/usr/lib/libmpatrol.so.1.3] (52 bytes)
         0x7FB72698-0x7FB726CB _memcmp [/usr/lib/libmpatrol.so.1.3] (52 bytes)
         0x7FB726CC-0x7FB726FF bcmp [/usr/lib/libmpatrol.so.1.3] (52 bytes)
         0x7FB72700-0x7FB72733 _bcmp [/usr/lib/libmpatrol.so.1.3] (52 bytes)
         0x7FB9085C-0x7FB90863 dlinfo [/usr/lib/libdl.so.1] (8 bytes)
         0x7FB9085C-0x7FB90863 _dlinfo [/usr/lib/libdl.so.1] (8 bytes)
         0x7FB90864-0x7FB9086B dlmap [/usr/lib/libdl.so.1] (8 bytes)
         0x7FB90864-0x7FB9086B _dlmap [/usr/lib/libdl.so.1] (8 bytes)
         0x7FB9086C-0x7FB90873 dlmopen [/usr/lib/libdl.so.1] (8 bytes)
         0x7FB9086C-0x7FB90873 _dlmopen [/usr/lib/libdl.so.1] (8 bytes)
         ...
         0x7FB90894-0x7FB9089B dladdr [/usr/lib/libdl.so.1] (8 bytes)
         0x7FB90894-0x7FB9089B _dladdr [/usr/lib/libdl.so.1] (8 bytes)
         0x7FB9089C-0x7FB908A3 dldump [/usr/lib/libdl.so.1] (8 bytes)
         0x7FB9089C-0x7FB908A3 _dldump [/usr/lib/libdl.so.1] (8 bytes)
         0x7FB908A4-0x7FB908AB _ld_concurrency [/usr/lib/libdl.so.1] (8 bytes)
         0x7FB908AC-0x7FB908B3 bind_guard [/usr/lib/libdl.so.1] (8 bytes)

   The next table is really only useful for seeing how much memory
fragmentation has occurred in the memory map.  It shows a breakdown of
the free memory blocks that have either resulted from the mpatrol
library allocating uninitialised memory from the system heap or from
freeing existing memory allocations.  The column on the left shows the
size of the free block in bytes and the column on the right shows the
number of blocks of that size that are available.  The `SHOWFREE'
option also displays this information.

     free blocks: 10 (2919 bytes)
            2280: 1
             508: 1
              76: 1
              32: 1
               7: 1
               4: 3
               3: 1
               1: 1

   The next block of data shows a summary of all freed memory
allocations.  This is only possible because the `NOFREE' option was
also given, otherwise there would be no details on freed memory
allocations.  All of these entries show where the allocation was freed,
which can be useful if you quickly needed to see where an allocation
was freed.  The `SHOWFREED' option also displays this information.
Note that the list will be limited to the size of the freed queue and
will show only the most recently-freed items.

   As this example was run on UNIX, the mpatrol library replaces the
default implementations of `malloc()', `free()', etc.  As can be seen
below, this allows the library to trace all calls to allocate dynamic
memory in a process, even from functions that were not compiled with
mpatrol.  Four of the five functions shown below were called by the
mpatrol library in order to read the symbols from ELF object files.
However, they are located in the ELF access library which was not
compiled with mpatrol.

   Note that the following data has again been cut down in size for the
purposes of this example.  The `...' marks text that has been removed.

     freed allocations: 13 (19756 bytes)
         0x0002E010 (232 bytes) {free:1:0} [-|-|-]
             0x7FB3E5BC _elf_end+776
             0x7FB6B3D4 __mp_addsymbols+440
             0x7FB6FF5C __mp_init+208
             0x7FB701FC __mp_alloc+84
             0x000109B8 main+40
             0x00010970 _start+192
     
         0x0002E118 (3536 bytes) {free:2:0} [-|-|-]
             0x7FB3E450 _elf_end+412
             0x7FB6B3D4 __mp_addsymbols+440
             0x7FB6FF5C __mp_init+208
             0x7FB701FC __mp_alloc+84
             0x000109B8 main+40
             0x00010970 _start+192
     
         0x0002EF08 (232 bytes) {free:3:0} [-|-|-]
             0x7FB3E5BC _elf_end+776
             0x7FB6B3D4 __mp_addsymbols+440
             0x7FB6B4B4 __mp_addextsymbols+208
             0x7FB6FF64 __mp_init+216
             0x7FB701FC __mp_alloc+84
             0x000109B8 main+40
             0x00010970 _start+192
     
         0x0002F010 (2448 bytes) {free:4:0} [-|-|-]
             0x7FB3E450 _elf_end+412
             0x7FB6B3D4 __mp_addsymbols+440
             0x7FB6B4B4 __mp_addextsymbols+208
             0x7FB6FF64 __mp_init+216
             0x7FB701FC __mp_alloc+84
             0x000109B8 main+40
             0x00010970 _start+192
     
         ...
     
         0x00045DF0 (4 bytes) {free:20:0} [main|test.c|17]
             0x00010A14 main+132
             0x00010970 _start+192

   The final block of data shows a summary of all unfreed memory
allocations.  This can show up memory leaks, although all but one of
the unfreed memory allocations in this example come from the standard C
library.  On systems such as UNIX it does not really matter about these
unfreed allocations since they will automatically be returned to the
system on process termination.

   However, the other unfreed allocation shows an example of a memory
leak, where no pointers referencing that allocation remain in the
program to free it with.  If this was within a loop then the program
could quickly run away with memory, causing at least a decrease in
performance, and at most a memory shortage.  The mpatrol library makes
it easier to spot memory leaks, especially if the `PROF' profiling
option is used.

   The `SHOWUNFREED' option also displays this information.

     unfreed allocations: 7 (1369 bytes)
         0x0002FDE0 (36 bytes) {calloc:13:0} [-|-|-]
             0x7FA54B7C _tzload+56
             0x7FA53990 _ltzset_u+444
             0x7FA52D98 localtime_u+28
             0x7FA3AF20 ctime+12
             0x7FB6D05C __mp_printversion+184
             0x7FB6FFA0 __mp_init+276
             0x7FB701FC __mp_alloc+84
             0x000109B8 main+40
             0x00010970 _start+192
     
         0x0002FE28 (241 bytes) {calloc:15:0} [-|-|-]
             0x7FA54E3C _tzload+760
             0x7FA53990 _ltzset_u+444
             0x7FA52D98 localtime_u+28
             0x7FA3AF20 ctime+12
             0x7FB6D05C __mp_printversion+184
             0x7FB6FFA0 __mp_init+276
             0x7FB701FC __mp_alloc+84
             0x000109B8 main+40
             0x00010970 _start+192
     
         0x0002FF40 (84 bytes) {calloc:16:0} [-|-|-]
             0x7FA54E64 _tzload+800
             0x7FA53990 _ltzset_u+444
             0x7FA52D98 localtime_u+28
             0x7FA3AF20 ctime+12
             0x7FB6D05C __mp_printversion+184
             0x7FB6FFA0 __mp_init+276
             0x7FB701FC __mp_alloc+84
             0x000109B8 main+40
             0x00010970 _start+192
     
         0x0002FFB8 (13 bytes) {calloc:17:0} [-|-|-]
             0x7FA54EE8 _tzload+932
             0x7FA53990 _ltzset_u+444
             0x7FA52D98 localtime_u+28
             0x7FA3AF20 ctime+12
             0x7FB6D05C __mp_printversion+184
             0x7FB6FFA0 __mp_init+276
             0x7FB701FC __mp_alloc+84
             0x000109B8 main+40
             0x00010970 _start+192
     
         0x0002FFE8 (4 bytes) {malloc:19:0} [main|test.c|14]
             0x000109B8 main+40
             0x00010970 _start+192
     
         ...

   Beginning with mpatrol release 1.4.2, the `LEAKTABLE' option is
available to summarise the above unfreed memory allocations without
including the internal memory allocations that were made when the
mpatrol library was initialised.  If you add the `LEAKTABLE' option to
the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable and then re-run the program
you should see the following in the mpatrol log file:

     top 1 unfreed memory entry in leak table:
     
            bytes   count  location
         --------  ------  --------
                4       1  test.c line 14
                4       1  total

17 Tutorial
***********

   In this chapter we'll look at a real example of using the mpatrol
library to debug a program.  All of the following building and
debugging steps were performed on an Intel Linux machine so the details
may differ slightly on your system, but the concepts should remain the
same.  However, on systems without virtual memory some of the steps may
actually cause the machine to lock up or crash so be aware of this if
you are running such a system -- you may be safer just reading this
tutorial rather than attempting it!

   This tutorial will also make use of the option `USEDEBUG' which
displays source-level file names and line numbers associated with
symbols in call stack tracebacks, but only if the underlying object
file access library supports reading line tables from object files and
even then only if the object files were compiled with debugging
information enabled.  Alternatively, you may be able to use the `mpsym'
command to obtain such information instead.

   The program we are going to look at is a simple filter which
processes its standard input and displays the processed information on
its standard output.  In this case the program converts all lowercase
characters to uppercase and removes any blank lines.  The source for
the program is given below, but can also be found in
`tests/tutorial/test1.c'.

     23  /*
     24   * Reads the standard input file stream, converts all lowercase
     25   * characters to uppercase, and displays all non-empty lines to the
     26   * standard output file stream.
     27   */
     
     
     30  #include <stdio.h>
     31  #include <stdlib.h>
     32  #include <string.h>
     33  #include <ctype.h>
     
     
     36  char *strtoupper(char *s)
     37  {
     38      char *t;
     39      size_t i, l;
     
     41      l = strlen(s);
     42      t = (char *) malloc(l);
     43      for (i = 0; i < l; i++)
     44          t[i] = toupper(s[i]);
     45      t[i] = '\0';
     46      return t;
     47  }
     
     
     50  int main(void)
     51  {
     52      char *b, *s;
     
     54      b = (char *) malloc(BUFSIZ);
     55      while (gets(b))
     56      {
     57          s = strtoupper(b);
     58          if (*s != '\0')
     59          {
     60              puts(s);
     61              free(s);
     62          }
     63      }
     64      free(b);
     65      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     66  }

   If you quickly skimmed over the above code then you might have
noticed some rather obvious errors, but there are also some less
obvious ones hidden there as well.  After compiling and linking with
the system C compiler and libraries it successfully runs, even when its
source code is piped to it.  So if it runs, why bother trying to debug
it?

   The short answer to that is that this program does in fact contain
one rather major error that is likely to prevent it from running
portably on other systems.  However, for the purposes of this tutorial,
we'll pretend that we've just been handed the source code for this
program and have not worked on it before.  So let's now try to compile
and link it with the mpatrol library(1).

   First, add the inclusion of `mpatrol.h' to line 34 so that we can
replace calls to `malloc()' and `free()' with their mpatrol
equivalents(2).  Then, recompile the program and link it with the
mpatrol library.  This time, running it with the `CHECK=-' option and
even the simplest of non-empty input lines should cause it to abort!

   If you look at the `mpatrol.log' file produced, you should see
something along the lines of the following at the end of the log file.

     ERROR: [FRECOR]: free memory corruption at 0x08067FF6
             0x08067FF6  00555555 55555555 5555               .UUUUUUUUU

   This tells us that something has written a zero byte into free
memory at location `0x08067FF6'.  Unfortunately, the library only
caught it at the next call to one of its functions so it had already
happened somewhere in between the last call and the current call.
Turning on the `LOGALL' option in the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment
variable allows us to see the last successful function call to the
mpatrol library.

     ALLOC: malloc (56, 8192 bytes, 4 bytes) [main|test1.c|54]
             0x0804960E main+34 at test1.c:54
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494D1 _start+33
     
     returns 0x080F0B48
     
     ALLOC: malloc (68, 2 bytes, 4 bytes) [strtoupper|test1.c|42]
             0x08049592 strtoupper+50 at test1.c:42
             0x08049631 main+69 at test1.c:57
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494D1 _start+33
     
     returns 0x08067FF4

   Unfortunately, this only tells us that the last successful mpatrol
library function call was `malloc()' called from `strtoupper()'.  If we
add the option `OFLOWSIZE=8' to the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment
variable then we get slightly more information about which memory
allocation was affected(3).

     ERROR: [ALLOVF]: allocation 0x08071E34 has a corrupted overflow buffer at
                      0x08071E36
             0x08071E36  00AAAAAA AAAAAAAA                    ........
     
         0x08071E34 (2 bytes) {malloc:68:0} [strtoupper|test1.c|42]
             0x08049592 strtoupper+50 at test1.c:42
             0x08049631 main+69 at test1.c:57
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494D1 _start+33

   Now we can make a better guess about what is happening.  Since the
start of the upper overflow buffer of allocation 68 has been written
to, we can assume that something has written one byte beyond the end of
that memory allocation.  You can probably see where that is happening
now by looking at the code, but let's try to be even more sure that
this is what is wrong.

   The only foolproof way to do this is to add a watch point to keep an
eye on the address that is being written to.  This can normally only be
done within a debugger, but on systems that support programmable
software watch points, the `OFLOWWATCH' option can be used to do the
same thing.  For the sake of generality, we'll use the debugger watch
point approach, in this case with `gdb'.  In order for the following
example to work correctly you'll need to add the `ALLOCSTOP=68' option
to the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable so that we can stop just
after the last successful memory allocation.

     (gdb) break main
     Breakpoint 1 at 0x80495f2: file test1.c, line 54.
     (gdb) run <test1.c
     Starting program: a.out
     Breakpoint 1, main() at test1.c:54
     54          b = (char *) malloc(BUFSIZ);
     (gdb) break __mp_trap
     Breakpoint 2 at 0x804f083
     (gdb) continue
     Continuing.
     Breakpoint 2, 0x804f083 in __mp_trap()
     (gdb) backtrace
     #0  0x804f083 in __mp_trap()
     #1  0x804c81b in __mp_getmemory()
     #2  0x8049a94 in __mp_alloc()
     #3  0x8049592 in strtoupper(s=0x80f0be0 "/*") at test1.c:42
     #4  0x8049631 in main() at test1.c:57
     (gdb) step
     Single stepping until exit from function __mp_trap,
     which has no line number information.
     0x804c81b in __mp_getmemory()
     (gdb) step
     Single stepping until exit from function __mp_getmemory,
     which has no line number information.
     0x8049a94 in __mp_alloc()
     (gdb) step
     Single stepping until exit from function __mp_alloc,
     which has no line number information.
     strtoupper(s=0x80f0be0 "/*") at test1.c:43
     43          for (i = 0; i < l; i++)
     (gdb) watch *0x8071e36
     Hardware watchpoint 3: *134684214
     (gdb) continue
     Continuing.
     Hardware watchpoint 3: *134684214
     Old value = -1431655766
     New value = -1431655936
     strtoupper(s=0x80f0be0 "/*") at test1.c:46
     46          return t;
     (gdb) quit
     The program is running.  Exit anyway? (y or n) y

   After loading the program into `gdb', we need to break at `main()'
so that we can run to a point where all of the shared library symbols
have been loaded into memory(4).  We can then set another breakpoint at
`__mp_trap()' and continue until allocation 68 has been reached.

   Because the mpatrol library has not been built with debugging
information in this example we can quickly step back to the
`strtoupper()' function since `gdb' won't step through functions that
have no debugging information.  We then set a watch point on address
`0x8071e36', which is the address of the memory location that has been
causing the problems.  After continuing, the debugger stops at line 46,
but this is more likely to be line 45 since that is where a zero byte
is being written to(5).

   So, we have located the problem, which is simply a case of not
allocating enough memory to contain the copied string _and_ the
terminating zero byte.  We can also improve the `strtoupper()' function
by checking the pointer returned by `malloc()' to see if it is `NULL',
and if so simply exit with an error.  You can try running the program
with the `FAILFREQ' option to see how it would originally behave in a
low memory situation.

   The following listing shows the above modifications that we have
made to our program.  It can also be found in `tests/tutorial/test2.c'.

     23  /*
     24   * Reads the standard input file stream, converts all lowercase
     25   * characters to uppercase, and displays all non-empty lines to the
     26   * standard output file stream.
     27   */
     
     
     30  #include <stdio.h>
     31  #include <stdlib.h>
     32  #include <string.h>
     33  #include <ctype.h>
     34  #include "mpatrol.h"
     
     
     37  char *strtoupper(char *s)
     38  {
     39      char *t;
     40      size_t i, l;
     
     42      l = strlen(s);
     43      if ((t = (char *) malloc(l + 1)) == NULL)
     44      {
     45          fputs("strtoupper: out of memory\n", stderr);
     46          exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
     47      }
     48      for (i = 0; i < l; i++)
     49          t[i] = toupper(s[i]);
     50      t[i] = '\0';
     51      return t;
     52  }
     
     
     55  int main(void)
     56  {
     57      char *b, *s;
     
     59      b = (char *) malloc(BUFSIZ);
     60      while (gets(b))
     61      {
     62          s = strtoupper(b);
     63          if (*s != '\0')
     64          {
     65              puts(s);
     66              free(s);
     67          }
     68      }
     69      free(b);
     70      return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     71  }

   Leaving aside the obvious problem with `gets()' and the general
inefficiency of the algorithm, we could assume that our program works
safely now and we can release it to the outside world.  However, a user
soon reports a problem with our program steadily using more and more
memory during its execution when processing very large files.

   This is generally attributable to a memory leak and so we can use the
`SHOWUNFREED' option to try to detect where the memory leak is coming
from.  Following is some example output from the mpatrol log file when
our program is run and is given a relatively small text file as input.

     unfreed allocations: 10 (185 bytes)
         0x08062000 (176 bytes) {malloc:1:0} [-|-|-]
             0x400B681B __new_fopen+27
             0x0804F24E __mp_openlogfile+70
             0x080497B5 __mp_init+109
             0x08049973 __mp_alloc+31
             0x0804962E main+34 at test2.c:59
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494D1 _start+33
     
         0x08067FF4 (1 byte) {malloc:83:0} [strtoupper|test2.c|43]
             0x08049593 strtoupper+51 at test2.c:43
             0x08049651 main+69 at test2.c:62
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494D1 _start+33
     
         0x08067FF8 (1 byte) {malloc:89:0} [strtoupper|test2.c|43]
             0x08049593 strtoupper+51 at test2.c:43
             0x08049651 main+69 at test2.c:62
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494D1 _start+33
     
         0x08067FFC (1 byte) {malloc:90:0} [strtoupper|test2.c|43]
             0x08049593 strtoupper+51 at test2.c:43
             0x08049651 main+69 at test2.c:62
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494D1 _start+33
     
         0x0808B304 (1 byte) {malloc:95:0} [strtoupper|test2.c|43]
             0x08049593 strtoupper+51 at test2.c:43
             0x08049651 main+69 at test2.c:62
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494D1 _start+33
     
         0x0808B308 (1 byte) {malloc:96:0} [strtoupper|test2.c|43]
             0x08049593 strtoupper+51 at test2.c:43
             0x08049651 main+69 at test2.c:62
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494D1 _start+33
     
         0x0808B30C (1 byte) {malloc:101:0} [strtoupper|test2.c|43]
             0x08049593 strtoupper+51 at test2.c:43
             0x08049651 main+69 at test2.c:62
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494D1 _start+33
     
         0x0808B310 (1 byte) {malloc:113:0} [strtoupper|test2.c|43]
             0x08049593 strtoupper+51 at test2.c:43
             0x08049651 main+69 at test2.c:62
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494D1 _start+33
     
         0x0808B314 (1 byte) {malloc:114:0} [strtoupper|test2.c|43]
             0x08049593 strtoupper+51 at test2.c:43
             0x08049651 main+69 at test2.c:62
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494D1 _start+33
     
         0x0808B318 (1 byte) {malloc:118:0} [strtoupper|test2.c|43]
             0x08049593 strtoupper+51 at test2.c:43
             0x08049651 main+69 at test2.c:62
             0x4007C9CB __libc_start_main+255
             0x080494D1 _start+33

   We can discount the first entry since that is obviously coming from
when the mpatrol library first initialises itself.  However, all of the
other entries appear to be coming from line 43 within `strtoupper()'
and appear to be only 1 byte in length.  At that point in the code, the
only possible reason for allocating 1 byte is when the string is empty
and so that must mean that we are not freeing memory that contains
empty strings.  Looking at line 66 we can see that `free()' is only
ever called for non-empty strings and therefore if we move the call to
`free()' outside the test for an empty string we will fix the memory
leak.  The file `tests/tutorial/test3.c' contains the source for the
final program.

   Note that we can come to the same conclusion as above in a much
quicker manner by using the `LEAKTABLE' option.  The following is
written to the mpatrol log file when we use that option on the same
program (note that the internal memory allocation has not automatically
been added to the leak table):

     top 1 unfreed memory entry in leak table:
     
            bytes   count  location
         --------  ------  --------
                9       9  test2.c line 43
                9       9  total

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) On UNIX systems with dynamic linking it might also be possible
to run the program under the `mpatrol' command with its `--dynamic'
option without having to recompile or relink, but compiling and linking
with the mpatrol library is a more generic solution across different
platforms.

   (2) This is not strictly necessary on UNIX and Windows platforms
(and AmigaOS when using `gcc'), but it does give us more debugging
information.

   (3) Note that the start address of the allocation has changed
slightly since we added padding around it with the `OFLOWSIZE' option.

   (4) This is really only necessary when the mpatrol library has been
built as a shared library.

   (5) This is not necessarily the fault of the debugger or the
debugging information generated by the compiler since on most platforms
such watch points can only be caught after they occur, hence most
debuggers show the next statement to be executed rather than the current
one.

Appendix A Functions
********************

   The mpatrol library contains implementations of dynamic memory
allocation functions for C and C++ suitable for tracing and debugging.
The library is intended to be used without requiring any changes to
existing user source code except the inclusion of the `mpatrol.h'
header file, although additional functions are supplied for extra
tracing and control.  Note that the current version of the mpatrol
library is contained in the `MPATROL_VERSION' preprocessor macro.

   All of the function definitions in `mpatrol.h' can be disabled by
defining the `NDEBUG' preprocessor macro, which is the same macro used
to control the behaviour of the `assert()' function.  If `NDEBUG' is
defined then no macro redefinition of functions will take place and all
special mpatrol library functions will evaluate to empty statements.
The `mpalloc.h' header file will also be included in this case.  It is
intended that the `NDEBUG' preprocessor macro be defined in release
builds.

   The `MP_MALLOC()' family of functions that are defined in `mpalloc.h'
are also defined in `mpatrol.h' when `NDEBUG' is not defined.  The
mpatrol versions of these functions contain more debugging information
than the mpalloc versions do, but they do not call the allocation
failure handler when no more memory is available (they cause the
`OUTMEM' error message to be given instead).

A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions
=========================================

   The following 19 functions are available as replacements for
existing C library functions.  To use these you must include
`mpatrol.h' before all other header files, although on UNIX and Windows
platforms (and AmigaOS when using `gcc') they will be used anyway,
albeit with slightly less tracing information.  If `alloca()' is being
used and `alloca.h' is included then `mpatrol.h' must appear before
`alloca.h' otherwise the debugging version of `alloca()' will not be
used.

`void *malloc(size_t size)'
     Allocates SIZE uninitialised bytes from the heap and returns a
     pointer to the first byte of the allocation.  The pointer returned
     will be suitably aligned for casting to any type and can be used
     to store data of up to SIZE bytes in length.  If SIZE is `0' then
     the memory allocated will be implicitly rounded up to `1' byte.
     If there is not enough space in the heap then the `NULL' pointer
     will be returned and `errno' will be set to `ENOMEM'.  The
     allocated memory must be deallocated with `free()' or reallocated
     with `realloc()'.

`void *calloc(size_t nelem, size_t size)'
     Allocates NELEM elements of SIZE zero-initialised bytes from the
     heap and returns a pointer to the first byte of the allocation.
     The pointer returned will be suitably aligned for casting to any
     type and can be used to store data of up to `nelem * size' bytes
     in length.  If `nelem * size' is `0' then the amount of memory
     allocated will be implicitly rounded up to `1' byte.  If there is
     not enough space in the heap then the `NULL' pointer will be
     returned and `errno' will be set to `ENOMEM'.  The allocated
     memory must be deallocated with `free()' or reallocated with
     `realloc()'.

`void *memalign(size_t align, size_t size)'
     Allocates SIZE uninitialised bytes from the heap and returns a
     pointer to the first byte of the allocation.  The pointer returned
     will be aligned to ALIGN bytes and can be used to store data of up
     to SIZE bytes in length.  If ALIGN is zero then the default system
     alignment will be used.  If ALIGN is not a power of two then it
     will be rounded up to the nearest power of two.  If ALIGN is
     greater than the system page size then it will be truncated to
     that value.  If SIZE is `0' then the memory allocated will be
     implicitly rounded up to `1' byte.  If there is not enough space in
     the heap then the `NULL' pointer will be returned and `errno' will
     be set to `ENOMEM'.  The allocated memory must be deallocated with
     `free()' or reallocated with `realloc()', although the latter will
     not guarantee the preservation of alignment.

`void *valloc(size_t size)'
     Allocates SIZE uninitialised bytes from the heap and returns a
     pointer to the first byte of the allocation.  The pointer returned
     will be aligned to the system page size and can be used to store
     data of up to SIZE bytes in length.  If SIZE is `0' then the
     memory allocated will be implicitly rounded up to `1' byte.  If
     there is not enough space in the heap then the `NULL' pointer will
     be returned and `errno' will be set to `ENOMEM'.  The allocated
     memory must be deallocated with `free()' or reallocated with
     `realloc()', although the latter will not guarantee the
     preservation of alignment.

`void *pvalloc(size_t size)'
     Allocates SIZE uninitialised bytes from the heap and returns a
     pointer to the first byte of the allocation.  The pointer returned
     will be aligned to the system page size and can be used to store
     data of up to SIZE bytes in length.  If SIZE is `0' then the
     memory allocated will be implicitly rounded up to `1' page,
     otherwise SIZE will be implicitly rounded up to a multiple of the
     system page size.  If there is not enough space in the heap then
     the `NULL' pointer will be returned and `errno' will be set to
     `ENOMEM'.  The allocated memory must be deallocated with `free()'
     or reallocated with `realloc()', although the latter will not
     guarantee the preservation of alignment.

`void *alloca(size_t size)'
     Allocates SIZE temporary uninitialised bytes from the heap and
     returns a pointer to the first byte of the allocation.  The
     pointer returned will be suitably aligned for casting to any type
     and can be used to store data of up to SIZE bytes in length.  If
     SIZE is `0' then the memory allocated will be implicitly rounded
     up to `1' byte.  If there is not enough space in the heap then the
     program will be terminated and the `OUTMEM' error will be given.
     The `alloca()' function normally allocates its memory from the
     stack, with the result that all such allocations will be freed
     when the function returns.  This version of `alloca()' allocates
     its memory from the heap in order to provide better debugging, but
     the allocations may not necessarily be freed immediately when the
     function returns.  The allocated memory can be deallocated
     explicitly with `dealloca()', but may not be reallocated or
     deallocated in any other way.  This function is available for
     backwards compatibility with older C source code and should not be
     used in new code.

`char *strdup(const char *str)'
     Allocates exactly enough memory from the heap to duplicate STR
     (including the terminating nul character) and returns a pointer to
     the first byte of the allocation after copying STR to the
     newly-allocated memory.  The pointer returned will have no
     alignment constraints and can be used to store character data up
     to the length of STR.  If STR is `NULL' then an error will be
     given and the `NULL' pointer will be returned.  If there is not
     enough space in the heap then the `NULL' pointer will be returned
     and `errno' will be set to `ENOMEM'.  The allocated memory must be
     deallocated with `free()' or reallocated with `realloc()'.

`char *strndup(const char *str, size_t size)'
     Allocates exactly enough memory from the heap to duplicate STR
     (including the terminating nul character) and returns a pointer to
     the first byte of the allocation after copying STR to the
     newly-allocated memory.  The pointer returned will have no
     alignment constraints and can be used to store character data up
     to the length of STR.  If STR is `NULL' and SIZE is non-zero then
     an error will be given and the `NULL' pointer will be returned.
     If the length of STR is greater than SIZE then only SIZE
     characters will be allocated and copied, with one additional byte
     for the nul character.  If there is not enough space in the heap
     then the `NULL' pointer will be returned and `errno' will be set to
     `ENOMEM'.  The allocated memory must be deallocated with `free()'
     or reallocated with `realloc()'.  This function is available for
     backwards compatibility with older C libraries and should not be
     used in new code.

`char *strsave(const char *str)'
     Allocates exactly enough memory from the heap to duplicate STR
     (including the terminating nul character) and returns a pointer to
     the first byte of the allocation after copying STR to the
     newly-allocated memory.  The pointer returned will have no
     alignment constraints and can be used to store character data up
     to the length of STR.  If STR is `NULL' then an error will be
     given and the `NULL' pointer will be returned.  If there is not
     enough space in the heap then the `NULL' pointer will be returned
     and `errno' will be set to `ENOMEM'.  The allocated memory must be
     deallocated with `free()' or reallocated with `realloc()'.  This
     function is available for backwards compatibility with older C
     libraries and should not be used in new code.

`char *strnsave(const char *str, size_t size)'
     Allocates exactly enough memory from the heap to duplicate STR
     (including the terminating nul character) and returns a pointer to
     the first byte of the allocation after copying STR to the
     newly-allocated memory.  The pointer returned will have no
     alignment constraints and can be used to store character data up
     to the length of STR.  If STR is `NULL' and SIZE is non-zero then
     an error will be given and the `NULL' pointer will be returned.
     If the length of STR is greater than SIZE then only SIZE
     characters will be allocated and copied, with one additional byte
     for the nul character.  If there is not enough space in the heap
     then the `NULL' pointer will be returned and `errno' will be set to
     `ENOMEM'.  The allocated memory must be deallocated with `free()'
     or reallocated with `realloc()'.  This function is available for
     backwards compatibility with older C libraries and should not be
     used in new code.

`char *strdupa(const char *str)'
     Allocates exactly enough temporary memory from the heap to
     duplicate STR (including the terminating nul character) and
     returns a pointer to the first byte of the allocation after
     copying STR to the newly-allocated memory.  The pointer returned
     will have no alignment constraints and can be used to store
     character data up to the length of STR.  If STR is `NULL' then an
     error will be given and the `NULL' pointer will be returned.  If
     there is not enough space in the heap then the program will be
     terminated and the `OUTMEM' error will be given.  The `strdupa()'
     function normally allocates its memory from the stack, with the
     result that all such allocations will be freed when the function
     returns.  This version of `strdupa()' allocates its memory from
     the heap in order to provide better debugging, but the allocations
     may not necessarily be freed immediately when the function returns.
     The allocated memory can be deallocated explicitly with
     `dealloca()', but may not be reallocated or deallocated in any
     other way.  This function is available for backwards compatibility
     with older C source code and should not be used in new code.

`char *strndupa(const char *str, size_t size)'
     Allocates exactly enough temporary memory from the heap to
     duplicate STR (including the terminating nul character) and
     returns a pointer to the first byte of the allocation after
     copying STR to the newly-allocated memory.  The pointer returned
     will have no alignment constraints and can be used to store
     character data up to the length of STR.  If STR is `NULL' and SIZE
     is non-zero then an error will be given and the `NULL' pointer
     will be returned.  If the length of STR is greater than SIZE then
     only SIZE characters will be allocated and copied, with one
     additional byte for the nul character.  If there is not enough
     space in the heap then the program will be terminated and the
     `OUTMEM' error will be given.  The `strndupa()' function normally
     allocates its memory from the stack, with the result that all such
     allocations will be freed when the function returns.  This version
     of `strndupa()' allocates its memory from the heap in order to
     provide better debugging, but the allocations may not necessarily
     be freed immediately when the function returns.  The allocated
     memory can be deallocated explicitly with `dealloca()', but may
     not be reallocated or deallocated in any other way.  This function
     is available for backwards compatibility with older C source code
     and should not be used in new code.

`void *realloc(void *ptr, size_t size)'
     Resizes the memory allocation beginning at PTR to SIZE bytes and
     returns a pointer to the first byte of the new allocation after
     copying PTR to the newly-allocated memory, which will be truncated
     if SIZE is smaller than the original allocation.  The pointer
     returned will be suitably aligned for casting to any type and can
     be used to store data of up to SIZE bytes in length.  If PTR is
     `NULL' then the call will be equivalent to `malloc()'.  If SIZE is
     `0' then the existing memory allocation will be freed and the
     `NULL' pointer will be returned.  If SIZE is greater than the
     original allocation then the extra space will be filled with
     uninitialised bytes.  If there is not enough space in the heap
     then the `NULL' pointer will be returned and `errno' will be set to
     `ENOMEM'.  The allocated memory must be deallocated with `free()'
     and can be reallocated again with `realloc()'.

`void *reallocf(void *ptr, size_t size)'
     Resizes the memory allocation beginning at PTR to SIZE bytes and
     returns a pointer to the first byte of the new allocation after
     copying PTR to the newly-allocated memory, which will be truncated
     if SIZE is smaller than the original allocation.  The pointer
     returned will be suitably aligned for casting to any type and can
     be used to store data of up to SIZE bytes in length.  If PTR is
     `NULL' then the call will be equivalent to `malloc()'.  If SIZE is
     `0' then the existing memory allocation will be freed and the
     `NULL' pointer will be returned.  If SIZE is greater than the
     original allocation then the extra space will be filled with
     uninitialised bytes.  If there is not enough space in the heap
     then the `NULL' pointer will be returned, the original allocation
     will be freed and `errno' will be set to `ENOMEM'.  The allocated
     memory must be deallocated with `free()' and can be reallocated
     again with `realloc()'.  This function is available for backwards
     compatibility with older C libraries and should not be used in new
     code.

`void *recalloc(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t size)'
     Resizes the memory allocation beginning at PTR to NELEM elements of
     SIZE bytes and returns a pointer to the first byte of the new
     allocation after copying PTR to the newly-allocated memory, which
     will be truncated if `nelem * size' is smaller than the original
     allocation.  The pointer returned will be suitably aligned for
     casting to any type and can be used to store data of up to `nelem
     * size' bytes in length.  If PTR is `NULL' then the call will be
     equivalent to `calloc()'.  If `nelem * size' is `0' then the
     existing memory allocation will be freed and the `NULL' pointer
     will be returned.  If `nelem * size' is greater than the original
     allocation then the extra space will be filled with
     zero-initialised bytes.  If there is not enough space in the heap
     then the `NULL' pointer will be returned and `errno' will be set to
     `ENOMEM'.  The allocated memory must be deallocated with `free()'
     and can be reallocated again with `realloc()'.  This function is
     available for backwards compatibility with older C libraries and
     `calloc()' and should not be used in new code.

`void *expand(void *ptr, size_t size)'
     Attempts to resize the memory allocation beginning at PTR to SIZE
     bytes and either returns PTR if there was enough space to resize
     it, or `NULL' if the block could not be resized for a particular
     reason.  If PTR is `NULL' then the call will be equivalent to
     `malloc()'.  If SIZE is `0' then the existing memory allocation
     will be freed and the `NULL' pointer will be returned.  If SIZE is
     greater than the original allocation then the extra space will be
     filled with uninitialised bytes and if SIZE is less than the
     original allocation then the memory block will be truncated.  If
     there is not enough space in the heap then the `NULL' pointer will
     be returned and `errno' will be set to `ENOMEM'.  The allocated
     memory must be deallocated with `free()' and can be reallocated
     again with `realloc()'.  This function is available for backwards
     compatibility with older C libraries and should not be used in new
     code.

`void free(void *ptr)'
     Frees the memory allocation beginning at PTR so the memory can be
     reused by another call to allocate memory.  If PTR is `NULL' then
     no memory will be freed.  All of the previous contents will be
     destroyed.

`void cfree(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t size)'
     Frees the memory allocation beginning at PTR so the memory can be
     reused by another call to allocate memory.  If PTR is `NULL' then
     no memory will be freed.  All of the previous contents will be
     destroyed.  The NELEM and SIZE parameters are ignored in this
     implementation.  This function is available for backwards
     compatibility with older C libraries and `calloc()' and should not
     be used in new code.

`void dealloca(void *ptr)'
     Explicitly frees the temporary memory allocation beginning at PTR
     so the memory can be reused by another call to allocate memory.
     If PTR is `NULL' then no memory will be freed.  All of the
     previous contents will be destroyed.  This function can only be
     used to free memory that was allocated with the `alloca()',
     `strdupa()' and `strndupa()' functions, but is only really
     required if the mpatrol library does not automatically free such
     memory allocations when the allocating function returns.  This
     function is mpatrol-specific and should not be used in release
     code.

A.2 C dynamic memory extension functions
========================================

   The following 5 functions are available as replacements for existing
C library extension functions that always abort and never return `NULL'
if there is insufficient memory to fulfil a request.  To use these you
must include `mpatrol.h' before all other header files, although on
UNIX and Windows platforms (and AmigaOS when using `gcc') they will be
used anyway, albeit with slightly less tracing information.

`void *xmalloc(size_t size)'
     Allocates SIZE uninitialised bytes from the heap and returns a
     pointer to the first byte of the allocation.  The pointer returned
     will be suitably aligned for casting to any type and can be used
     to store data of up to SIZE bytes in length.  If SIZE is `0' then
     the memory allocated will be implicitly rounded up to `1' byte.
     If there is not enough space in the heap then the program will be
     terminated and the `OUTMEM' error will be given.  The allocated
     memory must be deallocated with `xfree()' or reallocated with
     `xrealloc()'.

`void *xcalloc(size_t nelem, size_t size)'
     Allocates NELEM elements of SIZE zero-initialised bytes from the
     heap and returns a pointer to the first byte of the allocation.
     The pointer returned will be suitably aligned for casting to any
     type and can be used to store data of up to `nelem * size' bytes
     in length.  If `nelem * size' is `0' then the amount of memory
     allocated will be implicitly rounded up to `1' byte.  If there is
     not enough space in the heap then the program will be terminated
     and the `OUTMEM' error will be given.  The allocated memory must
     be deallocated with `xfree()' or reallocated with `xrealloc()'.

`char *xstrdup(const char *str)'
     Allocates exactly enough memory from the heap to duplicate STR
     (including the terminating nul character) and returns a pointer to
     the first byte of the allocation after copying STR to the
     newly-allocated memory.  The pointer returned will have no
     alignment constraints and can be used to store character data up
     to the length of STR.  If STR is `NULL' then an error will be
     given and the `NULL' pointer will be returned.  If there is not
     enough space in the heap then the program will be terminated and
     the `OUTMEM' error will be given.  The allocated memory must be
     deallocated with `xfree()' or reallocated with `xrealloc()'.

`void *xrealloc(void *ptr, size_t size)'
     Resizes the memory allocation beginning at PTR to SIZE bytes and
     returns a pointer to the first byte of the new allocation after
     copying PTR to the newly-allocated memory, which will be truncated
     if SIZE is smaller than the original allocation.  The pointer
     returned will be suitably aligned for casting to any type and can
     be used to store data of up to SIZE bytes in length.  If PTR is
     `NULL' then the call will be equivalent to `xmalloc()'.  If SIZE
     is `0' then it will be implicitly rounded up to `1'.  If SIZE is
     greater than the original allocation then the extra space will be
     filled with uninitialised bytes.  If there is not enough space in
     the heap then the program will be terminated and the `OUTMEM'
     error will be given.  The allocated memory must be deallocated
     with `xfree()' and can be reallocated again with `xrealloc()'.

`void xfree(void *ptr)'
     Frees the memory allocation beginning at PTR so the memory can be
     reused by another call to allocate memory.  If PTR is `NULL' then
     no memory will be freed.  All of the previous contents will be
     destroyed.

A.3 C dynamic memory alternative functions
==========================================

   The following 6 functions are provided as convenient alternatives to
the ANSI C dynamic memory allocation functions (although `strdup()' is
not strictly an ANSI C function).  They are implemented as preprocessor
macro functions which may evaluate their arguments more than once, so
extra care should be taken to avoid passing arguments with
side-effects.  None of the functions return `NULL' if no memory is
available and instead abort the program with a useful error message
indicating where the call to allocate memory came from and what was
being allocated.  To use these you should include the `mpatrol.h' or
`mpalloc.h' header files.

`void *MP_MALLOC(void *ptr, size_t count, typename type)'
     Allocates COUNT uninitialised items of type TYPE from the heap,
     sets PTR to the result and returns a suitably-cast pointer to the
     first item of the allocation.  The pointer returned will be
     suitably aligned for holding items of type TYPE.  If COUNT is `0'
     then it will be implicitly rounded up to `1'.  If there is not
     enough space in the heap then the program will be aborted after
     calling the allocation failure handler, which by default writes an
     appropriate error message to the standard error file stream.  The
     allocated memory in PTR must be deallocated with `MP_FREE()' or
     reallocated with `MP_REALLOC()'.

`void *MP_CALLOC(void *ptr, size_t count, typename type)'
     Allocates COUNT zero-initialised items of type TYPE from the heap,
     sets PTR to the result and returns a suitably-cast pointer to the
     first item of the allocation.  The pointer returned will be
     suitably aligned for holding items of type TYPE.  If COUNT is `0'
     then it will be implicitly rounded up to `1'.  If there is not
     enough space in the heap then the program will be aborted after
     calling the allocation failure handler, which by default writes an
     appropriate error message to the standard error file stream.  The
     allocated memory in PTR must be deallocated with `MP_FREE()' or
     reallocated with `MP_REALLOC()'.

`char *MP_STRDUP(char *ptr, const char *str)'
     Allocates exactly enough memory from the heap to duplicate STR
     (including the terminating nul character), sets PTR to the result
     and returns a suitably-cast pointer to the first byte of the
     allocation after copying STR to the newly-allocated memory.  The
     pointer returned will have no alignment constraints and can be
     used to store character data up to the length of STR.  If there is
     not enough space in the heap then the program will be aborted
     after calling the allocation failure handler, which by default
     writes an appropriate error message to the standard error file
     stream.  The allocated memory in PTR must be deallocated with
     `MP_FREE()' or reallocated with `MP_REALLOC()'.

`void *MP_REALLOC(void *ptr, size_t count, typename type)'
     Resizes the memory allocation beginning at PTR to COUNT items of
     type TYPE and returns a suitably-cast pointer to the first item of
     the new allocation after copying PTR to the newly-allocated
     memory, which will be truncated if COUNT is smaller than the
     original number of items.  The pointer returned will be suitably
     aligned for holding items of type TYPE.  If PTR is `NULL' then the
     call will be equivalent to `MP_MALLOC()'.  If COUNT is `0' then it
     will be implicitly rounded up to `1'.  If COUNT is greater than
     the original number of items then the extra space will be filled
     with uninitialised bytes.  If there is not enough space in the
     heap then the program will be aborted after calling the allocation
     failure handler, which by default writes an appropriate error
     message to the standard error file stream.  The allocated memory
     must be deallocated with `MP_FREE()' and can be reallocated again
     with `MP_REALLOC()'.

`void MP_FREE(void *ptr)'
     Frees the memory allocation beginning at PTR so the memory can be
     reused by another call to allocate memory, and sets PTR to `NULL'
     after freeing the memory.  If PTR is `NULL' then no memory will be
     freed.

`__mp_failhandler MP_FAILURE(__mp_failhandler func)'
     Installs an allocation failure handler specifically for use with
     `MP_MALLOC()', `MP_CALLOC()', `MP_STRDUP()' and `MP_REALLOC()' and
     returns a pointer to the previously installed handler, normally
     the default handler if no handler had been previously installed.
     This will be called by the above functions when there is not
     enough space in the heap for them to satisfy their allocation
     request.  The default allocation failure handler will terminate
     the program after writing an error message to the standard error
     file stream indicating where the original allocation request took
     place and what was being allocated.

A.4 C++ dynamic memory allocation functions
===========================================

   The following 5 functions are available as replacements for existing
C++ library functions, but the replacements in `mpatrol.h' will only be
used if the `MP_NOCPLUSPLUS' preprocessor macro is not defined.  The
replacement operators make use of the preprocessor in order to obtain
source-level information.  If this causes problems then you should
define the `MP_NONEWDELETE' preprocessor macro and use the `MP_NEW',
`MP_NEW_NOTHROW' and `MP_DELETE' macros instead of `new' and `delete'
directly.  To use these C++ features you must include `mpatrol.h'
before all other header files, although on UNIX and Windows platforms
(and AmigaOS when using `gcc') they will be used anyway, albeit with
slightly less tracing information.

`void *operator new(size_t size)'
     Allocates SIZE uninitialised bytes from the heap and returns a
     pointer to the first byte of the allocation.  The pointer returned
     will be suitably aligned for casting to any type and can be used
     to store data of up to SIZE bytes in length.  If SIZE is `0' then
     the memory allocated will be implicitly rounded up to `1' byte.
     If there is not enough space in the heap then either the
     `std::bad_alloc' exception will be thrown or the null pointer will
     be returned and `errno' will be set to `ENOMEM' -- the behaviour
     depends on whether the _nothrow_ version of the operator is used.
     The allocated memory must be deallocated with `operator delete'.

`void *operator new[](size_t size)'
     Allocates SIZE uninitialised bytes from the heap and returns a
     pointer to the first byte of the allocation.  The pointer returned
     will be suitably aligned for casting to any type and can be used
     to store data of up to SIZE bytes in length.  If SIZE is `0' then
     the memory allocated will be implicitly rounded up to `1' byte.
     If there is not enough space in the heap then either the
     `std::bad_alloc' exception will be thrown or the null pointer will
     be returned and `errno' will be set to `ENOMEM' -- the behaviour
     depends on whether the _nothrow_ version of the operator is used.
     The allocated memory must be deallocated with `operator delete[]'.

`void operator delete(void *ptr)'
     Frees the memory allocation beginning at PTR so the memory can be
     reused by another call to allocate memory.  If PTR is `NULL' then
     no memory will be freed.  All of the previous contents will be
     destroyed.  This function must only be used with memory allocated
     by `operator new'.

`void operator delete[](void *ptr)'
     Frees the memory allocation beginning at PTR so the memory can be
     reused by another call to allocate memory.  If PTR is `NULL' then
     no memory will be freed.  All of the previous contents will be
     destroyed.  This function must only be used with memory allocated
     by `operator new[]'.

`std::new_handler std::set_new_handler(std::new_handler func)'
     Installs a low-memory handler specifically for use with `operator
     new' and `operator new[]' and returns a pointer to the previously
     installed handler, or the null pointer if no handler had been
     previously installed.  This will be called repeatedly by both
     functions when they would normally return `NULL', and this loop
     will continue until they manage to allocate the requested space.
     Note that this function is equivalent to `__mp_nomemory()' and
     will replace the handler installed by that function.

A.5 C memory operation functions
================================

   The following 10 functions are available as replacements for
existing C library memory operation functions.  To use these you must
include `mpatrol.h' before all other header files, although on UNIX and
Windows platforms (and AmigaOS when using `gcc') they will be used
anyway, albeit with slightly less tracing information.

`void *memset(void *ptr, int byte, size_t size)'
     Writes SIZE bytes of value BYTE to the memory location beginning at
     PTR and returns PTR.  If SIZE is `0' then no bytes will be
     written.  If the operation would affect an existing memory
     allocation in the heap but would straddle that allocation's
     boundaries then an error message will be generated in the log file
     and no bytes will be written.

`void bzero(void *ptr, size_t size)'
     Writes SIZE zero bytes to the memory location beginning at PTR.  If
     SIZE is `0' then no bytes will be written.  If the operation would
     affect an existing memory allocation in the heap but would
     straddle that allocation's boundaries then an error message will
     be generated in the log file and no bytes will be written.  This
     function is available for backwards compatibility with older C
     libraries and should not be used in new code.

`void *memccpy(void *dest, const void *src, int byte, size_t size)'
     Copies SIZE bytes from SRC to DEST and returns `NULL', or copies
     the number of bytes up to and including the first occurrence of
     BYTE if BYTE exists within the specified range and returns a
     pointer to the first byte after BYTE.  If SIZE is `0' or SRC is
     the same as DEST then no bytes will be copied.  The source and
     destination ranges should not overlap, otherwise a warning will be
     written to the log file.  If the operation would affect an
     existing memory allocation in the heap but would straddle that
     allocation's boundaries then an error message will be generated in
     the log file and no bytes will be copied.

`void *memcpy(void *dest, const void *src, size_t size)'
     Copies SIZE bytes from SRC to DEST and returns DEST.  If SIZE is
     `0' or SRC is the same as DEST then no bytes will be copied.  The
     source and destination ranges should not overlap, otherwise a
     warning will be written to the log file.  If the operation would
     affect an existing memory allocation in the heap but would
     straddle that allocation's boundaries then an error message will
     be generated in the log file and no bytes will be copied.

`void *memmove(void *dest, const void *src, size_t size)'
     Copies SIZE bytes from SRC to DEST and returns DEST.  If SIZE is
     `0' or SRC is the same as DEST then no bytes will be copied.  If
     the operation would affect an existing memory allocation in the
     heap but would straddle that allocation's boundaries then an error
     message will be generated in the log file and no bytes will be
     copied.

`void bcopy(const void *src, void *dest, size_t size)'
     Copies SIZE bytes from SRC to DEST.  If SIZE is `0' or SRC is the
     same as DEST then no bytes will be copied.  If the operation would
     affect an existing memory allocation in the heap but would
     straddle that allocation's boundaries then an error message will
     be generated in the log file and no bytes will be copied.  This
     function is available for backwards compatibility with older C
     libraries and should not be used in new code.

`int memcmp(const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2, size_t size)'
     Compares SIZE bytes from PTR1 and PTR2 and returns `0' if all of
     the bytes are identical, or returns the byte difference of the
     first differing bytes.  If SIZE is `0' or PTR1 is the same as PTR2
     then no bytes will be compared.  If the operation would read from
     an existing memory allocation in the heap but would straddle that
     allocation's boundaries then an error message will be generated in
     the log file and no bytes will be compared.

`int bcmp(const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2, size_t size)'
     Compares SIZE bytes from PTR1 and PTR2 and returns `0' if all of
     the bytes are identical, or returns the byte difference of the
     first differing bytes.  If SIZE is `0' or PTR1 is the same as PTR2
     then no bytes will be compared.  If the operation would read from
     an existing memory allocation in the heap but would straddle that
     allocation's boundaries then an error message will be generated in
     the log file and no bytes will be compared.  This function is
     available for backwards compatibility with older C libraries and
     should not be used in new code.

`void *memchr(const void *ptr, int byte, size_t size)'
     Searches up to SIZE bytes in PTR for the first occurrence of BYTE
     and returns a pointer to it or `NULL' if no such byte occurs.  If
     SIZE is `0' then no bytes will be searched.  If the operation
     would affect an existing memory allocation in the heap but would
     straddle that allocation's boundaries then an error message will
     be generated in the log file and no bytes will be searched.

`void *memmem(const void *ptr1, size_t size1, const void *ptr2, size_t size2)'
     Searches up to SIZE1 bytes in PTR1 for the first occurrence of
     PTR2 (which is exactly SIZE2 bytes in length) and returns a pointer
     to it or `NULL' if no such sequence of bytes occur.  If SIZE1 or
     SIZE2 is `0' then no bytes will be searched.  If the operation
     would affect an existing memory allocation in the heap but would
     straddle that allocation's boundaries then an error message will
     be generated in the log file and no bytes will be searched.

A.6 mpatrol library functions
=============================

   The following 42 functions are available as support routines for
additional control and tracing in the mpatrol library.  Although they
are documented here as being prefixed by `__mp_', their equivalent
functions that are prefixed by `mpatrol_' are also defined as aliases
in the `mpatrol.h' header file.  To use these you should include the
`mpatrol.h' header file.

`int __mp_atexit(void (*func)(void))'
     Installs a function to be called when the mpatrol library
     terminates.  Up to 32 such functions can be registered and will be
     called in reverse order of registration.  Returns `1' on success
     or `0' if FUNC could not be registered.

`unsigned long __mp_setoption(long opt, unsigned long val)'
     Sets the value of an mpatrol option after the library has been
     initialised.  Options that require values are listed in
     `mpatrol.h' prefixed with `MP_OPT_*'.  The OPT argument should be
     set to one of these macros, and the VAL argument should be set to
     the option value, cast to an unsigned integer.  The return value
     will be `0' on success and `1' on failure.  Options that are flags
     are listed in `mpatrol.h' prefixed with `MP_FLG_*'.  Multiple
     flags can be set or unset at once using the `MP_OPT_SETFLAGS' and
     `MP_OPT_UNSETFLAGS' options respectively, with the necessary flags
     specified in VAL.  The return value will be `0' on success and a
     combination of all of the flags that could not be set or unset on
     failure.

`int __mp_getoption(long opt, unsigned long *val)'
     Gets the value of an mpatrol option after the library has been
     initialised.  If OPT is a valid option listed in `mpatrol.h' then
     `1' will be returned and the associated value will be returned in
     VAL and cast to an unsigned integer, otherwise `0' will be
     returned.  If OPT is `MP_OPT_SETFLAGS' then all of the mpatrol
     library flags that are set will be returned in VAL.  If OPT is
     `MP_OPT_UNSETFLAGS' then all of the mpatrol library flags that are
     not set will be returned in VAL.

`unsigned long __mp_libversion(void)'
     Returns the version number of the mpatrol library.  This can be
     useful for verifying that the version of the mpatrol library that
     a program is linked with is the one expected at compile-time.

`const char *__mp_strerror(__mp_errortype err)'
     Returns the error message corresponding to the error code ERR or
     `NULL' if no such error code exists.  The most recent error code
     recorded by the mpatrol library can be obtained by examining
     `__mp_errno'.

`const char *__mp_function(__mp_alloctype func)'
     Returns the name of the function corresponding to the allocation
     type FUNC or `NULL' if no such allocation type exists.

`int __mp_setuser(const void *ptr, const void *data)'
     Sets the user data for the memory allocation containing PTR.  The
     contents of DATA are entirely application-specific as user data
     will never be examined by the mpatrol library.  Such data is
     associated with a memory allocation for its entire lifetime unless
     overridden by a subsequent call to `__mp_setuser()'.  As such, the
     user data must be valid for the entire lifetime of the memory
     allocation, perhaps even after the allocation has been freed if
     the `NOFREE' option is being used.  This function returns `1' if
     there is an allocated memory block containing PTR, and `0'
     otherwise.

`int __mp_setmark(const void *ptr)'
     Sets the marked flag for the memory allocation containing PTR,
     indicating that the memory allocation cannot be freed (but can be
     reallocated) and thus will not be listed as a memory leak.  This
     function returns `1' if there is an allocated memory block
     containing PTR, and `0' otherwise.  Note that a memory allocation
     made by `alloca()', `strdupa()' or `strndupa()' may not be marked.

`int __mp_info(const void *ptr, __mp_allocinfo *info)'
     Obtains information about a specific memory allocation by placing
     statistics about PTR in INFO.  If PTR does not belong to a
     previously allocated memory allocation or free memory block then
     `0' will be returned, otherwise `1' will be returned and INFO will
     contain the following information (note that a free memory block
     will only contain the `block' and `size' fields and can be
     identified by not having the `allocated' flag set):

     _Field_       _Description_
     `block'       Pointer to first byte of allocation.
     `size'        Size of allocation in bytes.
     `type'        Type of function which allocated memory.
     `alloc'       Allocation index.
     `realloc'     Number of times reallocated.
     `thread'      Thread identifier.
     `event'       Event of last modification.
     `func'        Function in which allocation took place.
     `file'        File in which allocation took place.
     `line'        Line number at which allocation took place.
     `stack'       Pointer to function call stack.
     `typestr'     Type stored in allocation.
     `typesize'    Size of type stored in allocation.
     `userdata'    User data associated with allocation.
     `allocated'   Indicates if allocation was allocated.
     `freed'       Indicates if allocation has been freed.
     `marked'      Indicates if allocation has been marked.
     `profiled'    Indicates if allocation has been profiled.
     `traced'      Indicates if allocation has been traced.
     `internal'    Indicates if allocation is internal.

`int __mp_syminfo(const void *ptr, __mp_symbolinfo *info)'
     Obtains symbolic information about a specific code address by
     placing statistics about PTR in INFO.  If PTR does not belong to a
     function symbol then `0' will be returned, otherwise `1' will be
     returned and INFO will contain the following information:

     _Field_       _Description_
     `name'        Name of symbol.
     `object'      File containing symbol.
     `addr'        Start address of symbol.
     `size'        Size of symbol.
     `file'        Filename corresponding to address.
     `line'        Line number corresponding to address.

`const char *__mp_symbol(const void *ptr)'
     Obtains the name of a function symbol containing the code address
     specified in PTR.  If PTR does not belong to a function symbol
     then `NULL' will be returned.

`int __mp_printinfo(const void *ptr)'
     Displays information about a specific memory allocation containing
     PTR to the standard error file stream.  If PTR does not belong to
     a previously allocated memory allocation or free memory block then
     `0' will be returned, otherwise `1' will be returned.  This
     function is intended to be called from within a debugger.

`unsigned long __mp_snapshot(void)'
     Returns the current event number, effectively taking a snapshot of
     the heap.  This number can then be used in later calls to
     `__mp_iterate()'.

`size_t __mp_iterate(int (*func)(const void *, void *), void *data, unsigned long event)'
     Iterates over all of the current allocated and freed memory
     allocations, calling FUNC with the start address of every memory
     allocation that has been modified since event number EVENT.  If
     FUNC is `NULL' then `__mp_printinfo()' will be used as the
     callback function.  If EVENT is `0' then FUNC will be called with
     the start address of every memory allocation.  If FUNC returns a
     negative number then the iteration process will be stopped
     immediately.  If FUNC returns a positive number above zero then
     `__mp_iterate()' will return the number of times FUNC returned a
     non-zero number after the iteration process has stopped.  The DATA
     argument is passed directly to FUNC as its second argument and is
     not read by the mpatrol library.

`size_t __mp_iterateall(int (*func)(const void *, void *), void *data)'
     Iterates over all of the current allocated and freed memory
     allocations and any free memory blocks, calling FUNC with the
     start address of every memory allocation or free block.  If FUNC
     is `NULL' then `__mp_printinfo()' will be used as the callback
     function.  If FUNC returns a negative number then the iteration
     process will be stopped immediately.  If FUNC returns a positive
     number above zero then `__mp_iterate()' will return the number of
     times FUNC returned a non-zero number after the iteration process
     has stopped.  The DATA argument is passed directly to FUNC as its
     second argument and is not read by the mpatrol library.  Note that
     unlike `__mp_iterate()', this function will also include internal
     memory allocations made by the mpatrol library and is intended for
     walking the entire heap.

`int __mp_addallocentry(const char *file, unsigned long line, size_t size)'
     Adds an entry representing an allocation of size SIZE to the leak
     table.  The allocation will be associated with a source filename
     of FILE and a line number of LINE if the former is non-`NULL' and
     the latter is non-zero.  If FILE is non-`NULL' and LINE is `0' then
     FILE represents the name of the function that made the allocation.
     If FILE is `NULL' and LINE is non-zero then LINE represents the
     code address at which the allocation was made.  If FILE is `NULL'
     and LINE is `0' then the location of the allocation is unknown.
     Returns `1' on success and `0' if there was no more memory
     available to add another entry to the leak table.

`int __mp_addfreeentry(const char *file, unsigned long line, size_t size)'
     Adds an entry representing a deallocation of size SIZE to the leak
     table.  The deallocation will be associated with a source filename
     of FILE and a line number of LINE if the former is non-`NULL' and
     the latter is non-zero.  If FILE is non-`NULL' and LINE is `0' then
     FILE represents the name of the function that made the
     deallocation.  If FILE is `NULL' and LINE is non-zero then LINE
     represents the code address at which the deallocation was made.
     If FILE is `NULL' and LINE is `0' then the location of the
     deallocation is unknown.  Returns `1' on success and `0' if there
     was no existing allocation from the same location in the leak
     table.

`void __mp_clearleaktable(void)'
     Deletes all of the existing entries in the leak table, making it
     empty.  This will also affect the behaviour of the `LEAKTABLE'
     option since that option will then only be able to show a summary
     of the entries in the leak table that were collected after the
     last call to this function rather than from the start of program
     execution.

`int __mp_startleaktable(void)'
     Starts the automatic logging of all memory allocations,
     reallocations and deallocations to the leak table.  Returns `1' if
     such logging was already being performed and `0' otherwise.

`int __mp_stopleaktable(void)'
     Stops the automatic logging of all memory allocations,
     reallocations and deallocations to the leak table.  Returns `1' if
     such logging was already being performed and `0' otherwise.

`void __mp_leaktable(size_t size, int opt, unsigned char flags)'
     Displays a summary of up to SIZE entries from the leak table, or
     all entries if SIZE is `0'.  If OPT is `MP_LT_ALLOCATED' then all
     allocated entries will be displayed, if OPT is `MP_LT_FREED' then
     all freed entries will be displayed and if OPT is `MP_LT_UNFREED'
     then all unfreed entries will be displayed.  The summary is
     normally sorted in descending order of total bytes from each
     entry, but this can be changed by setting FLAGS to any combination
     of `MP_LT_COUNTS' (to sort by the number of occurrences in each
     entry) and `MP_LT_BOTTOM' (to sort in ascending order).

`void __mp_memorymap(int stats)'
     If STATS is non-zero then the current statistics of the mpatrol
     library will be displayed.  If the heap contains at least one
     allocated, freed or free block then a map of the current heap will
     also be displayed.

`void __mp_summary(void)'
     Displays information about the current state of the mpatrol
     library, including its settings and any relevant statistics.

`int __mp_stats(__mp_heapinfo *info)'
     Obtains statistics about the current state of the heap and places
     them in INFO.  If this information could not be determined then
     `0' will be returned, otherwise `1' will be returned and INFO will
     contain the following information:

     _Field_       _Description_
     `acount'      Total number of allocated blocks.
     `atotal'      Total size of allocated blocks.
     `fcount'      Total number of free blocks.
     `ftotal'      Total size of free blocks.
     `gcount'      Total number of freed blocks.
     `gtotal'      Total size of freed blocks.
     `icount'      Total number of internal blocks.
     `itotal'      Total size of internal blocks.
     `mcount'      Total number of marked blocks.
     `mtotal'      Total size of marked blocks.

`void __mp_check(void)'
     Forces the library to perform an immediate check of the overflow
     buffers of every memory allocation and to ensure that nothing has
     overwritten any free blocks.  If any memory allocations made by
     the `alloca()' family of functions are out of scope then this
     function will also cause them to be freed.

`__mp_prologuehandler __mp_prologue(const __mp_prologuehandler func)'
     Installs a prologue function to be called before any memory
     allocation, reallocation or deallocation function.  This function
     will return a pointer to the previously installed prologue
     function, or the null pointer if no prologue function had been
     previously installed.  The following arguments will be used to
     call the prologue function (the last four arguments contain the
     function name, file name, line number and the return address of
     the calling function, or null pointers and zero if they cannot be
     determined):

     _Argument 1_  _Argument 2_  _Argument 3_  _Called by_
     `-1'          SIZE          ALIGN         `malloc()', etc.
     PTR           SIZE          ALIGN         `realloc()', etc.
     PTR           `-1'          `0'           `free()', etc.
     PTR           `-2'          `1'           `strdup()', etc.

`__mp_epiloguehandler __mp_epilogue(const __mp_epiloguehandler func)'
     Installs an epilogue function to be called after any memory
     allocation, reallocation or deallocation function.  This function
     will return a pointer to the previously installed epilogue
     function, or the null pointer if no epilogue function had been
     previously installed.  The following arguments will be used to
     call the epilogue function (the last four arguments contain the
     function name, file name, line number and the return address of
     the calling function, or null pointers and zero if they cannot be
     determined):

     _Argument_    _Called by_
     PTR           `malloc()', `realloc()', `strdup()', etc.
     `-1'          `free()', etc.

`__mp_nomemoryhandler __mp_nomemory(const __mp_nomemoryhandler func)'
     Installs a low-memory handler and returns a pointer to the
     previously installed handler, or the `NULL' pointer if no handler
     had been previously installed.  This will be called once by C
     memory allocation functions, and repeatedly by C++ memory
     allocation functions, when they would normally return `NULL'.  The
     four arguments contain the function name, file name, line number
     and the return address of the calling function, or null pointers
     and zero if they cannot be determined.  Note that this function is
     equivalent to `set_new_handler()' and will replace the handler
     installed by that function.

`int __mp_printf(const char *fmt, ...)'
     Writes format string FMT with variable arguments to the log file,
     with each line prefixed by `>'.  The final length of the string
     that is written to the log file must not exceed 1024 characters.
     Returns the number of characters written, or a negative number
     upon error.

`int __mp_vprintf(const char *fmt, va_list args)'
     Writes format string FMT with variable argument list ARGS to the
     log file, with each line prefixed by `>'.  The final length of the
     string that is written to the log file must not exceed 1024
     characters.  Returns the number of characters written, or a
     negative number upon error.

`void __mp_locprintf(const char *fmt, ...)'
     Writes format string FMT with variable arguments to the log file,
     with each line prefixed by `>'.  The final length of the string
     that is written to the log file must not exceed 1024 characters.
     It also writes information to the log file about where the call to
     this function was made, which includes the source file location
     and the call stack if they are available.

`void __mp_vlocprintf(const char *fmt, va_list args)'
     Writes format string FMT with variable argument list ARGS to the
     log file, with each line prefixed by `>'.  The final length of the
     string that is written to the log file must not exceed 1024
     characters.  It also writes information to the log file about
     where the call to this function was made, which includes the
     source file location and the call stack if they are available.

`void __mp_logmemory(const void *ptr, size_t size)'
     Displays the contents of a block of memory beginning at PTR,
     dumping SIZE consecutive bytes to the log file in hexadecimal
     format.

`int __mp_logstack(size_t frames)'
     Displays the current call stack, skipping FRAMES stack frames from
     the current stack frame before writing the symbolic stack trace to
     the log file.  Returns `1' if successful, or `0' if the call stack
     could not be determined or if FRAMES was too large for the current
     call stack.

`int __mp_logaddr(const void *ptr)'
     Displays information about a specific memory allocation containing
     PTR to the log file.  If PTR does not belong to a previously
     allocated memory allocation then `0' will be returned, otherwise
     `1' will be returned.

`int __mp_edit(const char *file, unsigned long line)'
     Invokes a text editor to edit FILE at line number LINE via the
     `mpedit' command.  Returns `1' if the text editor was successfully
     invoked, `-1' if there was an error, or `0' if there is no support
     for this feature.  This function will only work on a system where
     the `EDIT' option works.

`int __mp_list(const char *file, unsigned long line)'
     Displays a context listing of FILE at line number LINE via the
     `mpedit' command.  Returns `1' if the listing was successfully
     performed, `-1' if there was an error, or `0' if there is no
     support for this feature.  This function will only work on a
     system where the `LIST' option works.

`int __mp_view(const char *file, unsigned long line)'
     Either invokes a text editor to edit FILE at line number LINE or
     displays a context listing of FILE at line number LINE depending
     on the setting of the `EDIT' and `LIST' options.  This is done via
     the `mpedit' command and will have no effect if the `EDIT' and
     `LIST' options are not set or if these options are not supported
     on the system.  Returns `1' if the edit or listing was
     successfully performed, `-1' if there was an error, or `0' if
     neither of the options were set or if there is no support for this
     feature.

`int __mp_readcontents(const char *file, void *ptr)'
     Reads the contents of a memory allocation contents file into the
     memory allocation containing PTR.  The name of the file is
     composed of the FILE string followed by the allocation index of
     the memory allocation separated by a dot.  If FILE is `NULL' then
     it is assumed to be `.mpatrol'.  Returns `1' if the contents were
     read successfully and `0' otherwise.

`int __mp_writecontents(const char *file, const void *ptr)'
     Writes the contents of the memory allocation containing PTR to an
     allocation contents file.  The name of the file is composed of the
     FILE string followed by the allocation index of the memory
     allocation separated by a dot.  If FILE is `NULL' then it is
     assumed to be `.mpatrol'.  Returns `1' if the contents were
     written successfully and `0' otherwise.

`long __mp_cmpcontents(const char *file, const void *ptr)'
     Compares the contents of the memory allocation containing PTR with
     the contents of a previously written allocation contents file.
     The name of the file is composed of the FILE string followed by
     the allocation index of the memory allocation separated by a dot.
     If FILE is `NULL' then it is assumed to be `.mpatrol'.  Any
     differences are written to the mpatrol log file.  Returns the
     number of differences found, or `-1' if there was an error.

`int __mp_remcontents(const char *file, const void *ptr)'
     Removes the memory allocation contents file that corresponds to
     the memory allocation containing PTR.  The name of the file is
     composed of the FILE string followed by the allocation index of
     the memory allocation separated by a dot.  If FILE is `NULL' then
     it is assumed to be `.mpatrol'.  Returns `1' if the file was
     removed successfully and `0' otherwise.

Appendix B Environment
**********************

   The library can read certain options at run-time from an environment
variable called `MPATROL_OPTIONS'.  This variable must contain one or
more valid option keywords from the list below and must be no longer
than 1024 characters in length.  If `MPATROL_OPTIONS' is unset or empty
then the default settings will be used.

   The syntax for options specified within the `MPATROL_OPTIONS'
environment variable is `OPTION' or `OPTION=VALUE', where `OPTION' is a
keyword from the list below and `VALUE' is the setting for that option.
If `VALUE' is numeric then it may be specified using binary, octal,
decimal or hexadecimal notation, with binary notation beginning with
either `0b' or `0B'.  If `VALUE' is a character string containing
spaces then it may be quoted using double quotes.  No whitespace may
appear between the `=' sign, but whitespace must appear between
different options.  Note that option keywords can be given in lowercase
as well as uppercase, or a mixture of both.

`ALLOCBYTE'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies an 8-bit byte pattern with which to prefill
     newly-allocated memory.  This can be used to detect the use of
     memory which has not been initialised after allocation.  Note that
     this setting will not affect memory allocated with `calloc()' or
     `recalloc()' as these functions always prefill allocated memory
     with an 8-bit byte pattern of zero.  Default value:
     `ALLOCBYTE=0xFF'.

`ALLOCSTOP'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies an allocation index at which to stop the program when it
     is being allocated.  When the number of memory allocations reaches
     this number the program will be halted, and its state may be
     examined at that point by using a suitable debugger.  Note that
     this setting will be ignored if its value is zero.  Default value:
     `ALLOCSTOP=0'.

`ALLOWOFLOW'
     Specifies that a warning rather than an error should be produced
     if any memory operation function overflows the boundaries of a
     memory allocation, and that the operation should still be
     performed.  This option is provided for circumstances where it is
     desirable for the memory operation to be performed, regardless of
     whether it is erroneous or not.

`AUTOSAVE'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies the frequency at which to periodically write the
     profiling data to the profiling output file.  When the total
     number of profiled memory allocations and deallocations is a
     multiple of this number then the current profiling information
     will be written to the profiling output file.  This option can be
     used to instruct the mpatrol library to dump out any profiling
     information just before a fatal error occurs in a program, for
     example.  Note that this setting will be ignored if its value is
     zero.  Default value: `AUTOSAVE=0'.

`CHECK'=<UNSIGNED-RANGE>
     Specifies a range of allocation indices at which to check the
     integrity of free memory and overflow buffers.  The range must be
     specified as no more than two unsigned integers separated by a
     dash, followed by an optional forward slash and an unsigned
     integer specifying an event checking frequency.  If numbers on
     either the left side or the right side of the dash are omitted
     then they will be assumed to be `0' and INFINITY respectively.  A
     value of `0' on its own indicates that no such checking will ever
     be performed.  This option can be used to speed up the execution
     speed of the library at the expense of checking.  Default value:
     `CHECK=0'.

`CHECKALL'
     Equivalent to the `CHECKALLOCS', `CHECKREALLOCS', `CHECKFREES' and
     `CHECKMEMORY' options specified together.

`CHECKALLOCS'
     Checks that no attempt is made to allocate a block of memory of
     size zero.  A warning will be issued for every such case.

`CHECKFORK'
     Checks at every call to see if the process has been forked in case
     new log, profiling and tracing output files need to be started.
     This option only has an effect on UNIX platforms, but should not
     be used in multithreaded programs if each thread has a different
     process identifier.

`CHECKFREES'
     Checks that no attempt is made to deallocate a `NULL' pointer.  A
     warning will be issued for every such case.

`CHECKMEMORY'
     Checks that no attempt is made to perform a zero-length memory
     operation on a `NULL' pointer.

`CHECKREALLOCS'
     Checks that no attempt is made to reallocate a `NULL' pointer or
     resize an existing block of memory to size zero.  Warnings will be
     issued for every such case.

`DEFALIGN'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies the default alignment for general-purpose memory
     allocations, which must be a power of two (and will be rounded up
     to the nearest power of two if it is not).  The default alignment
     for a particular system is calculated at run-time.

`EDIT'
     Specifies that a text editor should be invoked to edit any
     relevant source files that are associated with any warnings or
     errors when they occur.  Only diagnostics which occur at source
     lines in the program will be affected and only then if they
     contain source-level information.  This option is currently only
     available on UNIX platforms as it makes use of the `mpedit'
     command.  It also overrides the behaviour of the `LIST' option and
     affects the behaviour of the `__mp_view()' function.

`FAILFREQ'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies the frequency at which all memory allocations will
     randomly fail.  For example, a value of `10' will mean that
     roughly 1 in 10 memory allocations will fail, but a value of `0'
     will disable all random failures.  This option can be useful for
     stress-testing an application.  Default value: `FAILFREQ=0'.

`FAILSEED'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies the random number seed which will be used when
     determining which memory allocations will randomly fail.  A value
     of `0' will instruct the library to pick a random seed every time
     it is run.  Any other value will mean that the random failures
     will be the same every time the program is run, but only as long
     as the seed stays the same.  Default value: `FAILSEED=0'.

`FREEBYTE'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies an 8-bit byte pattern with which to prefill newly-freed
     memory.  This can be used to detect the use of memory which has
     just been freed.  It is also used internally to ensure that freed
     memory has not been overwritten.  Note that the freed memory may
     be reused the next time a block of memory is allocated and so once
     memory has been freed its contents are not guaranteed to remain
     the same as the specified byte pattern.  Default value:
     `FREEBYTE=0x55'.

`FREESTOP'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies an allocation index at which to stop the program when it
     is being freed.  When the memory allocation with the specified
     allocation index is to be freed the program will be halted, and
     its state may be examined at that point using a suitable debugger.
     Note that this setting will be ignored if its value is zero.
     Default value: `FREESTOP=0'.

`HELP'
     Displays a quick-reference option summary to the `stderr' file
     stream.

`LARGEBOUND'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies the limit in bytes up to which memory allocations should
     be classified as large allocations for profiling purposes.  This
     limit must be greater than the small and medium bounds.  Default
     value: `LARGEBOUND=2048'.

`LEAKTABLE'
     Specifies that the leak table should be automatically used and a
     leak table summary should be displayed at the end of program
     execution.  The summary shows a flat profile of all unfreed memory
     allocations since the start of the program, or since the last call
     to `__mp_clearleaktable()' if that function was called.

`LIMIT'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies the limit in bytes at which all memory allocations
     should fail if the total allocated memory should increase beyond
     this.  This can be used to stress-test software to see how it
     behaves in low memory conditions.  The internal memory used by the
     library itself will not be counted as part of the total heap size,
     but on some systems there may be a small amount of memory required
     to initialise the library itself.  Note that this setting will be
     ignored if its value is zero.  Default value: `LIMIT=0'.

`LIST'
     Specifies that a context listing should be shown for any relevant
     source files that are associated with any warnings or errors when
     they occur.  Only diagnostics which occur at source lines in the
     program will be affected and only then if they contain
     source-level information.  This option is currently only available
     on UNIX platforms as it makes use of the `mpedit' command.  It
     also overrides the behaviour of the `EDIT' option and affects the
     behaviour of the `__mp_view()' function.

`LOGALL'
     Equivalent to the `LOGALLOCS', `LOGREALLOCS', `LOGFREES' and
     `LOGMEMORY' options specified together.

`LOGALLOCS'
     Specifies that all memory allocations are to be logged and sent to
     the log file.  Note that any memory allocations made internally by
     the library will not be logged.

`LOGFILE'=<STRING>
     Specifies an alternative file in which to place all diagnostics
     from the mpatrol library.  If the `LOGDIR' environment variable is
     set and the specified file does not contain a path component in
     its filename then the log file will be located in the directory
     specified in `LOGDIR'.  A filename of `stderr' will send all
     diagnostics to the `stderr' file stream and a filename of `stdout'
     will do the equivalent with the `stdout' file stream.  Note that
     if a problem occurs while opening the log file or if any
     diagnostics require to be displayed before the log file has had a
     chance to be opened then they will be sent to the `stderr' file
     stream.  Default value: `LOGFILE=mpatrol.log' or
     `LOGFILE=%n.%p.log' if the `LOGDIR' environment variable is set.

`LOGFREES'
     Specifies that all memory deallocations are to be logged and sent
     to the log file.  Note that any memory deallocations made
     internally by the library will not be logged.

`LOGMEMORY'
     Specifies that all memory operations are to be logged and sent to
     the log file.  These operations will be made by calls to functions
     such as `memset()' and `memcpy()'.  Note that any memory
     operations made internally by the library will not be logged.

`LOGREALLOCS'
     Specifies that all memory reallocations are to be logged and sent
     to the log file.  Note that any memory reallocations made
     internally by the library will not be logged.

`MEDIUMBOUND'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies the limit in bytes up to which memory allocations should
     be classified as medium allocations for profiling purposes.  This
     limit must be greater than the small bound but less than the large
     bound.  Default value: `MEDIUMBOUND=256'.

`NOFREE'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies that a number of recently-freed memory allocations
     should be prevented from being returned to the free memory pool.
     Such freed memory allocations will then be flagged as freed and
     can be used by the library to provide better diagnostics.  If the
     size of the freed queue is specified as zero then all freed memory
     will be immediately reused by the mpatrol library.  Note that if
     this option is given a non-zero value then the mpatrol library
     will always force a memory reallocation to return a pointer to
     newly-allocated memory, but the `expand()' function will never be
     affected by this option.  Default value: `NOFREE=0'.

`NOPROTECT'
     Specifies that the mpatrol library's internal data structures
     should not be made read-only after every memory allocation,
     reallocation or deallocation.  This may significantly speed up
     execution but this will be at the expense of less safety if the
     program accidentally overwrites some of the library's internal data
     structures.  Note that this option has no effect on systems that
     do not support memory protection.

`OFLOWBYTE'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies an 8-bit byte pattern with which to fill the overflow
     buffers of all memory allocations.  This is used internally to
     ensure that nothing has been written beyond the beginning or the
     end of a block of allocated memory.  Note that this setting will
     only have an effect if the `OFLOWSIZE' option is in use.  Default
     value: `OFLOWBYTE=0xAA'.

`OFLOWSIZE'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies the size in bytes to use for all overflow buffers, which
     must be a power of two (and will be rounded up to the nearest
     power of two if it is not).  This is used internally to ensure
     that nothing has been written beyond the beginning or the end of a
     block of allocated memory.  Note that this setting specifies the
     size for only one of the overflow buffers given to each memory
     allocation; the other overflow buffer will have an identical size.
     No overflow buffers will be used if this setting is zero.
     Default value: `OFLOWSIZE=0'.

`OFLOWWATCH'
     Specifies that watch point areas should be used for overflow
     buffers rather than filling with the overflow byte.  This can
     significantly reduce the speed of program execution.  Note that
     this option has no effect on systems that do not support watch
     point areas.

`PAGEALLOC'=<`LOWER'|`UPPER'>
     Specifies that each individual memory allocation should occupy at
     least one page of virtual memory and should be placed at the
     lowest or highest point within these pages.  This allows the
     library to place an overflow buffer of one page on either side of
     every memory allocation and write-protect these pages as well as
     all free and freed memory.  Note that this option has no effect on
     systems that do not support memory protection, and is disabled by
     default on other systems as it can slow down the speed of program
     execution.

`PRESERVE'
     Specifies that any reallocated or freed memory allocations should
     preserve their original contents.  This option must be used with
     the `NOFREE' option and has no effect otherwise.

`PROF'
     Specifies that all memory allocations and deallocations are to be
     profiled and sent to the profiling output file.  Memory
     reallocations are treated as a memory deallocation immediately
     followed by a memory allocation.

`PROFFILE'=<STRING>
     Specifies an alternative file in which to place all memory
     allocation profiling information from the mpatrol library.  If the
     `PROFDIR' environment variable is set and the specified file does
     not contain a path component in its filename then the profiling
     output file will be located in the directory specified in
     `PROFDIR'.  A filename of `stderr' will send this information to
     the `stderr' file stream and a filename of `stdout' will do the
     equivalent with the `stdout' file stream.  Note that if a problem
     occurs while opening the profiling output file then the profiling
     information will not be output.  Default value:
     `PROFFILE=mpatrol.out' or `PROFFILE=%n.%p.out' if the `PROFDIR'
     environment variable is set.

`PROGFILE'=<STRING>
     Specifies an alternative filename with which to locate the
     executable file containing the program's symbols.  On most
     systems, the library will automatically be able to determine this
     filename, but on a few systems this option may have to be used
     before any or all symbols can be read.

`REALLOCSTOP'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies a reallocation index at which to stop the program when a
     memory allocation is being reallocated.  If the `ALLOCSTOP' option
     is non-zero then the program will be halted when the allocation
     matching that allocation index is reallocated the specified number
     of times.  Otherwise the program will be halted the first time any
     allocation is reallocated the specified number of times.  Note
     that this setting will be ignored if its value is zero.  Default
     value: `REALLOCSTOP=0'.

`SAFESIGNALS'
     Instructs the library to save and replace certain signal handlers
     during the execution of library code and to restore them
     afterwards.  This was the default behaviour in version 1.0 of the
     mpatrol library and was changed since some memory-intensive
     programs became very hard to interrupt using the keyboard, thus
     giving the impression that the program or system had hung.

`SHOWALL'
     Equivalent to the `SHOWFREE', `SHOWFREED', `SHOWUNFREED',
     `SHOWMAP' and `SHOWSYMBOLS' options specified together.

`SHOWFREE'
     Specifies that a summary of all of the free memory blocks should
     be displayed at the end of program execution.  This step will not
     be performed if an abnormal termination occurs or if there were no
     free memory blocks.

`SHOWFREED'
     Specifies that a summary of all of the freed memory allocations
     should be displayed at the end of program execution.  This option
     must be used in conjunction with the `NOFREE' option and this step
     will not be performed if an abnormal termination occurs or if
     there were no freed allocations.

`SHOWMAP'
     Specifies that a memory map of the entire heap should be displayed
     at the end of program execution.  This step will not be performed
     if an abnormal termination occurs or if the heap is empty.

`SHOWSYMBOLS'
     Specifies that a summary of all of the function symbols read from
     the program's executable file should be displayed at the end of
     program execution.  This step will not be performed if an abnormal
     termination occurs or if no symbols could be read from the
     executable file.

`SHOWUNFREED'
     Specifies that a summary of all of the unfreed memory allocations
     should be displayed at the end of program execution.  This step
     will not be performed if an abnormal termination occurs or if
     there are no unfreed allocations.  Note that any marked memory
     allocations will not be listed.

`SMALLBOUND'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies the limit in bytes up to which memory allocations should
     be classified as small allocations for profiling purposes.  This
     limit must be greater than zero but less than the medium and large
     bounds.  Default value: `SMALLBOUND=32'.

`TRACE'
     Specifies that all memory allocations, reallocations and
     deallocations are to be traced and sent to the tracing output file.

`TRACEFILE'=<STRING>
     Specifies an alternative file in which to place all memory
     allocation tracing information from the mpatrol library.  If the
     `TRACEDIR' environment variable is set and the specified file does
     not contain a path component in its filename then the tracing
     output file will be located in the directory specified in
     `TRACEDIR'.  A filename of `stderr' will send this information to
     the `stderr' file stream and a filename of `stdout' will do the
     equivalent with the `stdout' file stream.  Note that if a problem
     occurs while opening the tracing output file then the tracing
     information will not be output.  Default value:
     `TRACEFILE=mpatrol.trace' or `TRACEFILE=%n.%p.trace' if the
     `TRACEDIR' environment variable is set.

`UNFREEDABORT'=<UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     Specifies the minimum number of unfreed allocations at which to
     abort the program just before program termination.  A summary of
     all the allocations will be displayed on the standard error file
     stream before aborting.  This option may be handy for use in batch
     tests as it can force tests to fail if they do not free up a
     minimum number of memory allocations, although marked allocations
     will not be considered as unfreed allocations.  Note that this
     setting will be ignored if its value is zero.  Default value:
     `UNFREEDABORT=0'.

`USEDEBUG'
     Specifies that any debugging information in the executable file
     should be used to obtain additional source-level information.
     This option will only have an effect if the executable file
     contains a compiler-generated line number table and will be
     ignored if the mpatrol library was built to support an object file
     access library that cannot read line tables from object files.
     Note that this option will slow down program execution, use up
     more system memory and may leave unaccounted unfreed memory
     allocations at program termination.

`USEMMAP'
     Specifies that the library should use `mmap()' instead of `sbrk()'
     to allocate user memory on UNIX platforms.  This option should be
     used if there are problems when using the mpatrol library in
     combination with another malloc library which uses `sbrk()' to
     allocate its memory.  Memory internal to the mpatrol library is
     allocated with `mmap()' on systems where it is supported in order
     to segregate it from user memory, and this behaviour is reversed
     with the `USEMMAP' option.  It is ignored on systems that do not
     support the `mmap()' system call.  Note that some UNIX systems
     require this option in order for the mpatrol library to be able to
     perform memory protection with the `mprotect()' system call.

Appendix C Options
******************

   A utility program called `mpatrol' is provided to run commands that
have been linked with the mpatrol library.

     mpatrol [options] <command> [arguments]

   The `mpatrol' command is used to set various mpatrol library OPTIONS
when running COMMAND with its ARGUMENTS.  In most cases, COMMAND must
have been linked with the mpatrol library, unless the `--dynamic'
option is used in which case COMMAND need only have been dynamically
linked.

   All mpatrol library diagnostics are sent to the file
`mpatrol.%n.log' in the current directory by default (where `%n' is the
current process id) but this can be changed using the `--log-file'
option.  Similarly, the default profiling output filename is
`mpatrol.%n.out' and the default tracing output filename is
`mpatrol.%n.trace'.

   Alternatively, the log file, profiling output file and tracing
output file names can contain `%p', which will be replaced with the
name of the program being executed without the directory components.
If the executable filename could not be determined or was not set then
it will be replaced with `mpatrol'.  A similar replacement character
sequence is `%f', which will be replaced by the pathname of the program
being executed, with all path separation characters replaced by
underscores.

   The current date can be entered into such filenames through the use
of the `%d' character sequence, which will be replaced with the date in
the form `YYYYMMDD'.  The current time can be added with `%t', which
will be replaced with the time in the form `HHMMSS'.  If the date or
time could not be determined, these will be replaced with `today' and
`now' respectively.

   All of the following options (except `--dynamic', `--help',
`--read-env', `--show-env', `--threads' and `--version') correspond to
their listed mpatrol library option (*note Environment::).  Note that
some of these options have a one character equivalent option that can
be used for brevity.  The list of one character options can be viewed
with the `--help' option or viewed in the UNIX manual pages.  Such
options are parsed on the command line in a similar way to the UNIX
function `getopt()'.

`--alloc-byte' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`ALLOCBYTE']  Specifies an 8-bit byte pattern with which to
     prefill newly-allocated memory.

`--alloc-stop' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`ALLOCSTOP']  Specifies an allocation index at which to stop the
     program when it is being allocated.

`--allow-oflow'
     [`ALLOWOFLOW']  Specifies that a warning rather than an error
     should be produced if any memory operation function overflows the
     boundaries of a memory allocation, and that the operation should
     still be performed.

`--auto-save' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`AUTOSAVE']  Specifies the frequency at which to periodically
     write the profiling data to the profiling output file.

`--check' <UNSIGNED-RANGE>
     [`CHECK']  Specifies a range of allocation indices at which to
     check the integrity of free memory and overflow buffers.

`--check-all'
     [`CHECKALL']  Equivalent to the `--check-allocs',
     `--check-reallocs', `--check-frees' and `--check-memory' options
     specified together.

`--check-allocs'
     [`CHECKALLOCS']  Checks that no attempt is made to allocate a
     block of memory of size zero.

`--check-fork'
     [`CHECKFORK']  Checks at every call to see if the process has been
     forked in case new log, profiling and tracing output files need to
     be started.

`--check-frees'
     [`CHECKFREES']  Checks that no attempt is made to deallocate a
     `NULL' pointer.

`--check-memory'
     [`CHECKMEMORY']  Checks that no attempt is made to perform a
     zero-length memory operation on a `NULL' pointer.

`--check-reallocs'
     [`CHECKREALLOCS']  Checks that no attempt is made to reallocate a
     `NULL' pointer or resize an existing block of memory to size zero.

`--def-align' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`DEFALIGN']  Specifies the default alignment for general-purpose
     memory allocations, which must be a power of two.

`--dynamic'
     Specifies that programs which were not linked with the mpatrol
     library should also be traced, but only if they were dynamically
     linked.  This option will only work if the system dynamic linker
     has the ability to preload a set of user-specified shared
     libraries via a special environment variable.

`--edit'
     [`EDIT']  Specifies that a text editor should be invoked to edit
     any relevant source files that are associated with any warnings or
     errors when they occur.

`--fail-freq' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`FAILFREQ']  Specifies the frequency at which all memory
     allocations will randomly fail.

`--fail-seed' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`FAILSEED']  Specifies the random number seed which will be used
     when determining which memory allocations will randomly fail.

`--free-byte' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`FREEBYTE']  Specifies an 8-bit byte pattern with which to prefill
     newly-freed memory.

`--free-stop' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`FREESTOP']  Specifies an allocation index at which to stop the
     program when it is being freed.

`--help'
     Displays a quick-reference option summary.

`--large-bound' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`LARGEBOUND']  Specifies the limit in bytes up to which memory
     allocations should be classified as large allocations for
     profiling purposes.

`--leak-table'
     [`LEAKTABLE'] Specifies that the leak table should be
     automatically used and a leak table summary should be displayed at
     the end of program execution.

`--limit' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`LIMIT']  Specifies the limit in bytes at which all memory
     allocations should fail if the total allocated memory should
     increase beyond this.

`--list'
     [`LIST']  Specifies that a context listing should be shown for any
     relevant source files that are associated with any warnings or
     errors when they occur.

`--log-all'
     [`LOGALL']  Equivalent to the `--log-allocs', `--log-reallocs',
     `--log-frees' and `--log-memory' options specified together.

`--log-allocs'
     [`LOGALLOCS']  Specifies that all memory allocations are to be
     logged and sent to the log file.

`--log-file' <STRING>
     [`LOGFILE']  Specifies an alternative file in which to place all
     diagnostics from the mpatrol library.

`--log-frees'
     [`LOGFREES']  Specifies that all memory deallocations are to be
     logged and sent to the log file.

`--log-memory'
     [`LOGMEMORY']  Specifies that all memory operations are to be
     logged and sent to the log file.

`--log-reallocs'
     [`LOGREALLOCS']  Specifies that all memory reallocations are to be
     logged and sent to the log file.

`--medium-bound' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`MEDIUMBOUND']  Specifies the limit in bytes up to which memory
     allocations should be classified as medium allocations for
     profiling purposes.

`--no-free' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`NOFREE']  Specifies that a number of recently-freed memory
     allocations should be prevented from being returned to the free
     memory pool.

`--no-protect'
     [`NOPROTECT']  Specifies that the mpatrol library's internal data
     structures should not be made read-only after every memory
     allocation, reallocation or deallocation.

`--oflow-byte' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`OFLOWBYTE']  Specifies an 8-bit byte pattern with which to fill
     the overflow buffers of all memory allocations.

`--oflow-size' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`OFLOWSIZE']  Specifies the size in bytes to use for all overflow
     buffers, which must be a power of two.

`--oflow-watch'
     [`OFLOWWATCH']  Specifies that watch point areas should be used for
     overflow buffers rather than filling with the overflow byte.

`--page-alloc-lower'
     [`PAGEALLOC=LOWER']  Specifies that each individual memory
     allocation should occupy at least one page of virtual memory and
     should be placed at the lowest point within these pages.

`--page-alloc-upper'
     [`PAGEALLOC=UPPER']  Specifies that each individual memory
     allocation should occupy at least one page of virtual memory and
     should be placed at the highest point within these pages.

`--preserve'
     [`PRESERVE']  Specifies that any reallocated or freed memory
     allocations should preserve their original contents.

`--prof'
     [`PROF']  Specifies that all memory allocations are to be profiled
     and sent to the profiling output file.

`--prof-file' <STRING>
     [`PROFFILE']  Specifies an alternative file in which to place all
     memory allocation profiling information from the mpatrol library.

`--prog-file' <STRING>
     [`PROGFILE']  Specifies an alternative filename with which to
     locate the executable file containing the program's symbols.

`--read-env'
     Reads and passes through the contents of the `MPATROL_OPTIONS'
     environment variable.  Such contents will be placed before any of
     the options resulting from `mpatrol' command line options so that
     they can be overridden and will only be parsed by the mpatrol
     library, _not_ the `mpatrol' command.

`--realloc-stop' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`REALLOCSTOP']  Specifies an allocation index at which to stop the
     program when a memory allocation is being reallocated.

`--safe-signals'
     [`SAFESIGNALS']  Instructs the library to save and replace certain
     signal handlers during the execution of library code and to
     restore them afterwards.

`--show-all'
     [`SHOWALL']  Equivalent to the `--show-free', `--show-freed',
     `--show-unfreed', `--show-map' and `--show-symbols' options
     specified together.

`--show-env'
     Displays the contents of the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment
     variable.  This will be shown after all of the other command line
     options have been processed and will prevent the specified command
     from being run.

`--show-free'
     [`SHOWFREE']  Specifies that a summary of all of the free memory
     blocks should be displayed at the end of program execution.

`--show-freed'
     [`SHOWFREED']  Specifies that a summary of all of the freed memory
     allocations should be displayed at the end of program execution.

`--show-map'
     [`SHOWMAP']  Specifies that a memory map of the entire heap should
     be displayed at the end of program execution.

`--show-symbols'
     [`SHOWSYMBOLS']  Specifies that a summary of all of the function
     symbols read from the program's executable file should be
     displayed at the end of program execution.

`--show-unfreed'
     [`SHOWUNFREED']  Specifies that a summary of all of the unfreed
     memory allocations should be displayed at the end of program
     execution.

`--small-bound' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`SMALLBOUND']  Specifies the limit in bytes up to which memory
     allocations should be classified as small allocations for
     profiling purposes.

`--threads'
     Specifies that the program to be run is multithreaded if the
     `--dynamic' option is used.  This option is required if the
     multithreaded version of the mpatrol library should be preloaded
     instead of the normal version.

`--trace'
     [`TRACE']  Specifies that all memory allocations are to be traced
     and sent to the tracing output file.

`--trace-file' <STRING>
     [`TRACEFILE']  Specifies an alternative file in which to place all
     memory allocation tracing information from the mpatrol library.

`--unfreed-abort' <UNSIGNED-INTEGER>
     [`UNFREEDABORT']  Specifies the minimum number of unfreed
     allocations at which to abort the program just before program
     termination.

`--use-debug'
     [`USEDEBUG']  Specifies that any debugging information in the
     executable file should be used to obtain additional source-level
     information.

`--use-mmap'
     [`USEMMAP']  Specifies that the library should use `mmap()' instead
     of `sbrk()' to allocate user memory.

`--version'
     Displays the version number of the `mpatrol' command.

Appendix D Diagnostic messages
******************************

   The following table lists the warnings and errors that are likely to
appear in the mpatrol log file when problems with dynamic memory
allocations and memory operations occur.  Other types of warnings and
errors may also appear in the log file, but they are likely to be
associated with parsing options and reading symbols from executable
files and so should be self-explanatory.

   In all cases, if a warning or error is caused by one of the memory
access checking functions (invoked through the use of the
`-fcheck-memory-usage' option to the GNU compiler) then execution will
halt regardless, despite what the description of the diagnostic message
says.

   If a warning or error occurs due to a direct call to an mpatrol
library function then an attempt will be made to provide a log entry
for the call.  If the diagnostic was not caused by a normal memory
allocation, reallocation or deallocation function then the log entry
will be preceded by `LOG:'.  The function type will be listed as
`check' if it does not fall into the normal categories or if not enough
information is available.

   Note that on UNIX platforms, if the diagnostic message is caused by
a line in the program source then the `EDIT' and `LIST' options can be
used to illustrate more clearly where in the source code the warning or
error occurred.

   * `ALLOVF'
    Message
          `allocation %1 has a corrupted overflow buffer at %2'

    Type
          Error

    `%1'
          The pointer to the memory allocation that has a corrupted
          overflow buffer.

    `%2'
          The pointer to the first byte of corruption in the memory
          allocation's overflow buffer.

    Cause
          Something has corrupted the overflow buffer of a memory
          allocation and this has been caught at the next invocation of
          an mpatrol function when the `OFLOWSIZE' or `PAGEALLOC'
          options were used.  This particular error message will not
          occur if the `OFLOWWATCH' option was used since all overflow
          buffers will be write protected.

    Additional
          The log file entry, the library summary, the contents of the
          overflow buffer and information about the original memory
          allocation.

    Result
          Execution terminates.

   * `ALLZER'
    Message
          `attempt to create an allocation of size 0'

    Type
          Warning

    Cause
          A function was called to allocate memory with a size of `0'
          when either of the `CHECKALL' or `CHECKALLOCS' options were
          used.  This warning will not occur by default as the ANSI
          C/C++ standards allow this behaviour, and it is really only a
          portability issue.

    Additional
          The log file entry.

    Result
          The size is increased to 1 byte and execution continues.

   * `BADALN'
    Message
          `alignment %1 is not a power of two'

    Type
          Warning

    `%1'
          The alignment in bytes.

    Cause
          The `memalign()' function was called to allocate memory with
          an alignment which was not a power of two when either of the
          `CHECKALL' or `CHECKALLOCS' options were used.

    Additional
          The log file entry.

    Result
          The alignment is rounded up to the nearest power of two and
          execution continues.

   * `FRDCOR'
    Message
          `freed allocation %1 has memory corruption at %2'

    Type
          Error

    `%1'
          The pointer to the freed memory allocation that has been
          corrupted.

    `%2'
          The pointer to the first byte of corruption in the freed
          memory allocation.

    Cause
          Something has corrupted the contents of a previously freed
          memory allocation and this has been caught at the next
          invocation of an mpatrol function when the `NOFREE' option
          was used.  This particular error message will not occur if
          the `PAGEALLOC' option was used since all freed memory
          allocations will be write protected and will also not occur
          if the `PRESERVE' option was used since the free byte cannot
          be used to verify the freed allocation's contents.

    Additional
          The log file entry, the library summary, the contents of the
          freed memory block and information about the original memory
          allocation.

    Result
          Execution terminates.

   * `FRDOPN'
    Message
          `attempt to perform operation on freed memory'

    Type
          Error

    Cause
          A memory operation function was called to operate on a
          previously freed memory allocation when the `NOFREE' option
          was used.

    Additional
          The log file entry and information about the original memory
          allocation.

    Result
          The memory operation fails and execution continues.

   * `FRDOVF'
    Message
          `freed allocation %1 has a corrupted overflow buffer at %2'

    Type
          Error

    `%1'
          The pointer to the freed memory allocation that has a
          corrupted overflow buffer.

    `%2'
          The pointer to the first byte of corruption in the freed
          memory allocation's overflow buffer.

    Cause
          Something has corrupted the overflow buffer of a previously
          freed memory allocation and this has been caught at the next
          invocation of an mpatrol function when the `NOFREE' option
          was used in conjunction with the `OFLOWSIZE' or `PAGEALLOC'
          options.  This particular error message will not occur if the
          `OFLOWWATCH' option was used since all overflow buffers will
          be write protected.

    Additional
          The log file entry, the library summary, the contents of the
          overflow buffer and information about the original memory
          allocation.

    Result
          Execution terminates.

   * `FRECOR'
    Message
          `free memory corruption at %1'

    Type
          Error

    `%1'
          The pointer to the first byte of corruption in free memory.

    Cause
          Something has corrupted the contents of the free memory pool
          and this has been caught at the next invocation of an mpatrol
          function.  This particular error message will not occur if
          the `PAGEALLOC' option was used since all free memory will be
          write protected.

    Additional
          The log file entry, the library summary and the contents of
          the free memory block.

    Result
          Execution terminates.

   * `FREMRK'
    Message
          `attempt to free marked allocation %1'

    Type
          Error

    `%1'
          The pointer to the memory allocation that has been requested
          to be freed.

    Cause
          An attempt was made to free a marked memory allocation.  This
          is not allowed since any memory allocations that have been
          marked indicate to the mpatrol library that they should
          remain allocated for the duration of the program.

    Additional
          The log file entry and information about the original memory
          allocation.

    Result
          No memory allocation will be freed and execution continues.

   * `FRENUL'
    Message
          `attempt to free a NULL pointer'

    Type
          Warning

    Cause
          A function was called to free an existing memory allocation
          with a pointer of `NULL' when either of the `CHECKALL' or
          `CHECKFREES' options were used.  This warning will not occur
          by default as the ANSI C/C++ standards allow this behaviour,
          and it is really only a portability issue.

    Additional
          The log file entry.

    Result
          No memory allocation will be freed and execution continues.

   * `FREOPN'
    Message
          `attempt to perform operation on free memory'

    Type
          Error

    Cause
          A memory operation function was called to operate on free
          memory.

    Additional
          The log file entry.

    Result
          The memory operation fails and execution continues.

   * `ILLMEM'
    Message
          `illegal memory access at address %1'

    Type
          Error

    `%1'
          The address at which the illegal memory access occurred.

    Cause
          An attempt was made to read from or write to an illegal
          address on systems which have virtual memory.  This address
          may or may not exist in the heap, or it may be a perfectly
          valid address that was misaligned and caused a bus error.  In
          either case, the mpatrol library will attempt to associate
          the address with an existing memory allocation.  This error
          may also appear instead of memory corruption errors if the
          `PAGEALLOC' or `OFLOWWATCH' options were used.

    Additional
          The library summary, information about the original memory
          allocation (if possible) and the call stack of where the
          error occurred.

    Result
          Execution terminates.

   * `INCOMP'
    Message
          `%1 was allocated with %2'

    Type
          Error

    `%1'
          The pointer to the memory allocation that is to be resized or
          freed.

    `%2'
          The name of the function which originally allocated the
          memory allocation.

    Cause
          A function was called to resize or free a memory allocation
          that was allocated with a function that is incompatible with
          the current request.  For example, a memory allocation which
          was allocated with `operator new' being resized with
          `realloc()'.

    Additional
          The log file entry and information about the original memory
          allocation.

    Result
          The reallocation or deallocation fails and execution
          continues.

   * `MAXALN'
    Message
          `alignment %1 is greater than the system page size'

    Type
          Warning

    `%1'
          The alignment in bytes.

    Cause
          The `memalign()' function was called to allocate memory with
          an alignment which was greater than the system page size when
          either of the `CHECKALL' or `CHECKALLOCS' options were used.
          The mpatrol library cannot currently align memory allocations
          to a byte alignment over this limit, but then neither can
          most other implementations.

    Additional
          The log file entry.

    Result
          The alignment is set to the system page size and execution
          continues.

   * `MISMAT'
    Message
          `%1 does not match allocation of %2'

    Type
          Error

    `%1'
          The pointer to the memory allocation that is to be resized or
          freed.

    `%2'
          The pointer to the memory allocation that the mpatrol library
          knows about.

    Cause
          A function was called to resize or free a memory allocation
          that begins at a different address from that supplied.

    Additional
          The log file entry and information about the original memory
          allocation.

    Result
          The reallocation or deallocation fails and execution
          continues.

   * `NOTALL'
    Message
          `%1 has not been allocated'

    Type
          Error

    `%1'
          The pointer to the memory allocation that is to be resized or
          freed.

    Cause
          A function was called to resize or free a memory allocation
          that has not been allocated.  It may be that the memory
          allocation has just been freed, in which case the `NOFREE'
          option should be used to provide a better diagnostic message.

    Additional
          The log file entry.

    Result
          The reallocation or deallocation fails and execution
          continues.

   * `NULOPN'
    Message
          `attempt to perform operation on a NULL pointer'

    Type
          Error

    Cause
          A memory operation function was called to operate on a `NULL'
          pointer.  If the length of the operation was zero then this
          error will only occur when the `CHECKALL' or `CHECKMEMORY'
          options were used as the ANSI C/C++ standards allow this
          behaviour, and it is really only a portability issue.

    Additional
          The log file entry.

    Result
          The memory operation fails and execution continues.

   * `OUTMEM'
    Message
          `out of memory'

    Type
          Error

    Cause
          The `alloca()', `xmalloc()' or `MP_MALLOC()' families of
          functions were called to allocate memory, but no more memory
          was available to allocate and the low-memory handler, if
          installed, could not free up sufficient memory.  This error
          can also be caused by a call to the `operator new' or
          `operator new[]' C++ operators (not the _nothrow_ versions)
          when they would otherwise return a `NULL' pointer and the
          mpatrol library was compiled with a C compiler (which means
          that it cannot throw a `std::bad_alloc' exception).

    Additional
          The library summary.

    Result
          Execution terminates.

   * `PRVFRD'
    Message
          `%1 was freed with %2'

    Type
          Error

    `%1'
          The pointer to the memory allocation that is to be resized or
          freed.

    `%2'
          The name of the function which originally freed the memory
          allocation.

    Cause
          A function was called to resize or free a memory allocation
          that had previously been freed when the `NOFREE' option was
          used.

    Additional
          The log file entry and information about the original memory
          allocation.

    Result
          The reallocation or deallocation fails and execution
          continues.

   * `RNGOVF'
    Message
          `range [%1,%2] overflows [%3,%4]'

    Type
          Warning/Error

    `%1'
          The start address of the memory region.

    `%2'
          The end address of the memory region.

    `%3'
          The start address of the memory allocation.

    `%4'
          The end address of the memory allocation.

    Cause
          A memory operation function was called to operate on a range
          of memory which overflowed the boundaries of a memory
          allocation.

    Additional
          The log file entry and information about the original memory
          allocation.

    Result
          The operation will be only be performed (and will be changed
          from an error to a warning) if the `ALLOWOFLOW' option was
          used, but execution will continue regardless.

   * `RNGOVL'
    Message
          `range [%1,%2] overlaps [%3,%4]'

    Type
          Warning

    `%1'
          The start address of the source memory region.

    `%2'
          The end address of the source memory region.

    `%3'
          The start address of the destination memory region.

    `%4'
          The end address of the destination memory region.

    Cause
          The `memcpy()' or `memccpy()' function was called to copy
          overlapping memory regions.  This is an error on many systems
          and the ANSI C/C++ standards specify that `memmove()' should
          be used instead.

    Additional
          The log file entry.

    Result
          The copy operation will still be performed but it will deal
          correctly with overlapping memory regions.

   * `RSZNUL'
    Message
          `attempt to resize a NULL pointer'

    Type
          Warning

    Cause
          A function was called to resize an existing memory allocation
          with a pointer of `NULL' when either of the `CHECKALL' or
          `CHECKREALLOCS' options were used.  This warning will not
          occur by default as the ANSI C/C++ standards allow this
          behaviour, and it is really only a portability issue.

    Additional
          The log file entry.

    Result
          A new memory allocation is returned and execution continues.

   * `RSZZER'
    Message
          `attempt to resize an allocation to size 0'

    Type
          Warning

    Cause
          A function was called to resize an existing memory allocation
          to a size of `0' when either of the `CHECKALL' or
          `CHECKREALLOCS' options were used.  This warning will not
          occur by default as the ANSI C/C++ standards allow this
          behaviour, and it is really only a portability issue.

    Additional
          The log file entry.

    Result
          The existing memory allocation will be freed and execution
          continues.

   * `STROVF'
    Message
          `string %1 overflows [%2,%3]'

    Type
          Error

    `%1'
          The start address of the string.

    `%2'
          The start address of the memory allocation.

    `%3'
          The end address of the memory allocation.

    Cause
          A string function was called to operate on a string which
          overflowed the boundaries of a memory allocation.

    Additional
          The log file entry and information about the original memory
          allocation.

    Result
          The operation will not be performed and execution continues.

   * `ZERALN'
    Message
          `alignment 0 is invalid'

    Type
          Warning

    Cause
          The `memalign()' function was called to allocate memory with
          an alignment of `0' when either of the `CHECKALL' or
          `CHECKALLOCS' options were used.

    Additional
          The log file entry.

    Result
          The alignment is set to the default system alignment and
          execution continues.

Appendix E Library performance
******************************

   The following times were obtained on a Sun Ultra 5 with an
UltraSPARC IIi processor running at 333MHz and running Solaris 7.  The
test performed was the one in `tests/pass/test1.c' and all tests were
run on a lightly loaded system, but were run several times to obtain an
average result.  Obviously, these times can only be an approximation,
but should serve to illustrate the effects on performance that each
option can have.  All times are given in seconds, and the second time
on each line was obtained with the same options plus the `NOPROTECT'
option.  The tests were all run with the default `CHECK=0' option, so
running with the `CHECK=-' option would slow things down dramatically,
albeit with more checking being performed to detect heap corruption.

   Running with basic options:

_no options_                                0.525       0.258
`OFLOWSIZE=2'                               0.569       0.265
`OFLOWSIZE=8'                               0.580       0.276
`PAGEALLOC=LOWER'                           0.709       0.462
`PAGEALLOC=UPPER'                           0.742       0.485

   Running when all freed memory allocations are kept:

`NOFREE=0xFFFF'                             0.711       0.338
`NOFREE=0xFFFF OFLOWSIZE=2'                 0.725       0.350
`NOFREE=0xFFFF OFLOWSIZE=8'                 0.739       0.358
`NOFREE=0xFFFF PAGEALLOC=LOWER'             1.048       0.710
`NOFREE=0xFFFF PAGEALLOC=UPPER'             1.079       0.722

   Running when all freed memory allocations are kept and their
contents are preserved:

`NOFREE=0xFFFF PRESERVE'                    0.725       0.341
`NOFREE=0xFFFF PRESERVE OFLOWSIZE=2'        0.735       0.357
`NOFREE=0xFFFF PRESERVE OFLOWSIZE=8'        0.745       0.360
`NOFREE=0xFFFF PRESERVE PAGEALLOC=LOWER'    1.055       0.722
`NOFREE=0xFFFF PRESERVE PAGEALLOC=UPPER'    1.081       0.729

   Running using watch points to check the overflow buffers:

`OFLOWSIZE=2 OFLOWWATCH'                    28.758      28.372

   Running using the Solaris malloc libraries:

Solaris malloc(3c) library                  0.030
Solaris malloc(3x) library                  0.033
Solaris bsdmalloc(3x) library               0.027
Solaris mapmalloc(3x) library               0.030
Solaris watchmalloc(3x) library             30.323

Appendix F File formats
***********************

   The formats of the profiling and tracing output files that are
produced by the mpatrol library are described here(1).

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) The file `extra/magic' contains a UNIX _magic_ file excerpt for
automatically identifying an mpatrol log file, an mpatrol profiling
output file and an mpatrol tracing output file with the `file' command.

F.1 Profiling file format
=========================

   Every mpatrol profiling output file contains the following
components.

   * 4 bytes containing the characters `M', `P', `T' and `L'.

   * 1 unsigned integer representing the value `1'.  This is used by
     `mprof' to determine the endianness of the processor that produced
     the profiling output file so that it can decide whether to perform
     byte-swapping on the input data.

   * 1 unsigned integer containing the version number of the mpatrol
     library which produced the profiling output file.

   * 3 unsigned integers containing the small, medium and large
     allocation bounds.

   * 1 unsigned integer containing the allocation bin size.  If the
     allocation bin size is greater than zero then it is followed by
     the allocation bins, the large allocation totals, the deallocation
     bins and the large deallocation totals, where the bins are arrays
     of unsigned integers with dimensions of the allocation bin size
     and the totals are unsigned integers.

   * 1 unsigned integer containing the number of profiling data
     structures.  If the number of profiling data structures is greater
     than zero then it is followed by the profiling data structures
     themselves, which are of the following structure.

        * 1 unsigned integer representing the index of this profiling
          data.

        * 4 unsigned integers representing the small, medium, large and
          extra large allocation counts for this profiling data.

        * 4 unsigned integers representing the small, medium, large and
          extra large allocation totals for this profiling data.

        * 4 unsigned integers representing the small, medium, large and
          extra large deallocation counts for this profiling data.

        * 4 unsigned integers representing the small, medium, large and
          extra large deallocation totals for this profiling data.

   * 1 unsigned integer containing the number of call sites.  If the
     number of call sites is greater than zero then it is followed by
     the call sites themselves, which are of the following structure.

        * 1 unsigned integer representing the index of this call site.

        * 1 unsigned integer representing the index of the parent call
          site.

        * 1 generic pointer representing the code address of this call
          site.

        * 1 unsigned integer representing the index of an associated
          symbol.

        * 1 unsigned integer representing the offset of the symbol name.

        * 1 unsigned integer representing the index of any associated
          profiling data.

   * 1 unsigned integer containing the number of symbol addresses.  If
     the number of symbol addresses is greater than zero then it is
     followed by the symbol addresses themselves, which are generic
     pointers.

   * 1 unsigned integer containing the size of the symbol name string
     table.  This is followed by the symbol name string table, which is
     an array of characters containing the nul-terminated symbol names.

   * 4 bytes containing the characters `M', `P', `T' and `L'.

F.2 Tracing file format
=======================

   Every mpatrol tracing output file contains the following components.

   * 4 bytes containing the characters `M', `T', `R' and `C'.

   * 1 unsigned integer representing the value `1'.  This is used by
     `mptrace' to determine the endianness of the processor that
     produced the tracing output file so that it can decide whether to
     perform byte-swapping on the input data.

   * 1 unsigned integer containing the version number of the mpatrol
     library which produced the tracing output file.

   * One or more of the following event records.

        * If the event is a system heap allocation for use by the
          mpatrol library's internal data structures then the event
          record will begin with the character `I' followed by the
          start address and size in bytes of the heap allocation
          encoded as unsigned LEB128 numbers.

        * If the event is a system heap allocation for use by the
          program's memory allocations then the event record will begin
          with the character `H' followed by the start address and size
          in bytes of the heap allocation encoded as unsigned LEB128
          numbers.

        * If the event is a memory allocation then the event record
          will begin with the character `A' followed by the allocation
          index, start address and size in bytes of the memory
          allocation encoded as unsigned LEB128 numbers.  From version
          1.4.5 of the mpatrol library, the thread identifier, function
          name, file name and line number are also written out as part
          of the event record (see below).

        * If the event is a memory reallocation then the event record
          will begin with the character `R' followed by the allocation
          index, start address and size of the new memory allocation
          encoded as an unsigned LEB128 number.  From version 1.4.5 of
          the mpatrol library, the thread identifier, function name,
          file name and line number are also written out as part of the
          event record (see below).

        * If the event is a memory deallocation then the event record
          will begin with the character `F' followed by the allocation
          index of the memory allocation encoded as an unsigned LEB128
          number.  From version 1.4.5 of the mpatrol library, the
          thread identifier, function name, file name and line number
          are also written out as part of the event record (see below).

   * From version 1.4.5 of the mpatrol library, event records contain
     the following additional information.

        * The thread identifier as an unsigned LEB128 number.

        * The cached source function name.  If the first byte is zero
          then there is no associated function name.  If the first byte
          has the most significant bit set then the following
          null-terminated string defines a source function name
          associated with the number in the remaining 7 bits.  If the
          first byte does not have the most significant bit set then it
          is taken to be the index of a previously defined source
          function name.

        * The cached source file name.  If the first byte is zero then
          there is no associated file name.  If the first byte has the
          most significant bit set then the following null-terminated
          string defines a source file name associated with the number
          in the remaining 7 bits.  If the first byte does not have the
          most significant bit set then it is taken to be the index of
          a previously defined source file name.

        * The source line number as an unsigned LEB128 number.

   * 4 bytes containing the characters `M', `T', `R' and `C'.

Appendix G Supported systems
****************************

   Following is a list of systems on which the mpatrol library has been
built and tested.  The system details include the operating system and
version, the processor type, the object file format and the compiler
used to compile the library and tests.  The details following each
system list any features of the library that are not (or cannot be)
supported on that system.

   * AIX 4.1, IBM RS/6000, XCOFF, `cc'
        * The thread-safe version of the library does not work.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * There is a problem obtaining the program's executable
          filename when using the shared library version of mpatrol.

        * The shared library version of mpatrol does not currently
          override the dynamic memory allocation functions that are
          called from other shared libraries and so will only affect
          object files that are statically linked.  If this is a problem
          then should link your programs with the following additional
          compiler options in order to perform a static link instead of
          a dynamic link: `-bnoautoimp' `-bimport:/lib/syscalls.exp'
          and also `-bimport:/lib/threads.exp' if linking with
          `libmpatrolmt.a'.

        * A makefile called `Makefile.aix' is supplied in `build/unix'
          which will build the mpatrol library as an AIX shared
          library.  The shared library will be embedded within the
          mpatrol archive library as is done with the system libraries.

        * The `__mp_init_' initialisation function feature does not
          work since function entry points need to be referenced
          through the TOC.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

   * DG/UX 4.11, Intel Pentium Pro, ELF32, `gcc'
        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

   * DG/UX 4.20MU07, Intel Pentium Pro, ELF32, `gcc'
        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command does not work
          unless `libelf.so' is available.

   * DG/UX 4.11, Motorola 88100, ELF32, `gcc'
        * The thread-safe version of the library does not work if the
          mpatrol library is built as a shared library.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * Call stack traversal only works with unoptimised code.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

   * DRS/NX 6.2, SPARC V7, ELF32, `cc'
        * The option `-DSYSTEM=SYSTEM_DRSNX' must be added to the
          `CFLAGS' section in the `Makefile' before building the
          library.

        * The thread-safe version of the library does not work.  This
          is because there does not appear to be any evidence that this
          version of the operating system supports threads.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

   * DYNIX/ptx 4.5, Intel Pentium Pro, ELF32, `cc'
        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command does not work
          unless `libelf.so' is available.

   * FreeBSD 4.2, Intel Celeron, ELF32, `gcc'
        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * On ELF-based systems, the mpatrol library requires either the
          ELF access library or the GNU BFD library to be installed on
          the system, otherwise no symbols can be read from executable
          files or shared libraries and the library must be built with
          the `-DFORMAT=FORMAT_NONE' option.  No such extra libraries
          are required on `a.out'-based systems.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command does not
          appear to work correctly, giving spurious errors in the log
          file.

   * HP/UX 10.20, HP PA/RISC 9000, BFD, `gcc'
        * The thread-safe version of the library does not work.  This
          is because there does not appear to be any evidence that this
          version of the operating system supports threads.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

   * IRIX 5.3, MIPS R4000, ELF32, `cc'
        * The thread-safe version of the library does not work.  This
          is because there does not appear to be any evidence that this
          version of the operating system supports threads.

        * This version of the operating system only allows up to 100
          user-programmable software watch points, which means that the
          `OFLOWWATCH' option will not work properly if more than 50
          memory allocations exist at one time.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * Stack traversal may be unreliable from signal-handlers.

   * Red Hat Linux 6.0, Intel Pentium III, BFD, `g++'
        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `CHECKFORK' option does not work properly in
          multithreaded programs due to each thread having different
          process identifiers.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command does not work
          unless `libiberty.so' is available.

   * Red Hat Linux 6.1, Intel Pentium III, BFD, `g++'
        * The thread-safe version of the library does not work due to
          the system threads library calling `malloc()' and `bzero()'
          recursively.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `CHECKFORK' option does not work properly in
          multithreaded programs due to each thread having different
          process identifiers.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command does not work
          unless `libiberty.so' is available.

   * Red Hat Linux 6.2, Intel Pentium III, BFD, `g++'
        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `CHECKFORK' option does not work properly in
          multithreaded programs due to each thread having different
          process identifiers.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command does not work
          unless `libiberty.so' is available.

   * Red Hat Linux 7.x, Intel Pentium III, BFD, `g++'
        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `CHECKFORK' option does not work properly in
          multithreaded programs due to each thread having different
          process identifiers.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command does not work
          unless `libiberty.so' is available.

   * Red Hat Linux 5.1, Motorola 68040, BFD, `gcc'
        * The thread-safe version of the library does not work due to
          the system threads library calling `malloc()' and `bzero()'
          recursively.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `CHECKFORK' option does not work properly in
          multithreaded programs due to each thread having different
          process identifiers.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command does not work
          unless `libiberty.so' is available.

   * Red Hat Linux 5.1, Motorola 68040, ELF32, `gcc'
        * The thread-safe version of the library does not work due to
          the system threads library calling `malloc()' and `bzero()'
          recursively.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `CHECKFORK' option does not work properly in
          multithreaded programs due to each thread having different
          process identifiers.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command does not work
          unless `libelf.so' is available.

   * SuSE Linux 7.1, Intel Pentium II, BFD, `g++'
        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `CHECKFORK' option does not work properly in
          multithreaded programs due to each thread having different
          process identifiers.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command does not work
          unless `libiberty.so' is available.

   * LynxOS 3.0.0, Intel Pentium Pro, BFD, `gcc'
        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEMMAP' option has no effect.

        * There is currently no support for reading symbols from COFF
          shared libraries.  You should currently always perform a
          static link instead of a dynamic link when linking your
          program, but that is the default on LynxOS anyway.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

   * LynxOS 3.0.0, Intel Pentium Pro, COFF, `gcc'
        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * The `USEMMAP' option has no effect.

        * There is currently no support for reading symbols from COFF
          shared libraries.  You should currently always perform a
          static link instead of a dynamic link when linking your
          program, but that is the default on LynxOS anyway.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

   * LynxOS 3.0.0, PowerPC, BFD, `gcc'
        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEMMAP' option has no effect.

        * There is currently no support for reading symbols from XCOFF
          shared libraries.  You should currently always perform a
          static link instead of a dynamic link when linking your
          program, but that is the default on LynxOS anyway.

        * The `__mp_init_' initialisation function feature does not
          work since function entry points need to be referenced
          through the TOC.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

   * LynxOS 3.0.0, PowerPC, XCOFF, `gcc'
        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * The `USEMMAP' option has no effect.

        * There is currently no support for reading symbols from XCOFF
          shared libraries.  You should currently always perform a
          static link instead of a dynamic link when linking your
          program, but that is the default on LynxOS anyway.

        * The `__mp_init_' initialisation function feature does not
          work since function entry points need to be referenced
          through the TOC.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

   * SINIX 5.43, MIPS R4000, ELF32, `cc'
        * The thread-safe version of the library does not work.  This
          is because there does not appear to be any evidence that this
          version of the operating system supports threads.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * Stack traversal may be unreliable from signal-handlers.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

   * Solaris 2.6, Intel Pentium Pro, BFD, `gcc'
        * No known issues.

   * Solaris 2.6, Intel Pentium Pro, ELF32, `gcc'
        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

   * Solaris 2.5, SPARC V8, BFD, `gcc'
        * The thread-safe version of the library does not work due to a
          problem with a system library.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.  The
          `-DMP_PROCFS_SUPPORT=0' and `-DMP_WATCH_SUPPORT=0' options
          must be added to `CFLAGS' in the `Makefile'.

   * Solaris 2.5, SPARC V8, ELF32, `gcc'
        * The thread-safe version of the library does not work due to a
          problem with a system library.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.  The
          `-DMP_PROCFS_SUPPORT=0' and `-DMP_WATCH_SUPPORT=0' options
          must be added to `CFLAGS' in the `Makefile'.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

   * Solaris 7, SPARC V9, BFD, `g++'
        * The mpatrol library can be compiled and run in a 64-bit
          environment.

   * Solaris 7, SPARC V9, ELF32/ELF64, `g++'
        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * The mpatrol library can be compiled and run in a 64-bit
          environment.

   * Solaris 8, SPARC V9, BFD, `g++'
        * The mpatrol library can be compiled and run in a 64-bit
          environment.

   * Solaris 8, SPARC V9, ELF32/ELF64, `g++'
        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * The mpatrol library can be compiled and run in a 64-bit
          environment.

   * Tru64 5.0, Alpha, BFD, `cxx'
        * The thread-safe version of the library has not yet been
          tested.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The system exception-handling library (libexc) is used for
          call stack traversal.  Unfortunately, this library makes
          several calls to `malloc()' when initialising itself and this
          can sometimes result in a recursive loop when used in
          combination with the mpatrol library.  If this occurs, either
          `MP_BUILTINSTACK_SUPPORT=1' must be defined or the mpatrol
          library must be built without the `malloc.o' module.

        * The mpatrol library can be compiled and run in a 64-bit
          environment.

   * UnixWare 7.1.1, Intel Pentium II, ELF32, `gcc'
        * The option `-DSYSTEM=SYSTEM_UNIXWARE' must be added to the
          `CFLAGS' section in the `Makefile' before building the
          library.

        * The thread-safe version of the library does not work.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

   * AmigaOS 3.1, Motorola 68040, BFD, `gcc'
        * No memory protection so the `PAGEALLOC' option has no effect.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * The `USEMMAP' option has no effect.

        * The `EDIT' and `LIST' options have no effect.

        * Limited support for call stack traversal.

        * Limited support for reading symbols.

        * No detection of illegal memory accesses.

        * The `__mp_init_' initialisation function feature does not
          work.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

        * The `mptrace' command has no GUI.

        * The `mpsym' and `hexwords' commands do not work unless `gdb'
          and the GNU text processing tools are installed.

        * The `mpedit' command does not work.

   * AmigaOS 3.1, Motorola 68040, n/a, SAS/C
        * No automatic override of `malloc()', etc., without inclusion
          of `mpatrol.h'.

        * No memory protection so the `PAGEALLOC' option has no effect.

        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEDEBUG' option has no effect.

        * The `USEMMAP' option has no effect.

        * The `EDIT' and `LIST' options have no effect.

        * No support for call stack traversal.

        * No support for reading symbols.

        * No detection of illegal memory accesses.

        * The C++ compiler may come with an older version of the
          standard C++ library which does not place `set_new_hander()'
          in the `std' namespace.  The `mpatrol.h' header file and the
          `cplus.c' source file will need to be changed accordingly.

        * The `__mp_init_' initialisation function feature does not
          work.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

        * The `mptrace' command has no GUI.

        * The `mpsym', `mpedit' and `hexwords' commands do not work.

   * Microsoft Windows NT 4.0, Intel Pentium III, PE, Microsoft Visual
     C++
        * The `OFLOWWATCH' option has no effect.

        * The `USEMMAP' option has no effect.

        * The `EDIT' and `LIST' options have no effect.

        * The C++ compiler may come with an older version of the
          standard C++ library which does not place `set_new_hander()'
          in the `std' namespace.  The `mpatrol.h' header file and the
          `cplus.c' source file will need to be changed accordingly.

        * There is currently a problem when mixing the archive library
          version of mpatrol with the DLL version of the Microsoft
          Runtime Library, and vice versa.

        * The `__mp_init_' initialisation function feature does not
          work.

        * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command has no effect.

        * The `mptrace' command has no GUI.

        * The `mpsym', `mpedit' and `hexwords' commands do not work.

Appendix H Porting
******************

   This section describes how to port the mpatrol library to new
systems.  It is not a complete set of guidelines as nothing can cover
every eventuality, but it should list most of the important issues and
where to make the necessary changes.  Once you've made the changes (and
are happy with them) then send them to me and I can incorporate them
into the next mpatrol release.  I'd also like to hear from anybody who
has got mpatrol working on a different version of an operating system
listed in the supported systems section (*note Supported systems::)
even if no changes were required, since that information can be useful
for new users wondering if mpatrol can be used on their system.

  1. Make any required changes in `src/target.h' in order to identify
     the new system.

     The `TARGET' macro is used to identify distinct families of
     operating systems whereas the `SYSTEM' macro is used to identify
     the operating system variant if `TARGET=TARGET_UNIX'.  You should
     try to identify the predefined preprocessor macros that the system
     C compiler defines for the operating system type and the operating
     system variant, otherwise you will have to specify the `TARGET'
     and `SYSTEM' macros explicitly in the `Makefile' when building the
     mpatrol library.  Note that for non-UNIX operating systems,
     `SYSTEM=SYSTEM_ANY' is implied.

     The `ARCH' macro is used to identify the processor architecture
     and the `ENVIRON' macro is used to identify the processor word
     size.  Again, you should try to identify the predefined
     preprocessor macros that the system C compiler defines for the
     processor architecture and processor word size, otherwise you may
     also have to specify the `ARCH' and `ENVIRON' macros explicitly in
     the `Makefile' when building the mpatrol library.  The default
     setting for the processor word size is `ENVIRON=ENVIRON_32'.

     You can normally figure out the preprocessor macros that are
     predefined by the system C compiler by using the `-#', `-v' or
     `-verbose' options when compiling a source file.  The command line
     used to invoke the preprocessor should then be shown, which should
     show a list of all of the macros that are being defined in
     addition to those specified on the compiler command line.  It
     should then be easy for you to spot the ones you need.

     The `FORMAT' macro is used to identify the object file format and
     the `DYNLINK' macro is used to identify the dynamic linker type.
     You may be able to use the existing values for these without
     having to define new ones, but in any case you should attempt to
     set defaults for these macros depending on the values of the four
     preceding macros.  A setting of `FORMAT=FORMAT_NONE' indicates
     that reading symbols from any object files is not supported and a
     setting of `DYNLINK=DYNLINK_NONE' indicates that reading symbols
     from shared libraries is not supported.

     If the object file format of the new system is not currently
     supported, perhaps it is supported by the GNU BFD library.  This
     can be used as a catch-all solution to provide symbol reading
     support for the mpatrol library with object file formats that are
     obscure or are just hard to implement readers for.  You'd be
     surprised at how many object file formats are supported by that
     library and if the new format is supported then try defining
     `FORMAT=FORMAT_BFD' for the new system.

     In all six of the above target macros, care should be taken not to
     define a new macro that is effectively the same as an existing
     one, unless there are significant differences.  For example, the
     dynamic linker used on BSD systems is slightly different from the
     dynamic linker used on SunOS, but they both use
     `DYNLINK=DYNLINK_BSD' because the underlying dynamic linker uses
     the same data structures -- they are just named differently on the
     two systems.

     Note that there are also corresponding `*_STR' macros for all six
     of the above target macros.  These are used when displaying the
     target environment information in the mpatrol log file so they
     should be as accurate as possible so as to avoid misleading users.

     Finally, you should determine if it is necessary to define any
     special macros in order to obtain all of the required definitions
     from the system header files.  Many compilers default to providing
     an ANSI C or C++ environment without any extensions, but as the
     mpatrol library uses additional features that are not provided by
     these standards, it may be necessary to define additional macros
     that allow the compiler to see the definitions of these features.
     For example, the `_POSIX_SOURCE' macro is defined here for all
     UNIX platforms so that mpatrol can make use of the POSIX
     extensions.  Note that `src/target.h' is the only mpatrol library
     source file that refers to the predefined preprocessor macros
     defined by the system C compiler on a particular system (apart
     from a few necessary exceptions) and the rest of the source code
     refers to the six aforementioned macros for conditional
     compilation.

  2. Make any required changes in `src/memory.c' in order to support
     the new system.

     The mpatrol library, like the system malloc library it is
     replacing, must have some way of allocating memory from the system
     heap for a process.  For UNIX systems, this is done by calling
     `sbrk()' and/or `mmap()' but this is likely to be completely
     different for other operating systems.  The mpatrol library must
     also have some way of returning the allocated heap memory back to
     the operating system, although on systems with virtual memory this
     is not really an issue (see `MP_DELETEHEAP' in `src/config.h').
     If there is currently no support in the mpatrol library for
     allocating and returning system heap memory for the new system
     then you must modify `__mp_memalloc()' and `__mp_memfree()' to add
     the support.  You should define `MP_MMAP_SUPPORT' in
     `src/config.h' if the operating system is UNIX and the system
     variant supports the `mmap()' system call.

     Note that some (mainly embedded) systems may have no system heap
     available for a program to use.  If that is the case then the
     mpatrol library can be built to allocate memory from a static
     array whose size is fixed at compile-time.  The `MP_ARRAY_SUPPORT'
     macro should be defined in `src/config.h' and the `MP_ARRAY_SIZE'
     macro should be set to the maximum number of bytes that the
     simulated heap should be able to hold.  Keep in mind that all of
     the internal mpatrol library data structures will also be
     allocated from this array so it is important to make it large
     enough.

     Operating systems with virtual memory allow mpatrol to protect
     certain regions of heap memory to ensure that they are not
     overwritten.  The `MP_PROTECT_SUPPORT' macro in `src/config.h'
     controls whether the operating system supports this, and the
     `__mp_memprotect()' and `__mp_memquery()' functions should be
     updated to support the new system.  You should also define
     `MP_MINCORE_SUPPORT' in `src/config.h' if the operating system is
     UNIX and the system variant supports the `mincore()' system call.
     The `MP_WATCH_SUPPORT' macro controls the support of software
     watchpoints in a similar way and the `__mp_memwatch()' function
     should be updated if they are supported.

     If the new system is a UNIX system and it supports the `/proc'
     filesystem then you may wish to define `MP_PROCFS_SUPPORT' in
     `src/config.h'.  However, this is only necessary if there is a way
     to detect the filename the current process was invoked with
     (`MP_PROCFS_CMDNAME') or a way to obtain the filehandle of the
     executable file for the current process (`MP_PROCFS_EXENAME').  It
     may also be necessary if `MP_WATCH_SUPPORT' is defined and the
     only way to set the watchpoints is via a file in the `/proc'
     filesystem (`MP_PROCFS_CTLNAME').

     Finally, you should add support for determining the system page
     size in `pagesize()' and the process identifier for the current
     process in `__mp_processid()' if the system is not already
     supported(1).  You will also have to add a way to determine the
     filename that the current process was invoked with in
     `progname()', otherwise the `PROGFILE' option will always have to
     be used in order to read symbols from the executable file.  This
     can be done in a multitude of ways, including examining global
     variables, making function calls to query the system or traversing
     the call stack.

  3. Make any required changes in `src/stack.c' in order to support
     stack traversal in the new processor architecture.

     If the new processor architecture is CISC (complex instruction set
     computer) then the chances are that you can easily find the frame
     pointer and return address of the current stack frame by simply
     looking at a constant offset from the parameter to the
     `__mp_getframe()' function.  The call chain can then be obtained
     by following the frame pointer at each stage.  This can sometimes
     be disrupted by optimisations that do not preserve the frame
     pointer but this is usually confined to leaf routines and is not
     normally an issue.  The Intel x86 and Motorola 680x0 processor
     families are good examples to look at when implementing stack
     traversal for a CISC processor.

     On the other hand, things might not be so easy if the new
     processor architecture is RISC (reduced instruction set computer).
     Such processors do not always have fixed format stack frames(2)
     and so other means might have to be used.  The Alpha and MIPS
     processor families are examples of these and code reading normally
     has to be used in order to find the call instruction from the
     calling routine.  This then has to be done for every function in
     the call stack.  An example of such code can be found for the
     generic MIPS implementation.  Any assembler code that needs to be
     written to support the stack traversal implementation should be
     written in `src/machine.c'.

     If the GNU compiler is being used then it might be possible to use
     its `__builtin_frame_address()' and `__builtin_return_address()'
     builtin functions in order to provide stack traversal.  These can
     only be used if they return `NULL' when the bottom of the call
     stack is reached, but on many architectures the GNU compiler does
     not implement this correctly and so this method of stack traversal
     cannot be used.  Even if it can, it still imposes an upper limit
     on the size of the stack that can be traversed.  If this is not an
     issue then it can be enabled with the `MP_BUILTINSTACK_SUPPORT'
     macro in `src/config.h' and the maximum size of the call stack
     that can be traversed can be set by changing the `MP_MAXSTACK'
     macro in the same file.  The `MP_FULLSTACK' macro in
     `src/config.h' should be set for stack traversal implementations
     that have no limit to the maximum size of the call stack that can
     be traversed.  Obviously that is not the case for
     `MP_BUILTINSTACK_SUPPORT'.

     Some operating systems have library functions that provide stack
     traversal facilities and so you may wish to make use of them by
     defining `MP_LIBRARYSTACK_SUPPORT' in `src/config.h' and
     implementing the code to call them in `src/stack.c'.  Examples of
     systems that can make use of this capability are IRIX and Tru64,
     although they have a drawback in that they recursively call
     `malloc()' and so work slower than they normally would.

     If any functions from an external system library were used to help
     implement stack traversal for the new processor architecture then
     you may also have to modify the `MP_SYSTEM_LIBS' definitions in
     `src/config.h', the `__mp_lib*' definitions in `src/inter.c' and
     the `AC_CHECK_LIB()' calls in `extra/mpatrol.m4'.

  4. Make any required changes in `src/symbol.c' in order to support
     any new object file formats and dynamic linkers.

     The best place to find information on the object file format and
     dynamic linker interface supported by a new system is the on-line
     manual pages and header files on that system.  If that fails then
     try the hardcopy technical reference manuals that came with the
     system or the internet in order to find the information you need.
     There may also be standards that define the object file format and
     dynamic linker interface across several systems.

     If you defined a new `FORMAT' macro in `src/target.h' then you must
     add the code to support it in `src/symbol.c'.  You will typically
     have to add new `addsymbol()' and `addsymbols()' functions that
     are specific to the new object file format and then add support
     for that format in `__mp_addsymbols()' and `__mp_findsymbol()'.
     If it is possible to easily read a line number table from the
     object file format then you may also want to extend the
     `__mp_findsource()' function to handle the new format as well in
     order to support the `USEDEBUG' option.

     If you defined a new `DYNLINK' macro in `src/target.h' then you
     must also add the code to support it in `src/symbol.c'.  You will
     normally only have to extend the `__mp_addextsymbols()' function
     to support the new dynamic linker but there may be some extra work
     required to translate the base addresses of any symbols read from
     shared libraries into real addresses.

     In both cases, try to base the new code on the structure of the
     existing code since it has been proven to work well and there is
     no point in reinventing the wheel(3).  You might decide to make
     changes to an existing implementation instead; this was done with
     the COFF and XCOFF formats, for example.

     If any functions from an external object file access library were
     used to help read symbols from the new object file format then you
     may also have to modify the `MP_SYMBOL_LIBS' definitions in
     `src/config.h', the `__mp_lib*' definitions in `src/inter.c' and
     the `AC_CHECK_LIB()' calls in `extra/mpatrol.m4'.

  5. Make any required changes in `src/signals.c' in order to obtain
     the address of an illegal memory access in the new system.

     If the system supports the `SA_SIGINFO' flag when setting up a
     signal handler with `sigaction()' then it supports
     architecture-independent determination of the address of an
     illegal memory access and the `MP_SIGINFO_SUPPORT' macro should be
     set in `src/config.h'.

     If this is not the case then an architecture-dependent method must
     be employed in order to obtain this information.  On UNIX systems,
     signal handlers can have additional arguments that may be used to
     probe for the address of a segmentation violation or bus error.
     On Windows systems, an exception record can be obtained whenever
     an access violation occurs.  In either case, the saved register
     containing the relevant address must be determined.  If this is
     not done then the mpatrol library will compile correctly, but the
     addresses of illegal memory accesses can never be determined.

  6. Make any required changes in `src/mutex.c' in order to support
     threads in the new system.

     The mpatrol library must be able to lock its data structures in a
     multithreaded environment otherwise two threads may allocate
     memory at the same time and the heap would become corrupted, for
     example.  On operating systems that have virtual memory, processes
     have their own address space and can have more than one thread of
     execution running at one time.  On other operating systems, there
     is only one process (the operating system) and the threads are the
     user processes that all share the same address space.  For that
     reason, you may wish to use semaphores on such systems since they
     have no support for threads in a conventional sense.

     For systems that do support threads, mutexes should be used to
     lock the mpatrol library data structures.  On UNIX platforms,
     POSIX threads are used but this could easily be extended to other
     threads implementations.  On Windows platforms, Win32 API threads
     are used.  For other systems, POSIX threads are preferred but it
     should not be too hard to add support for others.  There should
     also be a way to return the current thread identifier.

     You should also determine if it is necessary to define any special
     macros in order to obtain all of the required threadsafe
     definitions from the system header files.  Many compilers require
     an option to be specified on the command line in order to compile
     threadsafe code, but some still only require a preprocessor macro
     to be defined during compilation.  For example, the `_REENTRANT'
     macro is defined for Solaris systems so that mpatrol can make use
     of the threadsafe definitions.  Any such macros should be defined
     in `src/config.h' when `MP_THREADS_SUPPORT' is defined.

     The multithreaded version of the mpatrol library must be
     initialised before a process becomes multithreaded and so there
     must be a way to do this on a new system.

     The `MP_INIT_SUPPORT' macro should be defined in `src/config.h' if
     the new system supports `.init' and `.fini' sections that get
     executed before and after `main()' respectively.  Both the
     contents of the `.init' section (which should call
     `__mp_initmutexes()' and `__mp_init()') and the `.fini' section
     (which should call `__mp_fini()') should be written in
     `src/machine.c' in assembler code.

     There are also other methods to initialise and terminate the
     mpatrol library in `src/inter.c' so you may need to use one of
     them (or add a new method of your own) for the new system.  Note
     that if `MP_USE_ATEXIT' is defined in `src/config.h' then these
     methods of terminating the mpatrol library when a process ends are
     replaced by registering the `__mp_fini()' function with `atexit()'.

     There may be problems if the mpatrol library is built to override
     `malloc()' and related functions if the system C library calls
     them before the mpatrol library can be initialised.  There is a
     function in `src/inter.c' on UNIX and Windows platforms called
     `crt_initialised()' which checks to see if it is safe to
     initialise the mpatrol library, and if not the relevant functions
     will use `sbrk()' to allocate the memory.  You may have to modify
     `crt_initialised()' to support the new system if there are
     initialisation problems.

     If there are no special methods to initialise the multithreaded
     version of the mpatrol library on a new system then it will simply
     be initialised at the first call to one of its functions,
     hopefully before the process has become multithreaded.

     If there is support for reading symbols from object files on the
     new system then you should compile and run the following test with
     the mpatrol library to check to see if there is support for
     calling functions by their start address.  This is not always true
     on certain systems and will most likely result in the test
     crashing if that is the case.  If the test works then the
     `MP_INITFUNC_SUPPORT' macro should be set in `src/config.h'.

          #include <stdio.h>
          #include "mpatrol.h"
          
          
          void __mp_init_test(void)
          {
              puts("__mp_init_* functions work");
          }
          
          
          void __mp_fini_test(void)
          {
              puts("__mp_fini_* functions work");
          }
          
          
          int main(void)
          {
              malloc(1);
              puts("there should be a line of output above and below");
              return EXIT_SUCCESS;
          }

     If any functions from an external threads library were used to
     lock the data structures of the multithreaded version of the
     mpatrol library then you may also have to modify the
     `MP_THREADS_LIBS' definitions in `src/config.h', the `__mp_lib*'
     definitions in `src/inter.c' and the `AC_CHECK_LIB()' calls in
     `extra/mpatrol.m4'.

  7. Make any required changes to `src/diag.c' in order to support the
     new system.

     If the directory separation characters used by filesystem
     pathnames on the new system are different to those already
     supported then you must modify `processfile()', `__mp_logfile()',
     `__mp_proffile()' and `__mp_tracefile()' in order to support them.
     The mpatrol library needs to know how to extract and join the
     directory and filename components in a pathname in order to
     support the special characters that may appear in the filenames
     specified in the `LOGFILE', `PROFFILE' and `TRACEFILE' options.

  8. Make any required changes to `src/version.c' in order to support
     the new system.

     Different operating systems have different ways of embedding
     version information into libraries.  For example, on AmigaOS the
     `version' command looks for the `$VER:' string in a binary file
     and displays any information following it.  If the new system uses
     a special format for embedding version information then an
     alternative definition for `__mp_version' should be added to
     `src/version.c'.  It might also be useful to make any necessary
     changes to the `mupdate' shell script in the `bin' directory in
     order to support the new format, although that is not strictly
     required as it is only used when building automated mpatrol
     releases.

     The RCS revision string of each mpatrol source file can also be
     embedded into the mpatrol library and its tools.  The way this is
     done is controlled by the `MP_IDENT_SUPPORT' macro in
     `src/config.h'.  If it is set then the system supports placing
     these strings in a special section in the object file via the
     `#ident' directive, otherwise the strings will be placed in a data
     section in the object file.

  9. Make any required changes in `src/mpatrol.c' in order to support
     executing external commands.

     The `mpatrol' command should be modified to support the execution
     of external commands on a new operating system.  The `exec()'
     family of functions are used on UNIX platforms, while the
     `spawn()' family of functions are used on Windows platforms.  The
     ANSI C `system()' function is currently used on all other
     platforms, but that runs the command indirectly via the system
     command line interpreter (shell) which is not usually very
     efficient.  You may also have to add the ability to find any
     commands using a search path.

     If the new operating system can support the `--dynamic' option of
     the `mpatrol' command then the `MP_PRELOAD_SUPPORT' macro should be
     defined in `src/config.h'.  The name of the environment variable
     that must be used to specify the list of shared libraries to
     preload should be given in `MP_PRELOAD_NAME' and the library
     separator string for the list should be given in `MP_PRELOAD_SEP'.
     The `MP_LIBNAME' macro may also need to be modified if the naming
     convention of shared libraries is different on the new system.
     Note that the `__mp_editfile()' function in `src/diag.c' may also
     need to be modified to prevent editor processes from being
     affected by the `--dynamic' option.

 10. Make any required changes in `src/mptrace.c' in order to support
     any new window systems.

     The `mptrace' command may be built as a text-only command line
     tool, or it may be built with GUI support if the `MP_GUI_SUPPORT'
     macro is defined in `src/config.h'.  If it is built with GUI
     support and the `--gui' option is specified then it becomes an
     event-driven tool and the code in `src/mptrace.c' has been written
     to reflect that.  The `mptrace' command currently only has Motif
     GUI support but if you wish to add support for a new window system
     then it shouldn't be too hard to do.  Note that you will probably
     have to add additional libraries to the `Makefile' when building
     `mptrace' with `MP_GUI_SUPPORT' defined.

 11. Make any required changes to the shell scripts in the `bin'
     directory.

     The `mpsym', `mpedit' and `hexwords' commands all require UNIX
     systems, or UNIX tools, to run.  If the new system has the ability
     to run these commands then you should check that they run as
     expected.  If not, you should make the necessary modifications to
     make them work, although it should be in a generic fashion as
     there are no checks for specific platforms or processors in these
     files.  You may also wish to add support for other debuggers in
     `mpsym' and other editors in `mpedit'.

 12. Add a new subdirectory to the `build' directory if a new operating
     system is being supported.

     A new `Makefile' should be added in the new subdirectory along
     with any extra system-specific files that might be needed to build
     the mpatrol library on the new system.  The new `Makefile' should
     be based upon one of the existing `Makefile's in the other
     subdirectories but should obviously differ in the
     platform-dependent areas.  You may wish to add more than one
     `Makefile' to support different types of compilers on the new
     operating system.

     You must also decide which object files should get built into the
     mpatrol library.  If it is not safe to override the system
     `malloc()' routines on the new system then you should not include
     `src/malloc.c', and the same goes for `src/cplus.c' and the C++
     operators.  If there is no `sbrk()' function provided on the new
     operating system then you should include `src/sbrk.c' if you need
     to call `sbrk()' in `src/inter.c'.

     If the new operating system uses a special archive or package
     format then you should add support for it by adding a new
     subdirectory to the `pkg' directory.  A `build' script should be
     added to the new subdirectory that will automatically build the
     archive or package file from scratch.  Include any additional
     files that you need to perform the build in the new subdirectory as
     well.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) You will also have to make any changes to `pagesize()' in
`src/mpalloc.c' and possibly also have to define `MP_MEMALIGN_SUPPORT'
in `src/config.h' if the new system supports the `memalign()' function.

   (2) Although some do, and you can follow the instructions for CISC
processors above in order to provide stack traversal support for them.

   (3) You might also be interested to note that you can safely call
`malloc()' in this code to allocate memory -- just remember to clean up
after yourself!

Appendix I Notes
****************

   This section contains information about known bugs and limitations
in the mpatrol library as well as listing potential future enhancements.

   Bugs should be reported to <mpatrol@cbmamiga.demon.co.uk> along with
the details of the operating system, processor architecture and object
file format that the mpatrol library is being used with -- and don't
forget to include the version of the mpatrol library you are using!
Keep in mind that I only have access to a Pentium III Notebook PC
running Red Hat Linux 7.1 and Windows ME, so I will be most likely
unable to reproduce most of the system-specific bugs.  A bug report
that comes with an associated fix will be most welcome.

   Enhancement requests and source code containing enhancements should
also be sent to <mpatrol@cbmamiga.demon.co.uk> or the mpatrol
discussion group at `http://groups.yahoo.com/group/mpatrol/'.  If you
are planning to implement an enhancement, let me know first in case I
am (or someone else is) working towards the same goal -- that way, work
won't be wasted.  If you wish to send me source code changes please
send the changes as context diffs or in an e-mail attachment as a
compressed tar archive.

I.1 Notes for all platforms
===========================

   * Overriding the C++ operators to get source-level information using
     the preprocessor is still a bit dodgy and isn't likely to get much
     better, so `MP_NONEWDELETE' may have to be used a lot.  Explicit
     references to `operator new' rather than `new' are likely to
     result in compilation errors, and the way that source level
     information is obtained for `operator delete' means that the
     resulting code will not be thread-safe.  It might also be an idea
     to provide an allocation class from which user-defined memory
     allocators can be derived.

   * Need to add support for other 64-bit processors in addition to the
     existing Alpha and SPARC V9 support.  This shouldn't be too hard,
     but I haven't got access to such processors to test them, so I
     haven't been able to yet.  Also need to add support for building
     on targets and architectures where no operating system features
     are required or even available.

   * Need to improve the concurrency in the thread-safe version of the
     mpatrol library.  Currently, only one thread at a time is allowed
     to enter the mpatrol library, but it should be possible to extend
     this to protect individual data structures.  Note that this will
     not only help to improve efficiency, but might also allow the
     mpatrol library to uncover bugs in thread-safe code that are
     timing-dependent.

   * Need to make the library re-entrant.  This could be achieved by
     moving the static variables in `memory.c', `stack.c', `mutex.c',
     `diag.c', `trace.c', `option.c' and `sbrk.c' into the `infohead'
     structure and then having an array of `infohead' structures from
     which to allocate new memory headers when a new one is required.
     This is only necessary for Amiga shared libraries and Netware NLMs
     since UNIX and Windows platforms allocate a new copy of the data
     section in a shared library or DLL when it is opened by a new
     process.

   * Some implementations of call stack traversal are limited and will
     only likely work for unoptimised code.  A much better solution
     would be write the implementations at a lower level in assembly,
     but this is much less portable.  Perhaps there is a library which
     can be used to perform this across many operating systems and
     processor architectures, or maybe someone would like to write
     one(1)?  I can think of many applications that would benefit from
     such a library besides this one(2).

   * An alternative implementation for call stack traversal uses the
     functions `__builtin_frame_address()' and
     `__builtin_return_address()' that are available when the library
     is compiled with `gcc'.  However, they can only traverse a number
     of stack frames at compile-time, not run-time so there is a
     maximum number of stack frames that can be traversed at any one
     time.  The implementation depends on both of these builtin
     functions returning `NULL' when the top of stack is reached.  If
     this is not the case then this method cannot be used or should
     only be used with a small number of fixed stack frames.  However,
     perhaps there might even be a use for an option to limit the
     number of stack frames in stack tracebacks for systems that have
     no such limitation.

   * Is it worth adding functions to manually push and pop entries on
     the call stack for platforms which have no support for call stack
     traversal?  This is currently not a high-priority issue since
     almost all of the platforms that mpatrol is available on have
     support for full call stack traversal.  However, it might be handy
     anyway as an additional debugging tool for entering and leaving
     scopes.

   * Need to change `__mp_compareaddrs()' so that it will improve the
     detection of when to free memory allocations made by `alloca()'
     and its related functions.  This will involve checking the common
     return addresses in the call stacks instead of just checking them
     if the stack depth is the same.  Also, on systems that don't have
     full call stack traversal, the minimum number of bytes that stack
     frames should differ by should be platform-dependent since the
     current value is way too high.

   * Perhaps hash the call stacks when they are stored internally by
     the routines in `addr.c'.  This would make for quick checks to see
     if two call stacks are identical and it might save some memory in
     the process.

   * There is an issue with callback functions if they call mpatrol
     library functions, since this may lead to recursion in some
     obscure cases.  Callback functions could also be defined for
     `__malloc_hook()', `__realloc_hook()' and `__free_hook()' in much
     the same way as for the GNU C library.

   * Need to store filename and line number information in all call
     stacks so that the information can be used at program termination.
     May also need to display this information in the
     `__mp_printinfo()' function and add this information to the
     profiling output file so that `mprof' can make use of it.

   * In object file formats that support nested symbols (such as ELF),
     the current implementation will tend to show some shortcomings.
     This is because there is currently no nesting count in the
     function that deals with symbol name lookup, so the wrong symbol
     name may be displayed in diagnostics.

   * In object file formats that don't store the sizes of symbols (such
     as basic `a.out', or when using the GNU BFD library), the current
     implementation will simply assume that the current symbol
     terminates at the beginning of the next symbol in the virtual
     address space.

   * Perhaps add an option to prevent symbols from being read from
     object files.  This might be necessary if mpatrol is used in a
     program that loads shared libraries explicitly, or if there is too
     much memory being used by mpatrol to store the symbol details.

   * Add functions to start and stop profiling, and perhaps also to
     clear the profiling tables and begin a new profiling output file.
     Should also write more information to the profiling output file,
     such as the date that it was produced on and the word size of the
     processor that it was produced on, so that `mprof' will not crash
     when reading a profiling output file produced on a processor that
     has a different word size.

   * Perhaps add the ability to profile memory operations such as
     `memcpy()' and `memset()' to the existing memory allocation
     profiling facility.  Also, add options to `mprof' to write out
     files that can be used by chart drawing software for a better
     visualisation of the first few profiling tables.

   * Perhaps the allocation call graph table should have the capability
     to be sorted in `mprof' and the `--leaks' option should work with
     it as well.  There should be better handling of cycles in the call
     graph and there is currently a problem in that `mprof' cannot
     distinguish between call sites with very low code addresses that
     have no symbols and that conflict with existing symbol indices.

   * Extend the `mptrace' command to graphically display the size of
     the heap plotted against time and the allocation size frequency.
     Also rewrite the GUI support to use GNOME instead of Motif,
     possibly also using GLADE.

   * Possibly add widgets to the `mptrace' window to pause and quit.
     Might also be handy to add the ability to write out charts
     summarising tracing information.

   * Handle marked memory allocations in the leak table, and also
     perhaps write out to the mpatrol log file when an allocation is
     marked so that the `mleak' command will work correctly.

   * Improve the speed of watch points by setting a range of allocation
     indices for which they will be used.  This may require a lot of
     code changes in `alloc.c'.

   * Add a software watch point facility that can be placed on ranges
     of addresses in the heap.  Then, if a heap operation touches the
     watch point, either the user can be notified or a callback
     function can be called.  The same could be done for local
     variables if the stack frame can be easily determined, which would
     also allow detecting if a read from or write to memory was
     performed just beyond the stack pointer.

   * Add a CRC checksum to memory blocks and use it to check that freed
     memory allocations have not been corrupted when the `NOFREE' and
     `PRESERVE' options are in use on platforms which have no memory
     protection.

   * Perhaps extend the `NOFREE' option to prevent the mpatrol library
     from reusing freed memory allocations unless it really needs to.
     This would mean that no freed allocations would be reused until
     there is no more free memory left and mpatrol would normally have
     to allocate more from the system.  It could then convert as many
     freed allocations to free memory as it needs to fulfil the
     allocation request, although it would probably still have to abide
     by the minimum number of freed allocations set by the `NOFREE'
     option.

   * Perhaps change the behaviour of the `NOFREE' option so that it
     doesn't prevent in-place reallocations if there is enough memory
     to perform them.  Then an option could be added to force
     reallocations to always allocate new memory so that the behaviour
     could also be used when the `NOFREE' option is not used.

   * Add an option to set up a timer that will automatically check the
     heap after a certain number of clock cycles have elapsed.  This
     could be useful in programs that have long periods of time where
     no dynamic memory allocation functions are called, but heap
     allocations are still manipulated.  In addition, checks could
     automatically be made upon receipt of special signals sent to the
     program by the user and information about the last successful
     verification of the heap could be used to narrow down problems.
     Perhaps even some statistics could be printed on receipt of a
     special signal as well.

   * Add a diagnostic number count to each warning and error reported
     in the log file.  This could then be used to implement a
     `DIAGSTOP' option which would stop the program running after a
     certain number of diagnostics have been displayed.

   * Add the ability to stop in a debugger when a memory allocation is
     made from a particular file and line number, and perhaps also trap
     when a particular address is allocated as part of a memory
     allocation.

   * Perhaps add time information to the details stored about each
     memory allocation.  This is probably not useful unless the system
     provides a high-resolution timer.

   * Add an option (perhaps `NOINTERNAL') to suppress the display of
     internal (recursive) memory allocations in the mpatrol log file
     and also prevent information about such allocations being written
     to the profiling output and tracing output files.  Perhaps this
     could be made the default so that they behave in the same way as
     marked allocations, in which case we might want an option which
     prevents internal and marked allocations being hidden.  This could
     also be extended to prevent memory leaks from being reported if
     the original allocations were made from a given set of functions.

   * Add a function to add a block of memory to the heap, possibly a
     memory-mapped file.  Also add a function that can shrink the heap
     if large areas of free memory exist.

   * Maybe show the contents of the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment
     variable in the summary as well.

   * Add versions of `mallopt()', `mallinfo()', `memorymap()',
     `mallocctl()', `mallocblksize()' and `msize()' which are provided
     in many other malloc libraries.  These won't necessarily behave in
     exactly the same way as existing implementations, but at least
     there won't be link errors when compiling source code which uses
     them.  Also, add support for setting as many remaining options in
     `__mp_setoption()' as possible and perhaps even some options
     before the mpatrol library has been initialised.

   * Add similar functions to the GNU `mcheck()' and `mprobe()'
     functions.  Perhaps also add an mpatrol tool to add compatibility
     with the GNU memusage tool.

   * Perhaps add debugging/tracing versions of the string manipulation
     functions, such as `strlen()' and `strcmp()' in much the same way
     as was done for the memory operation functions.  The only problem
     with this would be locale support, but perhaps it might be easier
     just to assume the C locale to begin with.  Also need to have
     better detection of internal and free blocks when displaying
     memory range errors.

   * Add wide-character equivalents of `memset()', etc.  These are
     defined as `wmemset()', etc. and are now part of ANSI C.  Also add
     `wcsdup()', `memdup()' and `xmemdup()' as well as `mempcpy()' and
     `memrchr()'.

   * Perhaps reimplement the standard I/O library for internal use by
     mpatrol, thus preventing recursive calls to `malloc()' each time a
     write to the log file occurs on some systems.  Example code to do
     this was submitted by Alexander Barton (<abarton@innotrac.com>)
     and this may well be incorporated into the library at some point
     in the future(3).

   * The `LOG*' options could be extended to take a list of specific
     functions to log.  They could also only log operations spanning a
     range of addresses or allocation indices as well.

   * Add an option to limit the size of each memory allocation to a
     maximum number of bytes.  This could be useful if a memory
     allocation function is called with an uninitialised variable.

   * Add assertion macros to `mpatrol.h' that can be used in program
     code.  These could be used to assert that pointers have not been
     freed, are valid heap addresses or are strings, or perhaps even
     that the address is readable, writable and/or executable.  They
     would be disabled if `NDEBUG' is defined.

   * Add support functions that could be added to user code to enter
     and leave scopes in a source file and ensure that all allocations
     allocated within the scope are freed by the time the scope has
     been exited.

   * Add support for the `-finstrument-functions' option of the GNU
     compiler.  This would allow mpatrol to keep track of the entry to
     and exit from every function, but would only work for code
     compiled with this option.

   * Extend the Checker-support functions to store and check
     information about access permissions within heap memory and
     perhaps also in the stack as well, and also improve the
     diagnostics from the checker functions if they fail.  Currently,
     the Checker-support functions only ensure that no memory accesses
     cross allocation boundaries or access free memory.  Could also
     make use of the `etext', `edata' and `end' pointers that are set
     at run-time on most UNIX systems.  Need to properly implement
     `chkr_check_exec()'.

   * Details of the segments which make up the executable file and any
     shared libraries could be made use of in order to detect
     operations which cross such segments.  For example, a memory
     operation may erroneously cross the data and BSS segments.  The
     symbol table for data symbols could also be used to provide much
     finer-grained error-checking.  Need to make use of the
     `__mp_memquery()' function.

   * Add garbage detection support to mpatrol.  This would be
     implemented as a function that would traverse all of the roots of
     the memory in a process and look for pointers into free memory or
     the lack of any pointers into allocated memory (to detect memory
     leaks).

   * Add an option to specify that all failed memory allocations should
     abort (or at least give a warning) instead of returning a `NULL'
     pointer.  Also, perhaps add an option to display the partial
     contents of freed and unfreed allocations in the mpatrol log file.

   * Perhaps add memory protection to the simulated `sbrk' heap.

   * Add an option to force the mpatrol library to return `NULL' if it
     is asked to allocate a zero-sized block of memory.  This might be
     useful for SVID compliant programs.  Perhaps also extend the
     mpatrol library to allow zero-sized blocks.  I suspect the easiest
     way to do this is to have a special address that is always
     returned for such blocks and that will have the appropriate size
     of overflow buffers depending on the options used.

   * Add an option to report if one thread resizes or frees another
     thread's allocations.  This may not be useful in most cases, but
     it might be possible to track down some obscure bugs in some
     situations.

   * Perhaps add internationalisation support through the use of
     locales and message catalogs.  Unfortunately, there does not
     appear to be a unified method for doing this across all platforms
     and there may also be issues with third-party libraries calling
     `malloc()' and other related routines when the mpatrol library is
     attempting to initialise itself.

   * There is currently a problem when the mpatrol library encounters
     an illegal memory access on UNIX and Windows platforms, and there
     is a further illegal memory access when it is displaying the
     summary.  This should be prevented by disabling the signal handler
     at its first entry.

   * Need to make the mpalloc library threadsafe(4).  This is only
     likely to be an issue when calling `MP_FAILURE()'.  Should also
     add something similar to `xmalloc_set_program_name()' in order to
     show the program name when a memory allocation fails.  If the C++
     operators fail to allocate memory in libmpalloc then there should
     probably also be an exception thrown to mimic the behaviour of
     libmpatrol, although this isn't a big issue since the program
     should be completely recompiled to remove mpatrol debugging before
     a release.  In the same vein, perhaps there should be some sort of
     support for `set_new_handler()' in libmpalloc.

   * Add an option to write the mpatrol log file in HTML format, or
     even better XML format.  Need to also extend what is written out
     by the `--hatf-file' option.

   * The `mpsym' command could optionally preserve any stack traceback
     lines that already have symbolic or debugging information
     associated with them.  It could also support more debuggers other
     than just `gdb'.  Finally, it could support `-' as the filename
     for reading the mpatrol log file from the standard input file
     stream.

   * A good idea might be to have the `mpatrol' command read options
     from a configuration file instead of an environment variable, but
     that will only work if it doesn't involve allocating any memory
     before the mpatrol library has been initialised.

   * Perhaps incorporate a C++ encoded name demangler into the mpatrol
     library.  The most likely candidate is the GNU demangler that
     comes with the libiberty library, but that currently allocates
     temporary space on the heap using `xmalloc()' which means that it
     will run unbearably slowly under mpatrol(5).

   * Add a script to wrap around various popular C and C++ compiler
     drivers so that linking with the mpatrol library is much less
     laborious.  In addition, a user-defined command or script file
     could be executed at the end of every invocation of the `mpatrol'
     command.

   * Add a script to automatically run the mpatrol library tests.  It
     could be quite hard to verify the tests since the heap addresses
     are likely to be different on every new build and will certainly
     be different across different platforms.

   * Improve the autoconf, automake and libtool support.  Also update
     the `mupdate' shell script to automatically update the version
     numbers contained in the files in the `pkg' directory.

   * The postscript version of the quick reference card seems to print
     at an unusual offset on some printers.  In addition, the mpatrol
     manual should also be formatted in DocBook format once a suitable
     TeXinfo to DocBook translator is available.

   * Perhaps add benchmark tests for dynamic memory allocation
     functions and memory operation functions.  Obviously the mpatrol
     library would perform much worse than normal malloc libraries, but
     it would help to see just how much worse so that speed
     improvements could be made.

   * Add support for the BeOS operating system, as well as MacOS, NeXT
     and OS/2.  Perhaps MS-DOS might be possible as well.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) There is currently a library called StackTrace written by Bjorn
Reese which invokes a debugger to generate a stack traceback on certain
UNIX platforms.  This method would be too slow for mpatrol to use
though.

   (2) Looking back at these statements about six months after they
were written, it would appear that I have just written such a library
judging by the number of architectures for which stack traversal is now
supported.

   (3) This code can be applied as an mpatrol library patch which can
be downloaded from
`http://www.cbmamiga.demon.co.uk/mpatrol/patches/mpatrol_patch1.tar.gz'.

   (4) And perhaps also make the mptools library threadsafe as well

   (5) If you really really want this functionality then code to do
this is available as an mpatrol library patch which can be downloaded
from
`http://www.cbmamiga.demon.co.uk/mpatrol/patches/mpatrol_patch4.tar.gz'.

I.2 Notes for UNIX platforms
============================

   * Need to improve watch point facility in order to speed it up by an
     order of magnitudes.  This will most likely involve removing all
     watch points when entering the library and replacing them when
     returning to user code.

   * Improve use of watch points by allowing an option which will only
     install write watch points instead of both read and write watch
     points.  Not only will this speed up the use of watch points, but
     will also cause less problems with reading from misaligned memory
     allocations.

   * There seems to be a problem on some UNIX systems in that the
     `mprotect()' call will not work unless it is used on memory that
     has been allocated with `mmap()'.  This needs to be investigated
     further.

   * There is currently a problem in that the call stack displayed from
     within the illegal memory access signal handler is not necessarily
     accurate with respect to the function at the top of the stack.  In
     addition, signal handlers shouldn't technically call I/O functions
     in case of additional signals being caught so this may need to be
     improved.

   * Need to add a way of initialising the thread-safe version of the
     library when it is not compiled on a system that supports `.init'
     sections, or if it is not compiled with the GNU C compiler, or if
     it is not compiled with a C++ compiler.  Also perhaps need to
     support other threads packages instead of just POSIX threads.

   * Need to add support for call stack traversal for the Itanium
     processor architecture.  The current implementation of call stack
     traversal for the Motorola 88xx0 family is also a bit flaky and so
     should only be used when the library and program are built
     unoptimised.  This could be improved on DG/UX platforms by making
     use of the TDESC information stored in the object files.

   * Need to add support for obtaining the program name from the stack
     for the Alpha, Itanium and Motorola 88xx0 processor architectures.
     If there is no support for determining the filename that a
     program was invoked with then the `PROGFILE' option can be used to
     specify the program name at run-time.

   * If the `MP_LIBRARYSTACK_SUPPORT' preprocessor macro is defined when
     building the mpatrol library on IRIX platforms then the `libexc'
     library must also be linked in.  However, execution speed will
     fall dramatically since the `unwind()' function within that
     library calls `malloc()', `free()' and other memory operation
     functions every time it is invoked.  The only reason to use this
     library rather than the default method of stack traversal on MIPS
     would be if that method failed due to a bug (in which case it
     should be reported anyway).

   * The mpatrol library `unwind()' function on MIPS platforms may have
     problems with call stack traversal in alternative stacks, such as
     those used by signal handlers.  The call stack will then terminate
     at the point at which the handler was called rather than unwinding
     to the top of the stack.

   * The library cannot currently read any symbols from shared objects
     that have been read via `dlopen()', `shl_load()' or similar
     functions(1).  In addition, symbols cannot currently be read from
     any COFF or XCOFF shared libraries on LynxOS and some work needs
     to be done to build the mpatrol library as a shared library on
     LynxOS.

   * Perhaps add support for reading HP/UX executable files and
     libraries in the SOM object file format without needing to use the
     GNU BFD library.

   * Perhaps add support for other popular text editors in the `mpedit'
     command.  Also add a way to specify editor options to the `mpedit'
     command.

   * Add support for SCO UNIX, Ultrix and other non-System V UNIX
     operating systems.  Also test on NetBSD, OpenBSD and SunOS as
     support has been written for these systems but is untested.  The
     SunOS port requires an ANSI C compiler, though.

   * The `--dynamic' option to the `mpatrol' command does not always
     work on systems whose dynamic linkers support the `LD_PRELOAD' or
     `_RLD_LIST' environment variables.  This is because the object
     file format access libraries do not exist in shared form on such
     systems.

   * Perhaps add files to build the mpatrol library and tools as BSD
     packages.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) There is an mpatrol library patch that supports reading symbols
from shared libraries opened by `dlopen()' which can be downloaded from
`http://www.cbmamiga.demon.co.uk/mpatrol/patches/mpatrol_patch2.tar.gz'.

I.3 Notes for Amiga platforms
=============================

   The Amiga has now been re-released as a completely new machine which
comes with a completely new operating system.  As a result, I will not
be implementing any of the following features (or fixing any of the
following problems) in mpatrol for the old AmigaOS.  Support for the
new AmigaOS may be added in the future.

   * Perhaps add support for building mpatrol as an Amiga shared
     library.  I attempted to do this in a previous release of mpatrol,
     but it would have involved too many source changes to get working
     fully.  Perhaps it's not even worth implementing as the archive
     library works fine.  However, if it is built as a shared library
     and `malloc()' and related functions are dynamically linked in
     some executable files then perhaps it would be possible to override
     these functions, thus getting the `--dynamic' option in the
     `mpatrol' command to work.

   * Need to fix the problem where the maximum guaranteed alignment of
     an internal mpatrol library memory allocation is 8 bytes.
     However, this limitation does not affect the `memalign()' and
     related functions, and should not have any effect on the running
     of mpatrol since no datatypes require an alignment of more than 8
     bytes.

   * Need to add proper support for call stack traversal for both the
     Motorola 680x0 and PowerPC processor architectures.  When `gcc' is
     being used then up to two stack frames can be traversed, but this
     should really be extended without requiring
     `MP_BUILTINSTACK_SUPPORT'.  When SAS/C is being used then there is
     no support for call stack traversal.

   * Need to add proper support for reading symbols from Amiga
     executable files.  When `gcc' is being used then the BFD library
     routines will be called to determine the symbols from the
     executable file, but this will only work for objects compiled with
     `gcc' and there currently appears to be a problem getting the
     `USEDEBUG' option to work.  When SAS/C is being used then there is
     no support for reading symbols from executable files.  Also need
     to add support for reading symbols from any shared libraries that
     are required by the program.

   * Possibly make use of other software such as Enforcer, Mungwall or
     MuLib in order to provide some form of memory protection.  The
     features of SegTracker could also be put to good use so that the
     file and hunk location of entries on the call stack could be
     determined.

   * Could add support for the `EDIT' and `LIST' options.  This would
     probably involve finding a way to invoke a shell script without
     having to search for the script file or allocating memory in the
     process.

   * Add GUI support for the `mptrace' command.

   * When using SAS/C it is currently not possible to override the
     definition of `malloc()', etc., without including the `mpatrol.h'
     header file first.  This is because the compiler startup code and
     libraries call `malloc()' before everything is set up, and so the
     library cannot properly initialise itself if the `malloc()' that
     the startup code finds is the `malloc()' in the mpatrol library.
     This restriction does not exist when using `gcc'.

   * Add support for the Amiga in the threads test in
     `tests/pass/test5.c'.  The Amiga doesn't really have support for
     threads but its processes are similar enough to threads.

   * Perhaps add an `Installer' installation script with icons.

I.4 Notes for Windows platforms
===============================

   * Need to add support for processors other than the Intel 80x86.
     However, about 99% of Windows platforms run on this processor
     family -- does anyone really use Windows with other processors?
     Also finish Cygwin support, although this is effectively mpatrol
     built with `-DTARGET=TARGET_UNIX' support on Windows platforms.

   * Perhaps add support for compiling the mpatrol library with `gcc' on
     Windows platforms so that the GNU BFD library can be used as well.

   * There seems to be a problem when mixing the archive version of the
     mpatrol library and the Microsoft C run-time library DLL, and vice
     versa.  This needs to be looked into, but for the moment, don't
     mix them.

   * The library cannot currently read any symbols from DLLs that have
     been read via `LoadLibrary()'.

   * There seems to be a disparity between different versions of the
     imagehlp library.  It would appear that the latest incarnation of
     the imagehlp library has had some functions removed and placed in
     a new library called debughlp.  Perhaps this simply means that
     `debughlp.lib' needs to be linked in as well, but maybe there's
     more to it than that.

   * Perhaps add support for the `mpatrol' command's `--dynamic' option
     by preloading the mpatrol DLL from the `mpatrol' command.

   * Could add support for the `EDIT' and `LIST' options.  This would
     probably involve finding a way to invoke a batch file without
     having to search for the batch file or allocating memory in the
     process.

   * Add GUI support for the `mptrace' command.

   * Add a Windows resource file to the mpatrol library with copyright
     and version information.

   * Perhaps add an `InstallShield' installation script with icons.

I.5 Notes for Netware platforms
===============================

   There doesn't appear to have been any interest in the Netware
version of mpatrol and as a result I will not be implementing any of
the following features (or fixing any of the following problems) in
mpatrol for Netware.  I don't even have access to a Netware machine so
someone else would have had to have done it anyway.

   * The library has not yet been built (let alone tested) on Netware
     platforms.  The names of the system functions that the library
     calls for Netware were obtained by looking at Novell's developer
     documentation, so they may not even compile correctly without
     modification.

   * Need to add support for building the mpatrol library as an NLM.
     This is not currently a high priority requirement as the archive
     library should suffice for most purposes.  However, if it is built
     as an NLM and `malloc()' and related functions are dynamically
     linked in some executable files then perhaps it would be possible
     to override these functions, thus getting the `--dynamic' option
     in the `mpatrol' command to work.

   * Need to add support for processors other than the Intel 80x86.
     However, about 99% of Netware platforms run on this processor
     family -- does anyone really use Netware with other processors?

   * Need to add way to determine when the base of the stack has been
     reached during call stack traversal, since on Netware every
     application is really a thread running under one large process.

   * Need to add support for reading symbols from Netware load modules.
     Also need to add support for reading symbols from any NLMs that
     are required by the program.  This may be possible in a limited
     fashion by using the GNU BFD library, but may only work with code
     compiled with `gcc'.

   * Could add support for the `EDIT' and `LIST' options.  This would
     probably involve finding a way to invoke a batch file without
     having to search for the batch file or allocating memory in the
     process.

   * Add GUI support for the `mptrace' command.

   * Need to investigate if it is safe (or even possible) to override
     the definitions of `malloc()', etc., without including the
     `mpatrol.h' header file first.  Currently, non-macro definitions
     for these functions have been disabled in the Netware version of
     the library in case they affect other NLMs that are currently
     running.

Appendix J Frequently asked questions
*************************************

   This section contains frequently asked questions about the mpatrol
library and their corresponding answers or solutions.

J.1 Documentation
=================

  1. I can't seem to format the TeXinfo manual for mpatrol into
     anything that I can view or print.  What am I doing wrong?

     You'll need to have the appropriate document formatting programs
     installed on your system before you can do this, and even then
     you'll also need to have suitable software for viewing or printing
     the formatted documents.  The mpatrol distribution should already
     contain the latest mpatrol manual in a variety of formats and
     should also contain a file telling you where to get programs that
     can be used to view or print these files.  Alternatively, you can
     browse the latest mpatrol manual on-line at
     `http://www.cbmamiga.demon.co.uk/mpatrol/'.

  2. I'd like to convert the mpatrol manual to a different
     documentation format but there is no support for that format in
     the `Makefile'.  How would I go about doing this?

     Since TeXinfo is intended to be converted to other documentation
     formats it should be fairly easy for you to find a tool which will
     convert it into your desired format.  I plan to also provide the
     mpatrol manual in DocBook format if and when a suitable TeXinfo to
     DocBook converter becomes available, but I won't provide
     preformatted versions of the mpatrol manual in any other format
     which isn't already supported.

  3. Why is the reference card not centred in the middle of the page
     when I print it?

     The reference card has three columns in landscape format and as a
     result requires smaller margins than LaTeX normally uses.  When
     `dvips' converts the DVI file to a postscript file it refers to a
     configuration file set up for a specific printer so that it knows
     what that printer's capabilities are.  However, you can instruct
     `dvips' to offset the page by a given amount with the `-O' option
     so that it appears centred when printed.  I find that `-O
     -0.75in,0.25in' works for me.  Note that the default paper size
     for the reference card is DIN A4, but you can change it to US
     letter in the LaTeX source file.

  4. How do I install the mpatrol manual as a GNU info file?

     Assuming you have the GNU info file built and copied to your
     system's info file directory, you should use the `install-info'
     command to place an entry for mpatrol in your system's GNU info
     directory file, otherwise the GNU info reader may not be able to
     locate the mpatrol entry.  You may also need to modify your
     `INFOPATH' environment variable if you installed the GNU info file
     in a non-standard place.

  5. How do I install the mpatrol manual pages?

     This is very system-dependent, but need only be done on UNIX
     systems since they cannot be used on other platforms.  The
     unformatted manual pages exist in `man/man1' and `man/man3' and
     should be copied to your system's manual page directory.  If you
     don't have the `nroff', `troff' or `groff' commands installed on
     your system then you may also need to copy the formatted manual
     pages, located in `man/cat1' and `man/cat3'.  You may also need to
     modify your `MANPATH' environment variable if you installed the
     manual pages in a non-standard place, and some systems require you
     to update the _whatis_ database after installing new manual pages,
     by running `makewhatis', `catman' or equivalent.

     Alternatively, the mpatrol manual pages can be built in a variety
     of different documentation formats that can be viewed or printed
     without the need for a `man' command.  If you have the correct
     tools installed on your system then you should be able to do this
     by examining the `Makefile' in the `man' directory.  The mpatrol
     distribution should already contain the latest mpatrol manual
     pages in a variety of formats and should also contain a file
     telling you where to get programs that can be used to view or
     print these files.

  6. Why does the `libmpatrol.3' manual page not display correctly when
     I view it with the `man' command?

     This is likely to be due to the `tbl' command not being run to
     process the tables when the `man' command displays the manual
     page.  Many UNIX systems look at the first line of the manual page
     to see what filters to run the page through before it is
     displayed, but some systems do not recognise this and instead rely
     on an environment variable such as `MANROFFSEQ' to specify which
     filters are to be run.  Look at the manual page for the `man'
     command on your system to find out more information.

J.2 Building
============

  1. Why does the `Makefile' assume that I am building mpatrol on
     platform X when I am really building on platform Y?

     The `src/config.h' and `src/target.h' header files attempt to
     obtain as much information from the compiler as possible, mainly
     from any predefined preprocessor macros that it defines during
     compilation.  If this information is incorrect then you can
     override the `TARGET', `SYSTEM', `ARCH', `ENVIRON', `FORMAT' and
     `DYNLINK' preprocessor macros defined in `src/target.h' to suit
     your particular system by explicitly defining them in `CFLAGS'
     within the `Makefile' when you build mpatrol.  You could also
     choose to build different versions of mpatrol with different
     settings of `ENVIRON', `FORMAT' or `DYNLINK' on a single system if
     you wish to by changing `ENVIRON', `FORMAT' or `DYNLINK' for
     different builds.

  2. The processor family I am compiling on supports both 32-bit and
     64-bit modes of operation.  How do I specify which I want?

     You will have to look at the documentation for the compiler you
     are using in order to find out how to specify which operating
     environment you wish to target.  For example, if you are using the
     Sun C compiler on a SPARC V9 Solaris machine then you should
     specify the `-xarch=v9' option in the `Makefile' when you are
     building mpatrol in order to target the 64-bit environment.  If
     you think that you are already using the correct option, but the
     mpatrol code is still being built to support the wrong environment
     then you could try explicitly setting the `ENVIRON' preprocessor
     macro in the `Makefile'.

  3. I cannot include `mpatrol.h' from my C++ source code as I get lots
     of compilation errors.  Why is this and what can I do to prevent
     them?

     The most likely reason that you are getting errors is because you
     are calling placement `new', and the way that mpatrol derives
     source information from calls to `operator new' is by defining a
     macro called `new', thus causing lots of problems when calling
     placement `new' or explicitly calling `operator new'.  You can
     either try not to use placement `new' or you can define the
     preprocessor macro `MP_NOCPLUSPLUS' when compiling your source
     file, which will disable the overriding of any C++ operators in
     `mpatrol.h'.  Alternatively, if you define `MP_NONEWDELETE' then
     you can use `MP_NEW', `MP_NEW_NOTHROW' and `MP_DELETE' in order to
     call the mpatrol versions of the C++ operators.

  4. I still have the above problem, but I don't think it's due to
     placement `new' since the compiler complains about `operator
     new[]', so could that be a clue?

     Yes.  The most likely reason is that the C++ compiler does not
     support the array `new' and `delete' operators.  These were
     introduced some time before the standardisation of the C++
     language but some compilers may not yet have support for them.  It
     may be that you have to use a special compiler option to enable
     support for these operators, but if not you will probably have to
     edit `mpatrol.h' to temporarily allow your files to compile.

  5. I tried both of the above suggestions, but I still can't get my
     C++ source code to compile.  I'm using an old C++ compiler so
     could that be a problem?

     Yes.  The `mpatrol.h' header file defines new versions of the C++
     dynamic memory allocation operators using exceptions and
     namespaces as required by the ANSI C++ standard.  If your C++
     compiler has no support for these then you should compile your C++
     source files with `MP_NOCPLUSPLUS' defined.  You may also be using
     an older C++ library in which the `new' header file does not
     define `set_new_handler()' to be in the `std' namespace.  You will
     then have to change the `mpatrol.h' header file and `cplus.c'
     source file accordingly.

  6. I'm calling `operator new' (not the _nothrow_ version) from my C++
     source code but when my program runs out of memory the `OUTMEM'
     error is given in the mpatrol log file rather than throwing a
     `std::bad_alloc' exception.  Why is this?

     Sounds like the mpatrol library was built with a C compiler.  In
     order for the mpatrol versions of `operator new' and `operator
     new[]' to throw an exception when they run out of memory, the
     mpatrol library must have been built with a C++ compiler.  The
     `OUTMEM' error is only given when there is no way to throw an
     exception.

  7. Why am I unable to call the mpatrol version of `alloca()'?  I only
     ever seem to call the default version.

     Most implementations of the `alloca()' function are compiler
     builtins which will be converted to inline assembler or object
     code in order for them to be able to dynamically modify the
     calling function's stack frame at run-time.  As a result, the call
     to `alloca()' is recognised as an intrinsic keyword and is dealt
     with specially by the compiler.  However, if this can be
     intercepted by the preprocessor before the compiler parses the
     source code then the call can be redirected to another function.
     This is one of the functions of the `mpatrol.h' header file, which
     means that it must be included before the first call the
     `alloca()'.  If `alloca.h' is also being included then `mpatrol.h'
     must be included after it, otherwise it may redefine `alloca()'
     back to the default version.

  8. Why do some of the `Makefile's contain the `-fno-inline-functions'
     option as part of `OFLAGS'?

     The `-fno-inline-functions' option is a `gcc'-specific option
     which instructs the compiler not to inline any functions.  This is
     necessary on some platforms where function call stack traversal is
     supported, since function inlining may significantly alter the
     layout of a program's stack.  Normally this option is only
     required when building the mpatrol library, but on some platforms
     function call stack traversal may not work properly unless this
     option (or equivalent) is used for all compiled code.

  9. What does the `MP_ALIGN' definition in `mpatrol.h' do?

     It is a preprocessor macro function that is used to return the
     minimum alignment in bytes required for a specified type at
     compile-time.  It is used in the `MP_MALLOC' family of functions
     to specify the required alignment of the memory allocation that is
     to be used to store the specified type.  Some compilers provide a
     feature that can be used to determine the minimum alignment of a
     type at compile-time.  For all others, this macro evaluates to `0'.

 10. What does the `MP_INLINE' definition in `mpatrol.h' do?

     It is used in the definition of the debugging versions of the C++
     operators in `mpatrol.h' so that they are inlined correctly.  We
     want to define the C++ operators so that they will be inlined in
     every source file that uses them and also not clash with the
     versions defined in the mpatrol library or the standard C++
     library.  Traditionally, this is done by defining them to be
     `static inline', which means that any non-inlined definition will
     be local to each object file.  An even better technique is
     available with the new C++ standard which allows `extern inline'
     definitions, meaning that no definition will be available if the
     function is not inlined.  Unfortunately, if optimisation is turned
     off in the compiler then no inlining will usually be performed and
     so the definitions will be real functions.  Luckily, on ELF
     platforms the `extern inline' function definition will have a weak
     visibility and so will not clash with library functions.

 11. Why do I get different stack traces in the mpatrol log file from
     the C++ operators in `mpatrol.h' when optimisation is turned on
     and off in the compiler?

     When the compiler is optimising it will invariably be performing
     inlining, in which case each inlined function will share the stack
     frame of its caller when it is called -- the mpatrol library
     cannot detect this.  In order to cope in both situations, the
     non-inlined case will contain the name of the C++ operator at the
     top of its stack, even though it will be removed in the inlined
     case.

 12. How do I build the `mptrace' command with GUI support?

     The GUI support for the `mptrace' command is currently written to
     use Motif and X Windows and so can only be built on systems with
     these libraries and run on systems with an X server.  This will
     most likely be possible only on UNIX platforms.  LessTif can be
     used instead of Motif if that is all that is available on your
     system.  The UNIX `Makefile' has a macro called `GUISUP' which can
     be set to `true' or `false' depending on whether you wish to have
     GUI support or not.  The default is `false'.  GUI support is
     automatically enabled on platforms that support it if the
     `configure' script in `pkg/auto' is used.

 13. How do I build the `mptrace' command without GUI support?

     This is done by default on most platforms when using the
     `Makefile's in the `build' directory.  However, if for some reason
     that is not the case then on UNIX platforms you will have to set
     the `GUISUP' `Makefile' macro to `false' when compiling `mptrace'.
     You might need to do this if your UNIX system does not have the
     correct header files and libraries installed needed for GUI
     support.  If you are using the `configure' script in `pkg/auto'
     then GUI support will be automatically disabled on platforms that
     do not support it, but you can force it to be disabled by using the
     `--without-x' option.

J.3 Linking
===========

  1. Why do I get undefined symbols when linking with the mpatrol
     library?

     This is most likely caused by the mpatrol library requiring
     additional symbols defined in an object file access library.  If
     mpatrol was built with `FORMAT=FORMAT_COFF' or
     `FORMAT=FORMAT_XCOFF' then you'll need to add `-lld' (or
     equivalent) to the compiler command line straight after
     `-lmpatrol'.  If mpatrol was built with `FORMAT=FORMAT_ELF32' or
     `FORMAT=FORMAT_ELF64' then you'll need to add `-lelf' (or
     equivalent) to the compiler command line straight after
     `-lmpatrol'.  If mpatrol was built with `FORMAT=FORMAT_BFD' then
     you'll need to add `-lbfd -liberty' (or equivalent) instead.  If
     you are using the thread-safe version of mpatrol then you may also
     need to link with the system threads library.

  2. Why do I still get undefined symbols on HP/UX, IRIX, Tru64 or
     Windows platforms, despite following the above instructions?

     If the symbol is called `U_get_previous_frame' on HP/UX then you
     still need to link with the system stack traceback library,
     `libcl.sl'.  If the symbols are called `exc_setjmp' and `unwind'
     on IRIX or Tru64 and you defined the `MP_LIBRARYSTACK_SUPPORT'
     preprocessor macro when building the mpatrol library then you
     still need to link with the system exception library, `libexc.so'.
     If the symbols all begin with `Sym' on Windows platforms then you
     still need to link with the system symbol access library,
     `imagehlp.lib'.

  3. I tried all of the above, but why is the `SymGetLineFromAddr'
     symbol still undefined on Windows platforms?

     This is due to the `imagehlp.lib' or `imagehlp.dll' libraries on
     your system being out of date.  The `SymGetLineFromAddr()'
     function was added to this library at a much later date from the
     original release so if you want the `USEDEBUG' option to work you
     should try to get an updated library from Microsoft.
     Alternatively, you can disable the call to it in
     `__mp_findsource()' but the `USEDEBUG' option will no longer work.

  4. Why is the mpatrol library unable to read any symbols from DLLs
     despite the fact that my program uses them?

     Windows executable files and DLLs only contain a list of symbol
     names which are imported and exported but do not contain details
     of such symbols at the same level as object files.  To do this
     requires the symbolic information to be retained by the linker,
     but this has not been done for the system DLLs.  The mpatrol
     library uses the imagehlp system library to read symbols from DLLs
     but this will only work if the required system debugging symbols
     are installed on your machine.  In Visual C++, this can be done by
     selecting the `Windows NT Symbols Setup' start menu item.

  5. Why do I get duplicate definitions of symbols when linking with
     the mpatrol library?

     This is most likely caused by your code, or a library, providing
     definitions of `malloc()' and `free()' which conflict with those
     defined in the mpatrol library.  You'll need to disable these in
     order to perform a successful link and use the replacements in
     mpatrol instead.

  6. Why do I get `xmalloc()' as a multiply-defined symbol when I link
     with the archive version of the mpatrol library?

     If the mpatrol library was built with `FORMAT=FORMAT_BFD' then it
     is because the libiberty library contains definitions of the
     `xmalloc()' family of functions as well.  You should rebuild the
     mpatrol library without the definitions of the relevant
     `xmalloc()' functions in `malloc.c'.  You're also likely to get
     this error if you link with the archive version of the mpatrol
     library and one or more of the `xmalloc()' family of functions is
     defined in another archive library that you are linking with.

  7. I linked my program to a shared library version of mpatrol.  Now,
     when I try to run my program, the system complains that it cannot
     find the mpatrol library.  How do I get this to work?

     You need to tell the system where to find the shared library
     version of the mpatrol library, either by setting your
     `LD_LIBRARY_PATH' environment variable (or just `PATH' on Windows
     platforms), or by embedding the full path to the library into the
     executable when you link your program by setting the `LD_RUN_PATH'
     environment variable.

  8. I linked my program to a shared library version of mpatrol.  Will
     future releases of mpatrol remain compatible with this version or
     will I have to relink my program?

     Backwards compatibility is not generally guaranteed, but should be
     preserved if only the bug fix part of the mpatrol version number
     has changed, with the major and minor versions staying the same.
     For example, versions 1.0.3 and 1.0.8 should be compatible, but
     upgrading to version 1.1.0 may require a relink.

  9. I have linked my program with the DLL version of the mpatrol
     library on Windows but it crashes when I run it.  I suspect that
     the crash is occurring when the mpatrol library is being
     initialised, so what is going wrong?

     There appears to be a problem when using the mpatrol DLL and the
     static version of the Microsoft C run-time library, and also a
     problem when using the static version of mpatrol and the Microsoft
     C run-time library DLL.  Luckily, if you ensure that you use
     either both static libraries or both DLLs at the same time then
     the problem should go away.  There doesn't seem to be an easier
     way around it at this time or, for that matter, an explanation for
     why it happens.

 10. Why are mpatrol library functions not called from shared libraries
     on AIX?

     AIX uses static shared libraries instead of dynamic shared
     libraries, which means that all shared library bindings are
     resolved at link time rather than load time (i.e. you must specify
     which shared libraries resolve all of the undefined symbols that
     result when building a shared library).  If you would like mpatrol
     library functions to be called from a shared library, you must
     rebuild the shared library with `-lmpatrol' on the link line.
     However, this means that you cannot override `malloc()', etc., in
     shared libraries that you cannot rebuild unless you link
     statically with the archive library versions instead.

J.4 Running
===========

  1. I've just linked and run my program with the mpatrol library, but
     the resulting log file doesn't contain any useful information.
     Why does it not contain a list of all memory transactions or show
     any unfreed memory allocations?

     By default, the mpatrol library will only write a summary of
     library settings and statistics to the log file, and that will
     only occur on successful program termination (i.e. when `exit()'
     is called).  If this does not appear then it is likely that your
     program (or some other library function) called `abort()' due to a
     fatal error.  However, there are a multitude of different options
     that you can pass to the mpatrol library via the `MPATROL_OPTIONS'
     environment variable that will allow you to control what is logged
     and what is not.  Note that the `mpatrol' command will always log
     all calls to allocate, reallocate and free memory by default.

  2. Why does my C++ program crash at program termination when it is
     linked with the mpatrol library and it appears to be doing nothing
     wrong?

     If your program contains file-scope objects whose constructors get
     called before `main()' and whose destructors get called after
     `main()' then it is likely that one of these destructors is
     allocating memory after the mpatrol library has terminated.  This
     should already be resolved if you built the mpatrol library on a
     platform that supports `.init' and `.fini' sections or if you
     built it with the GNU compiler or a C++ compiler.  However, in
     certain circumstances this may not work so you may wish to try
     terminating the mpatrol library by getting it to register itself
     with `atexit()' instead, which will hopefully resolve the problem.
     You can do this by rebuilding the mpatrol library with the
     `MP_USE_ATEXIT' preprocessor macro defined.

  3. I linked my program with the mpatrol library to trace all of its
     memory operations, such as `memcpy()' and `memcmp()', but I get
     nothing in the log file.  Why is this?

     On systems that do not support `.init' and `.fini' sections or are
     not `gcc' or C++ based then the memory operation functions will not
     automatically initialise the mpatrol library since on many systems
     the startup routines call them very early on.  On such systems, if
     your program does not call any memory allocation functions to
     initialise the mpatrol library then you must explicitly call the
     `__mp_init()' function.  All memory operation functions following
     that call with then be traced.

  4. Why does the `USEDEBUG' option not work for me?

     Firstly, you have to ensure that you have built the mpatrol
     library with support for the GNU BFD object file access library by
     compiling with the `FORMAT=FORMAT_BFD' preprocessor macro
     definition, or you are running on a Windows platform.  Secondly,
     you have to ensure that you have compiled all relevant object
     files with debugging information enabled (usually by adding an
     option to the compiler command line), although the mpatrol library
     does not need to be compiled this way.  The file and line number
     information will hopefully then appear in the log file for all
     symbols that have associated debugging information.  If none of
     the above suggestions work, you may still be able to get this
     information with the `mpsym' command.

  5. Why does the `mpatrol' command ignore the current value of the
     `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable?

     Because I would most likely get lots of bug reports or queries
     from people who had forgotten that they had set some options in
     the environment variable and had then not seen the expected
     behaviour from the options they specified to the `mpatrol'
     command.  Recently, though, I've added the `--read-env' option so
     that this can be achieved.

  6. Why do I get an error from the dynamic linker about not being able
     to locate `libiberty.so' when I use the `--dynamic' option with the
     `mpatrol' command?

     The GNU libiberty library is required when the mpatrol library is
     build with support for the GNU BFD library but is unfortunately
     only available in archive form on many systems.  See the section
     on the `mpatrol' command (*note The mpatrol command::) for
     information on how to get around this problem, either by embedding
     the libiberty library into the mpatrol library when you are
     building it, or by converting the archive form of the libiberty
     library into its corresponding shared library version.

  7. Why does the mpatrol library not read the symbols in my executable
     file on Windows platforms?

     If the mpatrol library was compiled with the `FORMAT=FORMAT_PE'
     preprocessor macro defined then you must ensure that you compile
     your files with debugging information enabled (using the `-Z7' or
     `-Zi' options in Visual C++) and that you tell the linker that you
     wish to preserve the debugging information in the executable file
     (using the `-debug' and `-pdb:none' options in the Microsoft
     linker).  Unfortunately, if you do not do this then the final
     executable file will not have a symbol table and so the mpatrol
     library cannot give symbolic stack tracebacks.

  8. Why do some mpatrol log file entries only contain a partial call
     stack rather than following the function call stack back to the
     call to `main()'?

     This could be because the mpatrol library was compiled with
     limited call stack traversal support via the
     `MP_BUILTINSTACK_SUPPORT' configuration macro.  However, it could
     also mean that the mpatrol library encountered a corrupt frame
     pointer when traversing the call stack and had to terminate the
     recursion.  The frame pointer _must_ be preserved from function to
     function on most platforms, otherwise the stack cannot be
     traversed.  See your compiler manual for further details.

  9. I am trying to use the `mpatrol' command to debug an executable
     file that was not originally compiled with the mpatrol library.
     However, even though it runs successfully, no mpatrol log file is
     produced.  Why is this?

     First, check that you are passing the `--dynamic' option to the
     `mpatrol' command and, if necessary, the `--threads' option as
     well.  If that doesn't work then check that the executable file
     has been dynamically linked; statically linked executables cannot
     be forced to use the mpatrol library.  If it still doesn't work
     then it may be that the dynamic linker on your system doesn't have
     the ability to preload any shared libraries that have been
     specified in a special environment variable, in which case you
     can't use this feature.

 10. I am attempting to run a multithreaded C++ program with the
     mpatrol library on Linux.  However, my program crashes before
     `main()' and the debugger shows that the failure is in
     `__sigaction()' which is called from `__mp_initsignals()'.  Is the
     fault with the mpatrol library?

     There have been many reports of this problem and it turns out to
     be an issue with shared library dependencies.  ELF shared
     libraries may contain initialisation functions that are executed
     before `main()'.  However, sometimes the order in which these
     functions are executed is critical.  In this case it is likely
     that the mpatrol and pthreads libraries are being initialised in
     the wrong order.  You must ensure that `-lpthread' appears near the
     very end of the link line after all user libraries, and you must
     also ensure that none of the user libraries have a dependency on
     `libpthread.so'.  You can verify this by running the `ldd' command
     on them.

 11. I know that there's a definite heap corruption problem in my
     program as it keeps crashing in unrelated code due to pointer
     corruption, and when I link with the mpatrol library it stops
     crashing.  What can I do?

     Try as many of the relevant mpatrol run-time options as possible
     and make sure that you closely examine the mpatrol log file for
     warnings and errors -- your problem may have been noticed by the
     mpatrol library but it may not have considered it a fatal error
     and continued execution.  If this still doesn't show up anything
     then you can probably rest assured that you have a memory
     corruption problem but you may need to use a commercial product
     such as Purify to isolate it.  If that fails then you'll just have
     to employ the traditional debugging method of single-stepping
     through your program in a debugger until something unusual or
     unexpected happens.

 12. If I link my program to version 1.0 of the mpatrol library then I
     cannot interrupt it using the keyboard, which I would normally be
     able to do without using mpatrol.  Is this a bug?

     Not really, but it is undesirable behaviour in most cases, which
     is why it was removed in later releases of mpatrol and replaced
     with the `SAFESIGNALS' option.  The reason that the program could
     not be interrupted using the keyboard was that mpatrol would
     ignore such signals when its library code was being executed,
     otherwise user-defined signal handlers that used `malloc()' and
     related functions would have the capability to cause lots of
     undesirable side effects.  However, this does not normally happen,
     which is why the behaviour was moved to an option for those that
     needed it.

 13. Why does mpatrol not report an illegal memory access when it can
     be detected by a debugger?

     First of all, illegal memory accesses can only be detected on
     systems that support virtual memory, so that precludes AmigaOS and
     Netware.  Secondly, it might be possible that something is
     overriding the illegal memory access handler that mpatrol sets up
     when it is first initialised.  If your program, or an external
     library, sets up a signal handler that handles `SIGBUS' or
     `SIGSEGV' (or their equivalent on Windows platforms) then mpatrol
     will no longer be able to catch illegal memory accesses.  You can
     either try to live with that, or you could try disabling the
     overriding handlers.

 14. How do I set a breakpoint on the `malloc()' function when it is
     implemented as a preprocessor macro in `mpatrol.h'?

     There are four different mpatrol interface functions which are
     used to allocate memory, duplicate strings, reallocate memory and
     deallocate memory.  If you look in `mpatrol.h' you should be able
     to see the name of the function that will be called when the macro
     is invoked.  The same goes for the memory operation functions.

 15. I've linked and run my program with mpatrol under UNIX and it uses
     a large amount of heap memory.  However, it crashes near the end
     of execution and then proceeds to freeze up the whole system,
     sometimes requiring a reboot.  What am I doing wrong?

     The most common possible explanation for this is that you are
     running your program with too much access to system resources.
     What is likely to be happening is that when your program crashes
     the system attempts to dump the entire process image to a core
     file for later debugging in a non-symbolic debugger.  If the
     process has a huge heap then the core file is also going to be
     huge, thus resulting in a massive file that may lead to the system
     thrashing while it attempts to write it to the disk.  Technically,
     the system has not frozen, but it is likely to take a long time to
     finish writing the file.  The best solution involves setting your
     program's maximum core file size to a reasonable limit (or just
     zero), and also possibly limiting your program's maximum data
     segment size as well.  These can be set from the shell but the
     exact details on how to do this differ between shells.

 16. Why does my program run so slowly after I link it with the mpatrol
     library?

     Normal malloc libraries are optimised for speed but will typically
     fall over at the slightest hint of an error.  Debugging malloc
     libraries are written to provide as much debugging information as
     possible whilst performing a multitude of additional checks, which
     is why they may run much slower.  However, you can control which
     checks are performed (and when) by using the `MPATROL_OPTIONS'
     environment variable.  Performance may also be lost if you make
     lots of small memory allocations rather than fewer larger
     allocations, but that is mainly due to the overhead of storing the
     extra tracing details for each memory allocation.

 17. My program is written in C++ and is linked to the mpatrol library,
     but how do I go about demangling the C++ symbol names that are
     shown in the stack tracebacks in the resulting log file?

     Because there is no standard way of mangling C++ symbol names,
     various compilers and operating systems have taken different
     approaches to C++ name mangling, many of which differ
     significantly from the method suggested in _The Annotated C++
     Reference Manual_ by Margaret Ellis and Bjarne Stroustrup.
     However, most compilers come with a demangling tool which can be
     used in a command pipe to accept mangled names on its standard
     input file stream and demangle them on its standard output file
     stream, and so can be used to process the mpatrol log file.  Note
     that mpatrol automatically demangles C++ symbol names on Windows
     platforms as Microsoft's name mangling is quite unreadable and
     would be hard to demangle using a command line tool.

 18. Why does my program not stop when the mpatrol library notices an
     error?

     The library was written to give as much information as possible
     and so sometimes, when a non-fatal error is discovered, the
     library will write the error message to the log file and continue
     in the hope of being able to uncover more errors during the
     execution of the program.  This means that you should always check
     the number of warnings and errors given in the summary at the end
     of program execution, and then search backwards in the log file for
     `WARNING' or `ERROR'.

 19. I have linked my program with the mpatrol library on an Amiga or
     Netware machine, but when it runs it still crashes the entire
     system.  Why is this?

     AmigaOS and Netware do not have virtual memory and so do not have
     memory protection turned on by default.  This means that any rogue
     write to an erroneous address may actually overwrite the data of
     another process or perhaps even the operating system, thus
     bringing the entire machine down.  There are several third-party
     system utilities available for the Amiga to add memory protection
     to machines with built-in MMUs, which can then be used in
     conjunction with mpatrol.  I'm not sure about the availability of
     such software for Netware.

 20. I have built the mpatrol library with `gcc' on AmigaOS and have
     successfully linked it to my program.  However, why are none of
     the options in the `MPATROL_OPTIONS' environment variable
     recognised when I run it?

     The `getenv()' function in the GNU C library is not compatible
     with the AmigaDOS `SetEnv' and `GetEnv' commands since it does not
     treat environment variables as files located in `ENV:' and is only
     compatible with software that uses the ixemul library.  However,
     the `env' command that comes with most GNU software distributions
     allows you to set an environment variable that the GNU `getenv()'
     function can read when you are running in AmigaDOS.

 21. How do I suppress all diagnostic output from the mpatrol library?

     You can do this by setting the mpatrol log file to be your
     system's _bit bucket_, which is `/dev/null' on UNIX platforms and
     `NIL:' on AmigaOS.  There doesn't appear to be an equivalent way
     to do this on Windows or Netware.

J.5 Files
=========

  1. Why is there a `libmpatrol.o' target in the UNIX and Amiga
     `Makefile's?

     This is simply used to build the mpatrol library as one large
     object file for full incorporation into other libraries and was
     used during the development of mpatrol.  On UNIX platforms some
     linkers support the `-r' option for combining many object files
     into one large object file, but this is not universally supported,
     hence the reason for using the compiler instead.  Because all of
     the source files are compiled at once, there may be conflicts with
     system header files when `malloc()' and its related functions are
     being compiled, which is why such an object file is not built by
     default.  In addition, platforms which require the assembler
     routines in `machine.c' cannot build the mpatrol library as one
     large object file from `library.c'.  Note that the Windows and
     Netware `Makefile's use `libmpatrol.obj'.

  2. What are the `CVS' subdirectories that come with the mpatrol
     distribution?

     CVS stands for Concurrent Versions System and is a project version
     control system.  All of the source files that comprise an mpatrol
     release are stored in a central CVS repository so that previous
     releases can be easily retrieved, but the CVS system needs to have
     a way of determining the versions of currently checked-out files,
     hence the `CVS' subdirectories.  The `.cvsignore' files within
     these directories simply inform CVS about which files to ignore
     when looking for changes.  You shouldn't need to worry about them,
     so just ignore them, and in later releases they should have been
     removed before a distribution was made.

  3. Why does the `mpsym' command not work for me?

     Firstly, you have to ensure that you have compiled all relevant
     object files with debugging information enabled (usually by adding
     an option to the compiler command line).  The file and line number
     information will hopefully then appear in the log file for all
     symbols that have associated debugging information when you run
     the `mpsym' command on the log file.  Alternatively, it could be
     that your system does not have `gdb' or any of the required UNIX
     text processing tools installed, in which case you might want to
     try installing them.

  4. How can I customise the `mpedit' command if I do not have the
     appropriate permissions to edit the file that was installed on my
     system?

     You just need to take a copy of the installed `mpedit' command and
     place it somewhere that will be picked up earlier on your command
     search path.  You can then edit your copy of the file and add
     support for your favourite text editor.

  5. What does the `mupdate' shell script do?

     This is for my use in order to automate every new release of
     mpatrol.  You should never need to run this script and it should
     not be installed anywhere on your system.  This script also uses
     and modifies the `VERSION' file and updates the `NEWS' and
     `ChangeLog' files.

Appendix K Related software
***************************

   The mpatrol library was designed to solve most common heap-related
problems, but there may be some cases where a different approach is
needed, or a commercial package is required.  I have attempted to
provide an overview of the different types of malloc libraries and
memory debuggers available below, along with a comprehensive list of
related software.

   The most basic type of heap debugging system simply requires the
redefinition of `malloc()', `realloc()' and `free()' (and related
functions) with debugging versions that record the file and line number
at which allocations occur.  This might require modifications to the
source code in order to call these new functions or it can be done
through preprocessor macros which will require all source files using
the memory allocation functions to be recompiled.  Such a system will
most likely live on top of the existing system malloc library, but will
provide an additional layer with which to store more information for
debugging purposes.  MEM by Walter Bright is a good example of this
type of library.

   On many operating systems it is usually possible to write
replacements for the normal memory allocation routines and place them
in a library so that they can be linked in to override the system
malloc library without requiring recompilation of any source files.
Such malloc libraries must take control of the heap directly and so
usually contain more features, including being able to track memory
leaks and place fence posts around allocations.  Dbmalloc by Conor P.
Cahill and Dmalloc by Gray Watson are two of the most popular of these
types of libraries since they are available on a wide range of
platforms.  Electric Fence by Bruce Perens also makes use of the memory
protection facilities found in UNIX systems in order to force programs
that access free or freed memory or read or write beyond the bounds of
a memory allocation to crash at the point that the illegal memory
access is made, rather than crashing at the next memory allocation.

   For debugging all memory access errors (not just those on the heap)
it is necessary to modify (instrument) the machine code that is to be
run so that each individual load from memory and store to memory will
be checked.  One method of doing this is to modify the code produced by
a compiler (such as is done by Checker written by Tristan Gingold) but
this has the disadvantage of only working within the object files that
have been produced by that compiler.  It is also possible to modify the
source code itself using source to source translation (such as is done
by Parasoft Insure++) or instrument all accesses to memory in assembler
source files (as performed by APurify written by Samuel Devulder).
However, both of these methods suffer from the same drawback as
compiler-generated instrumentation.  Yet another alternative is to wait
until link-time and then instrument the individual object files and
libraries before they are linked into an executable file.  This is
effectively what Purify from Rational Software does, although Memory
Advisor from PLATINUM Technology does roughly the same except that it
disassembles the object files into a platform-independent format before
instrumenting them.

   Rather than modifying a program in order to add debugging code, it
is sometimes possible to use a dedicated memory debugger in order to
quickly catch any problems.  ZeroFault from The Kernel Group debugs all
memory-related operations in a program while it is running, whilst
AProbe from OC Systems allows users to dynamically add probe modules at
run-time in order to locate errors or perform profiling.  If such a
memory debugger is not available for your system, you may still be able
to dynamically link a malloc library into your application at run-time
if the operating system supports it.  NJAMD by Mike Perry makes
extensive use of this feature on some UNIX systems.  On operating
systems that do not support virtual memory but have hardware memory
protection, it is sometimes possible to trap memory errors before they
bring down the whole system.  On the Amiga, Enforcer by Michael Sinz
runs in the background and detects many common memory access errors in
running applications, whilst on the Macintosh, QC by Onyx Technology
provides roughly the same functionality.

   A list of over ninety different items of software which help in
debugging dynamic memory allocation problems is given below(1).  They
all provide some of the features that mpatrol contains and you may wish
to use one of them to solve your problem if you have trouble using
mpatrol.  I have only ever used CSRI malloc, Dbmalloc, Dmalloc,
Electric Fence and Mprof, so I can't vouch for any of the others,
although if you have any recommendations feel free to let me know so I
can add them to this list.  In particular, there seems to be a shortage
of such programs for Netware platforms.  Note that there is a
comparison of a few of the following programs at
`http://www.consistent.org/terran/memorycheck.shtml' which might help
illustrate the differences between the various tools.

   * AProbe
    Author
          OC Systems (<info@ocsystems.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.aprobe.com/'

    Overview
          Instruments a program using Dynamic Action Linking in order
          to track down memory corruption and monitor memory usage,
          among other things.

   * APurify
    Author
          Samuel Devulder (<Samuel.Devulder@info.unicaen.fr>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          AmigaOS

    Location
          `http://wuarchive.wustl.edu/~aminet/dirs/dev_debug.html'

    Overview
          Instruments an assembler source file to insert code that
          checks all memory accesses.

   * BoundsChecker
    Author
          NuMega Corporation (<info@numega.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Windows, MS-DOS

    Location
          `http://www.numega.com/'

    Overview
          Detects and diagnoses errors in static, stack and heap memory
          and in memory and resource leaks.

   * C++ Debugging Support Library (libcwd)
    Author
          Carlo Wood <carlo@alinoe.com>

    License
          Q Public License

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://sourceforge.net/projects/libcw/'

    Overview
          A C++ debugging library that can also detect memory
          corruption and memory leaks.

   * Ccmalloc
    Author
          Armin Biere (<biere@inf.ethz.ch>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.inf.ethz.ch/personal/biere/projects/ccmalloc/'

    Overview
          Can interface with `gdb' to find memory leaks, multiple
          deallocations and memory corruptions in C or C++ programs.

   * Chaperon
    Author
          John Reiser (<jreiser@BitWagon.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Linux

    Location
          `http://www.bitwagon.com/chaperon.html'

    Overview
          Runs existing Intel Linux binary application programs, but
          checks for and reports bad behaviour in accessing memory.

   * Checker
    Author
          Tristan Gingold (<bug-checker@gnu.org>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.gnu.org/software/checker/checker.html'

    Overview
          Detects illegal memory accesses when reading from
          uninitialised memory, writing to freed memory or outside
          memory blocks.  Also contains a garbage collector for
          detecting memory leaks.

   * CMEM
    Author
          Brett Hunsaker (<hunsaker@eisner.decus.org>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          VMS

    Location
          `http://www.openvms.compaq.com/freeware/CMEM/'

    Overview
          Provides debugging versions of the C run-time library memory
          allocation routines, with support for stack tracebacks and
          page protection.

   * CMM (Customisable Memory Manager)
    Author
          Giuseppe Attardi (<attardi@di.unipi.it>), Tito Flagella
          (<tito@di.unipi.it>) and Pietro Iglio (<iglio@di.unipi.it>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows, MacOS, DOS

    Location
          `ftp://ftp.di.unipi.ti/pub/project/posso/cmm/'

    Overview
          A memory management facility supporting memory intensive
          applications in C++, with support for multiple heaps (each
          one optionally implementing a different storage discipline)
          and garbage collection.

   * CSRI malloc
    Author
          Mark Moraes (<moraes@deshaw.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `ftp://ftp.cs.toronto.edu/pub/moraes/malloc.tar.gz'

    Overview
          A library of dynamic memory allocation functions with limited
          debugging and profiling support and detection of memory
          leaks.  Also comes with a graphical tool to display a dynamic
          picture of the heap.

   * Dbmalloc
    Author
          Conor P. Cahill (<cpcahil@virtech.vti.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://dickey.his.com/dbmalloc/dbmalloc.html'

    Overview
          Provides replacements for memory management library functions
          and provides a full set of debugging features which detect
          memory overruns and other types of misuse.

   * Dbmalloc
    Author
          Michael McTernan (<mm7323@bris.ac.uk>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.cs.bris.ac.uk/~mm7323/DbMalloc/'

    Overview
          A drop-in replacement for the C memory allocation functions,
          providing facilities for quickly finding memory leaks.

   * Debauch
    Author
          Jon A. Christopher (<jac8792@tamu.edu>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Linux

    Location
          `http://mackerel.tamu.edu/jon/gnu/'

    Overview
          A memory allocation debugger for C which will detect memory
          leaks, corrupted memory, stores to freed memory and more.

   * Debug Heap
    Author
          IBM Corporation (<info@ibm.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          IBM AS/400

    Location
          `http://www.as400.ibm.com/developer/porting/heapexternal.html'

    Overview
          A heap debugging environment with stack traceback for IBM
          AS/400 servers.

   * DebugObject
    Author
          Beniamin Cherniavsky (<cben@israel.crosswinds.net>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.crosswinds.net/~cben/objc/'

    Overview
          A set of classes for debugging dynamic memory problems in
          Objective C.

   * Dmalloc
    Author
          Gray Watson (<gray@burger.letters.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows, MS-DOS

    Location
          `http://www.dmalloc.com/'

    Overview
          A drop-in replacement for the system's memory management
          routines, providing powerful debugging facilities
          configurable at run-time.  Formerly known as Malloc_Dbg.

   * DPCRTLMM
    Author
          David Duncan Ross Palmer (<overlord@daybologic.co.uk>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows, MS-DOS

    Location
          `http://www.daybologic.co.uk/dev/dpcrtlmm/'

    Overview
          Detects failures to release memory and attempts to release
          memory which has not been allocated, and can also provide
          statistics and logging facilities.

   * Electric Fence
    Author
          Bruce Perens (<bruce@pixar.com>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `ftp://ftp.perens.com/pub/ElectricFence/'

    Overview
          Uses virtual memory hardware to protect dynamically allocated
          memory in order to detect illegal memory accesses.

   * Enforcer
    Author
          Michael Sinz (<Enforcer@sinz.org>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          AmigaOS

    Location
          `http://www.iam.com/amiga/enforcer.html'

    Overview
          Sets up MMU tables to watch for illegal accesses to memory,
          such as the low page and non-existent pages.

   * FDA (Free Debug Allocator)
    Author
          Thomas Helvey (<tomh@inxpress.net>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Linux, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.debian.org/Packages/unstable/devel/fda.html'

    Overview
          Provides routines that can be plugged in to replace
          `malloc()', `calloc()', `realloc()' and `free()'.

   * Fortify
    Author
          Simon Bullen (<sbullen@cybergraphic.com.au>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          AmigaOS

    Location
          `http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Horizon/8596/fortify.html'

    Overview
          Provides a fortified shell for memory allocations, trapping
          memory leaks, writes beyond and before memory blocks and
          writes to freed memory.

   * Gabe's Debug Library
    Author
          Gabriel Sechan <gsechan@hotmail.com>

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Windows

    Location
          `http://sourceforge.net/projects/debuglib/'

    Overview
          A debugging library for C++ which performs dynamic memory
          management and looks for potential problems and memory leaks.

   * GC (Garbage Collector)
    Author
          Hans-J. Boehm (<boehm@acm.org>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, AmigaOS, Windows, MS-DOS, MacOS

    Location
          `http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Hans_Boehm/gc/'

    Overview
          A general-purpose, garbage-collecting storage allocator that
          is intended to be used as a plug-in replacement for
          `malloc()', but can also be used to detect memory leaks.

   * GCAlloc
    Author
          Joel Bartlett (<bartlett@decwrl.dec.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `ftp://gatekeeper.dec.com/pub/DEC/CCgc/'

    Overview
          A highly-portable generational, mostly-copying garbage
          collector for C++.

   * GlowCode
    Author
          Electric Software, Inc. (<info@glowcode.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Windows

    Location
          `http://www.glowcode.com/'

    Overview
          Provides a profiler, call coverage tool and resource browser
          which can detail memory leaks.

   * GMemLogger
    Author
          Yves Mettier (<ymettier@libertysurf.fr>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Linux

    Location
          `http://sourceforge.net/projects/gmemlogger/'

    Overview
          Logs allocated memory for the purpose of detecting memory
          leaks.

   * Great Circle
    Author
          Geodesic Systems (<info@geodesic.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.geodesic.com/'

    Overview
          Provides complete heap profiling, allowing programmers to see
          what parts of a program are using the most memory with
          symbolic stack tracing.

   * HeapAgent
    Author
          MicroQuill (<info@microquill.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Windows

    Location
          `http://www.microquill.com/'

    Overview
          Instruments the heap to provide heap error detection without
          the need to recompile any source code.

   * HeapCheck
    Author
          Thanassis Tsiodras (<ttsiod@softlab.ntua.gr>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Windows

    Location
          `http://www.image.ece.ntua.gr/~ttsiod/HeapCheck.html'

    Overview
          A debugging memory allocator that can detect invalid
          read/write accesses to heap memory, and also detects memory
          leaks.

   * HeapManager
    Author
          Andrew Wulf (<heapmanager@biit.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          MacOS

    Location
          `http://www.biit.com/'

    Overview
          Provides a general-purpose dynamic memory allocation
          debugging package with symbolic stack traceback.

   * IDH
    Author
          Ivan Skytte Jorgensen (<isj@image.dk>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.platypus.adsl.dk/idh/index.html/'

    Overview
          Detects most overwrites, stale pointers, wild pointers,
          double-free and invalid mix of heap management functions.

   * Insure++
    Author
          ParaSoft (<info@parasoft.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.parasoft.com/'

    Overview
          Uses Source Code Instrumentation and Runtime Pointer Tracking
          technologies to pinpoint memory corruption, memory leaks,
          operations on unrelated pointers and more.  The Inuse
          graphical memory usage display tool is also provided with this
          software.

   * JMalloc
    Author
          Jeff Dunlop

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Windows, MS-DOS

    Location
          `http://www.snippets.org/'

    Overview
          Provides tracing and debugging for `malloc()' and `operator
          new'.

   * JProbe
    Author
          KL Group (<info@klgroup.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.klgroup.com/'

    Overview
          Helps pinpoint memory leaks in Java applications by tracking
          which objects hold references to other objects, and allows
          visualisation of memory usage in real-time.

   * Leak
    Author
          Christopher Phillips (<pefv700@hermes.chpc.utexas.edu>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://sources.isc.org/devel/memleak/leak.txt'

    Overview
          Logs all calls to `malloc()' and related functions to
          database files with the filename and line number, then
          attempts to validate reallocations and deallocations and
          detect memory leaks.

   * Leak
    Author
          Josh McCormick (<jmccorm@galstar.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.galstar.com/~jmccorm/leak/'

    Overview
          A simple shell script that monitors the system looking for
          processes which leak memory.

   * LeakBug
    Author
          Christian Hammond (<chipx86@portaldesign.net>), Domenico
          Andreoli (<cavok@filibusta.crema.unimi.it>) and Gerry Jo
          Jellestad (<gerry@c64.org>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.gnupdate.org/'

    Overview
          A memory leak tracer that specializes in detecting leaks from
          a program's own calls to `malloc()', `strdup()', etc, but
          does not detect leaks from outside libraries.

   * Leakers
    Author
          Gabriel M. Deal (<gmd@yellowleaf.org>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.yellowleaf.org/gmd/software/leakers/'

    Overview
          Detects memory allocation errors by writing a log file and
          then examining it for memory leaks and attempts to free
          memory multiple times.

   * LeakTracer
    Author
          Erwin Andreasen (<erwin@andreasen.org>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.andreasen.org/LeakTracer/'

    Overview
          Detects memory leaks in C++ programs by overriding `operator
          new' and `operator delete'.

   * Leaky
    Author
          Kipp Hickman (<kipp@netscape.com>)

    License
          Netscape Public License

    Platforms
          Linux

    Location
          `http://www.mozilla.org/unix/leaky.html'

    Overview
          A program which helps find memory leaks and helps debug
          reference count problems with xpcom objects.

   * LibKmalloc
    Author
          Akira Higuchi (<a@kondara.org>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Linux

    Location
          `http://www.kondara.org/~a/libkmalloc.html'

    Overview
          A tiny malloc debugger which detects multiple frees and
          buffer overruns and underruns.

   * LibSafe
    Author
          AT&T Bell Labs (<libsafe@research.bell-labs.com>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Linux

    Location
          `http://www.bell-labs.com/org/11356/libsafe.html'

    Overview
          Protects a process against the exploitation of buffer
          overflow vulnerabilities in process stacks.

   * Malloc Debug
    Author
          Brandon S. Allbery <allbery@ncoast.org>

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.leo.org/pub/comp/usenet/comp.sources.misc/malloc-debug/'

    Overview
          A debugging malloc package with stack traceback capability.

   * Malloc Debug Library
    Author
          Rammi (<rammi@quincunx.escape.de>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.escape.de/users/quincunx/rmdebug.html'

    Overview
          Implements wrappers for the normal heap handling functions.

   * MallocTrace
    Author
          Mark Brader (<msb@sq.sq.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `ftp://ftp.uu.net/usenet/comp.sources.unix/volume18/malloc-trace.Z'

    Overview
          A malloc package with call stack tracebacks.

   * MalTrace
    Author
          Michael Schwartz (<schwartz@cs.washington.edu>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.mit.edu/afs/sipb/user/tytso/News/maltrace'

    Overview
          Traces all calls to `malloc()' and `free()' in order to
          detect memory leaks.

   * Mark_Malloc
    Author
          Sed (<sed@free.fr>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://sed.free.fr/mark_malloc'

    Overview
          Marks memory allocations in order to detect memory leaks.

   * MCheck
    Author
          Ronald Veldema (<rveldema@cs.vu.nl>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Linux

    Location
          `http://www.cs.vu.nl/~rveldema/mcheck/mcheck.html'

    Overview
          A memory usage and malloc checker for C and C++.  Comes with
          a Java application for browsing the trace files produced.

   * MEM
    Author
          Walter Bright

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          MS-DOS

    Location
          `http://www.snippets.org/'

    Overview
          A set of functions for debugging pointer and memory
          allocation problems.

   * MemCheck
    Author
          Stratosware Corporation (<info@stratosware.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Windows

    Location
          `http://www.stratosware.com/'

    Overview
          Detects various run-time errors related to operating system
          resources and provides information on memory leaks.

   * MemCheck
    Author
          IBM Corporation (<info@ibm.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          IBM OS/390

    Location
          `http://www.s390.ibm.com/oe/tools/memcheck_2_1.html'

    Overview
          Aids the discovery of memory leaks in single- and
          multi-threaded C/C++ programs.

   * MemDebug
    Author
          Rene Schmit (<rene.schmit@bss.lu>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows, MS-DOS, MacOS

    Location
          `http://www.bss.lu/Memdebug/Memdebug.html'

    Overview
          Provides memory management error detection, memory usage
          error detection, memory usage profiling and error simulation.

   * MemLeak
    Author
          Keith Packard (<keithp@ncd.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/R6.4/xc/util/memleak/'

    Overview
          Replaces the C library allocation functions and provides
          extensive memory checking, locating lost memory, detecting
          free memory still in use and stores to free memory along with
          stack tracebacks.

   * Memory Advisor
    Author
          PLATINUM Technology (<info@platinum.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.platinum.com/'

    Overview
          Disassembles an object module into system-independent
          assembler code, inserts error checking instructions, then
          re-assembles the code.  Can also replace existing malloc
          libraries in order to provide greater error checking.
          Formerly known as Sentinel.

   * Memory Sleuth
    Author
          TurboPower (<info@turbopower.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Windows

    Location
          `http://www.turbopower.com/'

    Overview
          Quickly tracks down memory leaks and resource allocation
          errors with C++Builder and Delphi.

   * Memprof
    Author
          Owen Taylor (<otaylor@redhat.com>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Linux

    Location
          `http://people.redhat.com/otaylor/memprof/'

    Overview
          A tool for profiling memory usage and detecting memory leaks.

   * Memproof
    Author
          AutomatedQA (<info@totalqa.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Windows

    Location
          `http://www.totalqa.com/'

    Overview
          A memory and resource leak debugger for Borland's family of
          Windows compilers.

   * MemTest
    Author
          Jim Buchanan (<jbuchana@iquest.net>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `ftp://ftp.loxinfo.co.th/pub/unix/utils/mem_test-0_10_tar.gz'

    Overview
          Helps locate memory leaks in a program under development by
          creating a log file that records most memory allocations and
          deallocations.

   * MemTrace
    Author
          Nico Hoogervorst (<nico@knoware.nl>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Windows

    Location
          `http://utopia.knoware.nl/users/nico/tools/c/memtrace/'

    Overview
          A simple enhancement for C source code which makes it easier
          to find memory leaks.

   * MemTrace
    Author
          Frank Pilhofer (<fp@informatik.uni-frankfurt.de>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.informatik.uni-frankfurt.de/~fp/Tools/MemTrace/'

    Overview
          Searches for memory leaks in a program and uses various
          platform-specific features to record a stack trace each time
          a memory chunk is allocated.

   * MemWatch
    Author
          Johan Lindh (<johan@link-data.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.link-data.com/'

    Overview
          A fault-tolerant memory leak and corruption detection tool.

   * MemWatch
    Author
          Doug Walker (<walker@unx.sas.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          AmigaOS

    Location
          `http://wuarchive.wustl.edu/~aminet/dirs/dev_debug.html'

    Overview
          Provides replacement memory allocation routines for adding
          lots of memory debugging features that you link into your
          program.

   * MemWatch
    Author
          Sundial Services (<info@sundialservices.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Windows

    Location
          `http://www.sundialservices.com/download/memwatch.pas'

    Overview
          Provides replacement dynamic memory allocation functions for
          Delphi which look for memory underwrites and overwrites.

   * MM (Shared Memory Library)
    Author
          Ralf S. Engelschall (<rse@engelschall.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.engelschall.com/sw/mm/'

    Overview
          Simplifies the usage (and can help debug) the use of shared
          memory between related processes.

   * MM
    Author
          Dave Clements (<clements@cs.uoregon.edu>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.cirl.uoregon.edu/clements/memoryManager.html'

    Overview
          Overrides the C dynamic memory allocation functions to
          provide better debugging capabilities.

   * Mmalloc
    Author
          Mike Haertel (<mike@ai.mit.edu>) and Fred Fish
          (<fnf@cygnus.com>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.gnu.org/'

    Overview
          Uses `mmap()' to allocate separate pools of memory which can
          be mapped onto files for later reuse.

   * MPR
    Author
          Taj Khattra (<taj.khattra@pobox.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Linux

    Location
          `http://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/devel/lang/c/mpr-2.0.tar.gz'

    Overview
          Attempts to find memory leaks in C/C++ programs by writing a
          log file during program execution, which can then be
          processed for obtaining further information.

   * Mprof
    Author
          Ben Zorn (<zorn@microsoft.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `ftp://gatekeeper.dec.com/pub/misc/mprof-3.0.tar.Z'

    Overview
          Profiles the dynamic memory allocation behaviour of programs
          by logging details for each function than makes a memory
          allocation, including call stack tracebacks.

   * MSS (Memory Supervision System)
    Author
          Juan Jesus Alcolea Picazo (<a920101@zipi.fi.upm.es>) and
          Peter Palotas (<blizzar@hem1.passagen.se>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Linux, Windows, MS-DOS

    Location
          `http://hem.passagen.se/blizzar/mss/'

    Overview
          Full-featured malloc library for C and C++ providing
          detection of memory leaks, use of uninitialised memory and
          out of range block accesses as well as lots of tracing
          facilities.

   * MTrace
    Author
          Morris R. Dovey (<mrdovey@iedu.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.iedu.com/mrd/c/mtrace.c'

    Overview
          A very simple malloc tracing package.

   * MuForce
    Author
          Thomas Richter (<thor@einstein.math.tu-berlin.de>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          AmigaOS

    Location
          `http://www.math.tu-berlin.de/~thor/thor/index.html'

    Overview
          Uses the MMU to monitor the system for any writes to
          non-existent memory and reports them over the serial port or
          any other output stream.

   * MuGuardianAngel
    Author
          Thomas Richter (<thor@einstein.math.tu-berlin.de>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          AmigaOS

    Location
          `http://www.math.tu-berlin.de/~thor/thor/index.html'

    Overview
          An extension to the MuForce program which protects free
          memory and detects all illegal memory accesses.

   * MuLib
    Author
          Thomas Richter (<thor@einstein.math.tu-berlin.de>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          AmigaOS

    Location
          `http://www.math.tu-berlin.de/~thor/thor/index.html'

    Overview
          Provides access to the MMU in modern Amigas so that features
          such as virtual memory can be implemented.

   * MULTI
    Author
          Green Hills Software, Inc. (<sales@ghs.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.ghs.com'

    Overview
          Inserts special checks into a program to watch for and report
          a broad variety of run-time errors, including freeing
          unallocated memory and memory leaks.

   * Mungwall
    Author
          Commodore-Amiga, Inc. (<info@amiga.de>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          AmigaOS

    Location
          `http://wuarchive.wustl.edu/~aminet/dirs/dev_debug.html'

    Overview
          Patches the system to check for free memory corruption.

   * NJAMD (Not Just Another Malloc Debugger)
    Author
          Mike Perry (<mikepery@fscked.org>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://fscked.org/proj/njamd.shtml/'

    Overview
          Helps track down a wide range of memory allocation problems
          and is divided into a front end executable and a library back
          end.

   * ObjectCenter
    Author
          CenterLine Development Systems (<info@centerline.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.centerline.com/'

    Overview
          Provides a C and C++ programming environment that can detect
          memory leaks, duplicate frees and illegal access errors
          including loads from uninitialised objects.

   * Optimizeit
    Author
          Intuitive Systems, Inc. (<info@optimizeit.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.optimizeit.com/'

    Overview
          Attempts to locate memory leaks and performance bottlenecks
          in Java programs.

   * Plumber
    Author
          Owen O'Malley (<omalley@ics.uci.edu>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Linux, Solaris, SunOS

    Location
          `http://www.ics.uci.edu/~softtest/plumber.html'

    Overview
          A tool that replaces the normal Ada and C/C++ dynamic memory
          allocation functions and detects unfreed memory blocks.

   * Purify
    Author
          Rational Software (<info@rational.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.rational.com/'

    Overview
          Uses Object Code Insertion technology to provide run-time
          error checking and memory leak detection.

   * QC
    Author
          Onyx Technology (<sales@onyx-tech.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          MacOS

    Location
          `http://www.onyx-tech.com/'

    Overview
          Runs in the background as a control panel and detects various
          memory errors which can then be caught and run under a
          debugger.

   * SBase
    Author
          Ben Lilburne (<blilburn@cit.nepean.uws.edu.au>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://www.cit.uws.edu.au/~blilburn/sbase/'

    Overview
          A set of classes for debugging dynamic memory problems in
          Objective C.

   * SCID
    Author
          Richard Mills (<rich@xerp.freeserve.co.uk>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http:///www.xerp.demon.co.uk/'

    Overview
          A program that tries to help locate bugs caused by the
          reading and writing of invalid pointers in C code by source
          code insertion.

   * SmartAlloc
    Author
          John Walker

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, MS-DOS

    Location
          `http://www.fourmilab.ch/smartall/'

    Overview
          Detects orphaned buffers of dynamic memory allocations and
          also helps to find other common problems in management of
          dynamic storage.

   * SmartHeap
    Author
          MicroQuill (<info@microquill.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows, OS/2, MS-DOS, MacOS

    Location
          `http://www.microquill.com/'

    Overview
          Provides optimised heap performance along with detecting
          memory leaks, memory overwrites, double-freeing, wild
          pointers, invalid parameters, etc.

   * Spotlight
    Author
          Onyx Technology (<sales@onyx-tech.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          MacOS

    Location
          `http://www.onyx-tech.com/'

    Overview
          Performs memory protection on PowerPC executables and helps
          detect memory leaks.

   * StackTrace
    Author
          Bjorn Reese (<breese@mail1.stofanet.dk>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://home1.stofanet.dk/breese/debug/debug.tar.gz'

    Overview
          Provides code to generate a stack trace of the program at any
          point during execution using either a debugger or built-in
          methods found in the GNU C compiler or on some systems.

   * TestCenter
    Author
          CenterLine Development Systems (<info@centerline.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Various UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.centerline.com/'

    Overview
          Detects memory leaks, duplicate frees and illegal access
          errors including loads from uninitialised objects.

   * Third Degree
    Author
          Digital Equipment Corporation (<info@digital.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          Digital UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.digital.com/'

    Overview
          A tool that performs memory access checks and memory leak
          detection of C, C++ and Fortran programs at run-time.
          Applications are modified using ATOM to determine if any
          memory locations are accessed when not properly allocated or
          initialised.

   * Vmalloc
    Author
          Kiem-Phong Vo (<kpv@research.att.com>)

    License
          AT&T Source Code License

    Platforms
          Various UNIX, Windows

    Location
          `http://akpublic.research.att.com/sw/tools/vmalloc/'

    Overview
          A discipline and method library for dynamic memory
          allocation, with support for regions, debugging and profiling.

   * Wipeout
    Author
          Olaf Barthel (<olsen@sourcery.han.de>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          AmigaOS

    Location
          `http://wuarchive.wustl.edu/~aminet/dirs/dev_debug.html'

    Overview
          Runs in the background checking free memory for corruption.

   * YaMa
    Author
          Venkatesha Murthy G. (<gvmt@vsnl.com>)

    License
          Free Software

    Platforms
          Linux

    Location
          `http://www.geocities.com/ipsgvm/libyama/'

    Overview
          A memory allocator with leak tracing and some anti-heap
          corruption facilities.

   * YAMD (Yet Another Malloc Debugger)
    Author
          Nate Eldredge (<neldredge@hmc.edu>)

    License
          GNU General Public License

    Platforms
          Linux, MS-DOS

    Location
          `http://www3.hmc.edu/~neldredge/yamd/'

    Overview
          A tool for finding bugs related to dynamic memory allocation
          in C and C++, and includes paging mechanisms to catch bugs
          immediately.

   * ZeroFault
    Author
          The Kernel Group (<info@zerofault.com>)

    License
          Commercial Software

    Platforms
          AIX UNIX

    Location
          `http://www.zerofault.com/'

    Overview
          Uses run-time emulator technology to provide run-time error
          checking and memory leak detection.

   However, before you try out any of the above software, there may
already be a malloc library with debugging support on your system that
might be suitable for solving your problem.  For example, on Solaris
the following libraries are available:

`malloc(3c)'
     Trade-off between performance and efficiency.

`malloc(3x)'
     Slower performance, space-efficient.

`bsdmalloc(3x)'
     Better performance, space-inefficient.

`mtmalloc(3t)'
     Thread-safe memory allocator.

`mapmalloc(3x)'
     Uses `mmap()' instead of `sbrk()' to allocate heap space.

`watchmalloc(3x)'
     Uses watch point areas to check for overflows.

   On platforms with the GNU C library, such as Linux, there are several
environment variables that can be used to enable various debugging
features of `malloc()', etc.  There are also extra functions provided
in the library which can be used to aid in debugging, and some shell
scripts which can translate return addresses or locate unfreed memory
allocations in the log files produced.  Useful information on the
debugging features available within the GNU C library is located at
`http://sdb.suse.de/sdb/en/html/aj_debug.html'.

   If you suspect that the debugging problem you are looking at is
likely to be related to UNIX system calls then some systems come with
the `strace' or `truss' commands which allow you to trace all of the
system calls that a program makes when running.  This can sometimes be
invaluable in pinpointing the exact point at which a program fails, but
as it only operates at the system call level, no information about
individual memory allocations is available.

   On Windows 2000 (and probably later releases of the operating system
as well) there is a utility called `pageheap' which acts in a similar
way to the `mpatrol' command in that it overrides the definitions of
`malloc()' and related functions for any programs that it runs.  It has
a similar behaviour to the `--page-alloc-upper' option but has far less
features.  However, it could be very useful if you can't get mpatrol to
work for you.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) This list can be considered to be a slightly more up to date
version of `Debugging Tools for Dynamic Storage Allocation and Memory
Management' (`http://www.cs.colorado.edu/~zorn/MallocDebug.html') by
Ben Zorn (<zorn@microsoft.com>).

Appendix L References
*********************

   This section contains references to interesting papers and resources
on related topics and the field of memory management in general.  The
vast majority of theoretical information can be found at the Memory
Management Reference, although this does tend to concentrate on garbage
collection.  The other references take a more practical approach to
memory management and in some cases provide implementation details.
Let me know if you'd like to see any other references or resources
added to this list.

   * Avoiding Motif Memory Leaks
    Author
          Kenton Lee (<kenton@rahul.net>)

    Location
          `http://www.rahul.net/kenton/txa/mar96.html'

    Overview
          An article on avoiding memory leaks in Motif applications.

   * C++ FAQ Lite: Freestore Management
    Author
          Marshall Cline (<cline@parashift.com>)

    Location
          `http://www.parashift.com/c++-faq-lite/freestore-mgmt.html'

    Overview
          Everything you ever wanted to know about C++ memory
          management.

   * Debugging Memory On Linux
    Author
          Petr Sorfa (<editor@ssc.com>)

    Location
          `http://www.linuxjournal.com/article.php?sid=4681'

    Overview
          An article detailing the tools available to debug memory
          problems on Linux.

   * Effective C++ Memory Allocation
    Author
          Aaron Dailey (<adailey@chaparraltec.com>)

    Location
          `http://www.embedded.com/1999/9901/9901feat2.htm'

    Overview
          Documents techniques for better use of the C++ dynamic memory
          allocation operators.

   * How To Debug Memory Leaks
    Author
          The Mozilla Organization (<webmaster@mozilla.org>)

    Location
          `http://www.lxr.mozilla.org/mozilla/source/xpcom/doc/MemoryTools.html'

    Overview
          A list of memory analysis tools that the Mozilla team have
          developed in order to quickly spot and fix memory leaks.

   * Just Say No To Memory Leaks
    Author
          Steve Litt (<slitt@troubleshooters.com>)

    Location
          `http://www.troubleshooters.com/codecorn/memleak.htm'

    Overview
          An article discussing memory leaks and how to avoid them.

   * A Memory Allocator
    Author
          Doug Lea (<dl@gee.cs.oswego.edu>)

    Location
          `http://gee.cs.oswego.edu/dl/html/malloc.html'

    Overview
          Information on general memory allocation principles.

   * The Memory Management Reference
    Author
          XANALYS Software Tools (<mm-web@xanalys.com>)

    Location
          `http://www.xanalys.com/software_tools/mm/'

    Overview
          Links to many documents and research papers in the field of
          memory management, and has a large glossary which lists and
          explains related terms.

   * My Rant on C++'s `operator new'
    Author
          David Mazieres (<dm@cs.nyu.edu>)

    Location
          `http://www.pdos.lcs.mit.edu/~dm/c++-new.html'

    Overview
          Provides a scathing critique on the C++ dynamic memory
          allocation operators.

   * The Virtual Memory Tutorial
    Author
          The Hyperlearning Center (<webmaster@cne.gmu.edu>)

    Location
          `http://www.cne.gmu.edu/modules/vm/'

    Overview
          Provides a comprehensive tutorial on virtual memory, as well
          as detailing its history, theory and implementation.

   * X Window System Memory Leaks and Other Memory Bugs
    Author
          Kenton Lee (<kenton@rahul.net>)

    Location
          `http://www.rahul.net/kenton/txa/feb96.html'

    Overview
          An article on debugging memory problems in X applications.

Appendix M About the author
***************************

   I live in Edinburgh (the capital city of Scotland) and work for an
American company called Analog Devices which designs and manufactures
digital and analogue electronic equipment, as well as Digital Signal
Processors (DSPs).  The company I used to work for was called Edinburgh
Portable Compilers, a small Edinburgh-based company which designed,
wrote and sold compilers for various programming languages and
operating systems (mainly UNIX variants).  A few years ago it became a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Analog Devices and our focus was shifted to
write C and C++ compilers for the various ADI DSPs.

   I started working at EPC immediately after obtaining my honours
degree in Computer Science at Edinburgh University.  My interests lie
in operating systems and programming tools so this was an ideal working
environment for me to apply my knowledge and learn more about the bits
and pieces that most programmers and computer users know little or
nothing about.

   Writing compilers is a complex business that most people take for
granted.  The popular view is that once you have a lexer and a parser
for a particular programming language then you are 90% of the way to
having a compiler.  However, modern compilers are required to perform
more and more aggressive optimisations on user code, all of which
require complex algorithms, and most of which are applied at the
code-generator level.  Add accurate debugging information generation,
C++ exceptions and templates, inline assembler support and an efficient
run-time library and you begin to see why writing and maintaining a
compiler is not a solo effort!

   I originally wrote the mpatrol library in my spare time with the
intention of selling it to EPC as a comprehensive memory debugging
solution for integration with their UNIX compilers.  Unfortunately, EPC
was taken over by ADI before it was finished and ADI had no use for
such a library in their DSP toolchain.  However, I still feel that it
was worth the effort (not least because of all the knowledge of other
operating systems that I gained whilst writing it), and I hope you do
too!

Appendix N Copying
******************

                       GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                            Version 2, June 1991
     
      Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
                     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
      Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
      of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
     
     [This is the first released version of the library GPL.  It is
      numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
     
                                 Preamble
     
       The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
     freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
     Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
     free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
     
       This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
     specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
     other libraries whose authors decide to use it.  You can use it for
     your libraries, too.
     
       When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
     price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
     have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
     this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
     if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
     in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
     
       To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
     anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
     These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
     you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
     
       For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
     or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
     you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
     code.  If you link a program with the library, you must provide
     complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
     with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
     it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
     
       Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
     the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
     permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
     
       Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
     that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
     library.  If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
     want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
     version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
     the original authors' reputations.
     
       Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
     patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
     software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
     transforming the program into proprietary software.  To prevent this,
     we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
     free use or not licensed at all.
     
       Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
     GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs.  This
     license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
     designated libraries.  This license is quite different from the ordinary
     one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
     the same as in the ordinary license.
     
       The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
     they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
     program and simply using it.  Linking a program with a library, without
     changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
     analogous to running a utility program or application program.  However, in
     a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
     derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
     treats it as such.
     
       Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
     Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
     sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries.  We
     concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
     
       However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
     users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
     libraries themselves.  This Library General Public License is intended to
     permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
     preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
     libraries that are incorporated in them.  (We have not seen how to achieve
     this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
     changes in the actual functions of the Library.)  The hope is that this
     will lead to faster development of free libraries.
     
       The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
     modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
     "work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
     former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
     works together with the library.
     
       Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
     General Public License rather than by this special one.
     
                       GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
        TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
     
       0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
     contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
     party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
     General Public License (also called "this License").  Each licensee is
     addressed as "you".
     
       A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
     prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
     (which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
     
       The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
     which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
     Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
     copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
     portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
     straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
     included without limitation in the term "modification".)
     
       "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
     making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
     all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
     interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
     and installation of the library.
     
       Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
     covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
     running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
     such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
     on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
     writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
     and what the program that uses the Library does.
     
       1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
     complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
     you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
     appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
     all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
     warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
     Library.
     
       You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
     and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
     fee.
     
       2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
     of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
     distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
     above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
     
         a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
     
         b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
         stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
     
         c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
         charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
     
         d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
         table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
         the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
         is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
         in the event an application does not supply such function or
         table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
         its purpose remains meaningful.
     
         (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
         a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
         application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
         application-supplied function or table used by this function must
         be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
         root function must still compute square roots.)
     
     These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
     identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
     and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
     themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
     sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
     distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
     on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
     this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
     entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
     it.
     
     Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
     your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
     exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
     collective works based on the Library.
     
     In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
     with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
     a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
     the scope of this License.
     
       3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
     License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
     this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
     that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
     instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
     ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
     that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
     these notices.
     
       Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
     that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
     subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
     
       This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
     the Library into a program that is not a library.
     
       4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
     derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
     under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
     it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
     must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
     medium customarily used for software interchange.
     
       If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
     from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
     source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
     distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
     compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
     
       5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
     Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
     linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
     work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
     therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
     
       However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
     creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
     contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
     library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
     Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
     
       When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
     that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
     derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
     Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
     linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
     threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
     
       If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
     structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
     functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
     file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
     work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
     Library will still fall under Section 6.)
     
       Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
     distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
     Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
     whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
     
       6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
     link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
     work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
     under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
     modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
     engineering for debugging such modifications.
     
       You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
     Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
     this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
     during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
     copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
     directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
     of these things:
     
         a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
         machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
         changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
         Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
         with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
         uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
         user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
         executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
         that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
         Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
         to use the modified definitions.)
     
         b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
         least three years, to give the same user the materials
         specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
         than the cost of performing this distribution.
     
         c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
         from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
         specified materials from the same place.
     
         d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
         materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
     
       For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
     Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
     reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
     the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
     distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
     components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
     which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
     the executable.
     
       It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
     restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
     accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
     use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
     distribute.
     
       7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
     Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
     facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
     library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
     the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
     permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
     
         a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
         based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
         facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
         Sections above.
     
         b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
         that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
         where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
     
       8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
     the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
     attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
     distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
     rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
     or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
     terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
     
       9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
     signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
     distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
     prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
     modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
     Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
     all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
     the Library or works based on it.
     
       10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
     Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
     original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
     subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
     restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
     You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
     this License.
     
       11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
     infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
     conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
     otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
     excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
     distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
     License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
     may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
     license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
     all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
     the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
     refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
     
     If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
     particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
     and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
     
     It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
     patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
     such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
     integrity of the free software distribution system which is
     implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
     generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
     through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
     system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
     to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
     impose that choice.
     
     This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
     be a consequence of the rest of this License.
     
       12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
     certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
     original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
     an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
     so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
     excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
     written in the body of this License.
     
       13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
     versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
     Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
     but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
     
     Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
     specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
     "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
     conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
     the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
     license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
     the Free Software Foundation.
     
       14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
     programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
     write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
     copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
     Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
     decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
     of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
     and reuse of software generally.
     
                                 NO WARRANTY
     
       15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
     WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
     EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
     OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
     KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
     IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
     PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
     LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
     THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
     
       16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
     WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
     AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
     FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
     CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
     LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
     RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
     FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
     SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
     DAMAGES.
     
                          END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
     
                 How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
     
       If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
     possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
     everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
     redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
     ordinary General Public License).
     
       To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
     safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
     convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
     "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
     
         <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
         Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
     
         This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
         modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
         License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
         version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
     
         This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
         but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
         MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
         Library General Public License for more details.
     
         You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
         License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
         Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
     
     Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
     
     You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
     school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
     necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
     
       Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
       library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
     
       <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
       Ty Coon, President of Vice
     
     That's all there is to it!

Function index
**************

__mp_addallocentry:                                
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_addfreeentry:                                 
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_atexit:                                       
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_check:                                        
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_clearleaktable:                               
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_cmpcontents:                                  
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_edit:                                         
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_epilogue:                                     
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_function:                                     
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_getoption:                                    
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_info:                                         
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_iterate:                                      
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_iterateall:                                   
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_leaktable:                                    
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_libversion:                                   
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_list:                                         
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_locprintf:                                    
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_logaddr:                                      
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_logmemory:                                    
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_logstack:                                     
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_memorymap:                                    
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_nomemory:                                     
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_printf:                                       
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_printinfo:                                    
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_prologue:                                     
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_readcontents:                                 
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_remcontents:                                  
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_setmark:                                      
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_setoption:                                    
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_setuser:                                      
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_snapshot:                                     
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_startleaktable:                               
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_stats:                                        
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_stopleaktable:                                
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_strerror:                                     
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_summary:                                      
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_symbol:                                       
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_syminfo:                                      
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_view:                                         
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_vlocprintf:                                   
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_vprintf:                                      
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
__mp_writecontents:                                
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
alloca:                                            
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
bcmp:                                              
          See ``A.5 C memory operation functions''.
bcopy:                                             
          See ``A.5 C memory operation functions''.
bzero:                                             
          See ``A.5 C memory operation functions''.
calloc:                                            
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
cfree:                                             
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
dealloca:                                          
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
expand:                                            
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
free:                                              
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
malloc:                                            
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
memalign:                                          
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
memccpy:                                           
          See ``A.5 C memory operation functions''.
memchr:                                            
          See ``A.5 C memory operation functions''.
memcmp:                                            
          See ``A.5 C memory operation functions''.
memcpy:                                            
          See ``A.5 C memory operation functions''.
memmem:                                            
          See ``A.5 C memory operation functions''.
memmove:                                           
          See ``A.5 C memory operation functions''.
memset:                                            
          See ``A.5 C memory operation functions''.
MP_CALLOC:                                         
          See ``A.3 C dynamic memory alternative functions''.
MP_FAILURE:                                        
          See ``A.3 C dynamic memory alternative functions''.
MP_FREE:                                           
          See ``A.3 C dynamic memory alternative functions''.
MP_MALLOC:                                         
          See ``A.3 C dynamic memory alternative functions''.
MP_REALLOC:                                        
          See ``A.3 C dynamic memory alternative functions''.
MP_STRDUP:                                         
          See ``A.3 C dynamic memory alternative functions''.
operator delete:                                   
          See ``A.4 C++ dynamic memory allocation functions''.
operator delete[]:                                 
          See ``A.4 C++ dynamic memory allocation functions''.
operator new:                                      
          See ``A.4 C++ dynamic memory allocation functions''.
operator new[]:                                    
          See ``A.4 C++ dynamic memory allocation functions''.
pvalloc:                                           
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
realloc:                                           
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
reallocf:                                          
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
recalloc:                                          
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
set_new_handler:                                   
          See ``A.4 C++ dynamic memory allocation functions''.
strdup:                                            
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
strdupa:                                           
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
strndup:                                           
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
strndupa:                                          
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
strnsave:                                          
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
strsave:                                           
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
valloc:                                            
          See ``A.1 C dynamic memory allocation functions''.
xcalloc:                                           
          See ``A.2 C dynamic memory extension functions''.
xfree:                                             
          See ``A.2 C dynamic memory extension functions''.
xmalloc:                                           
          See ``A.2 C dynamic memory extension functions''.
xrealloc:                                          
          See ``A.2 C dynamic memory extension functions''.
xstrdup:                                           
          See ``A.2 C dynamic memory extension functions''.
Index
*****

-addresses:                                         See 10.
-alloc:                                             See 11.
-alloc-byte:                                       
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-alloc-stop:                                       
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-allow-oflow:                                      
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-auto-save:                                        
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-base:                                              See 11.
-call-graph:                                        See 10.
-check:                                            
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-check-all:                                        
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-check-allocs:                                     
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-check-fork:                                       
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-check-frees:                                      
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-check-memory:                                     
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-check-reallocs:                                   
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-counts:                                            See 10.
-def-align:                                        
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-delay:                                             See 11.
-dynamic:                                          
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-edit:                                             
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-editor:                                            See 9.4.
-fail-freq:                                        
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-fail-seed:                                        
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-free:                                              See 11.
-free-byte:                                        
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-free-stop:                                        
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-graph-file:                                        See 10.
-gui:                                               See 11.
-hatf-file:                                         See 11.
-height:                                            See 11.
-help:                                             
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-ignore:                                            See 9.2.
-internal:                                          See 11.
-large-bound:                                      
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-leak-table:                                       
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-leaks:                                             See 10.
-limit:                                            
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-list:                                             
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-listing:                                           See 9.4.
-log-all:                                          
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-log-allocs:                                       
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-log-file:                                         
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-log-frees:                                        
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-log-memory:                                       
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-log-reallocs:                                     
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-match:                                             See 9.5.
-max-stack:                                         See 9.2.
-maximum:                                           See 9.5.
-medium-bound:                                     
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-minimum:                                           See 9.5.
-no-free:                                          
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-no-protect:                                       
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-oflow-byte:                                       
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-oflow-size:                                       
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-oflow-watch:                                      
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-page-alloc-lower:                                 
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-page-alloc-upper:                                 
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-preserve:                                         
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-prof:                                             
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-prof-file:                                        
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-prog-file:                                        
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-read-env:                                         
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-realloc-stop:                                     
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-safe-signals:                                     
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-show-all:                                         
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-show-env:                                         
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-show-free:                                        
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-show-freed:                                       
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-show-map:                                         
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-show-symbols:                                     
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-show-unfreed:                                     
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-sim-file:                                          See 11.
-skip:                                              See 9.3.
-small-bound:                                      
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-source:                                            See 11.
-source-dir:                                        See 9.4.
-space:                                             See 11.
-stack-depth:                                       See 10.
-threads:                                          
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-trace:                                            
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-trace-file:                                       
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-unalloc:                                           See 11.
-unfreed-abort:                                    
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-use-debug:                                        
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-use-mmap:                                         
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-verbose:                                           See 11.
-version:                                          
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
-view-height:                                       See 11.
-view-width:                                        See 11.
-width:                                             See 11.
.cshrc:                                             See 9.1.
.cvsignore:                                        
          See ``J.5 Files''.
.gdbinit:                                           See 7.5.
.profile:                                           See 9.1.
32-bit:                                            
          See ``J.2 Building''.
64-bit:                                            
          See ``J.2 Building''.
__mp_errno:                                         See 7.7.
__mp_fini_ functions:                               See 7.7.
__mp_init_ functions:                               See 7.7.
_RLD_LIST:                                          See 9.1.
a.out:                                              See 16.
ABI:                                                See 6.2.
acknowledgements:                                  
          See ``Foreword''.
adding mpatrol:                                     See 4.1.
address space:                                      See 11.
address, physical:                                  See 6.1.
address, virtual:                                   See 6.1.
ADI:                                               
          See ``Appendix M About the author''.
AIX, IBM RS/6000:                                  
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
alignment:                                          See 7.1.
all (make target):                                  See 3.
alloca:                                             See 5.3.
allocated blocks:                                   See 16.1.
allocation algorithm:                               See 15.
allocation bin table:                               See 10.
allocation bins:                                    See 10.
allocation boundaries:                              See 10.
allocation byte:                                    See 7.3.
allocation index:                                   See 16.1.
allocation information:                            
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
allocation type:                                    See 16.1.
ALLOCBYTE:                                         
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
ALLOCSTOP:                                         
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
ALLOVF:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
ALLOWOFLOW:                                        
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
ALLZER:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
AM_WITH_MPATROL:                                    See 4.1.
amalloc:                                            See 14.
Amiga 4000/040:                                     See 3.
Amiga notes:                                       
          See ``I.3 Notes for Amiga platforms''.
AmigaOS, Motorola 680x0:                           
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
Aminet:                                             See 3.
Analog Devices:                                    
          See ``Appendix M About the author''.
ANSI:                                               See 14.
application binary interface:                       See 6.2.
AProbe:                                            
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
APurify:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
AR:                                                 See 3.
ARCH:                                              
          See ``J.2 Building''.
archive library:                                    See 2.
arenas:                                             See 14.
articles:                                          
          See ``Appendix L References''.
assembler:                                          See 10.
ATOM:                                              
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
author, contacting:                                
          See ``Foreword''.
author, details:                                   
          See ``Appendix M About the author''.
autoconf:                                           See 3.
automake:                                           See 3.
AutomatedQA:                                       
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
AUTOSAVE:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
backwards compatibility:                           
          See ``J.3 Linking''.
BADALN:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
base address:                                       See 11.
bash:                                               See 9.1.
BASIC:                                              See 5.
batch testing:                                      See 7.6.
best fit:                                           See 15.
BFD:                                                See 16.
bin:                                                See 10.
binary:                                            
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
binary file:                                        See 10.
bit bucket:                                        
          See ``J.4 Running''.
blocks:                                             See 16.1.
BoundsChecker:                                     
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
breakpoint:                                         See 7.5.
bsdmalloc(3x):                                     
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
BSS:                                                See 5.1.
buffers, overflow:                                  See 7.4.
bug reports:                                       
          See ``Foreword''.
bugs:                                              
          See ``Appendix I Notes''.
building questions:                                
          See ``J.2 Building''.
building the library:                               See 3.
bus errors:                                         See 7.1.
bytes compared:                                     See 16.1.
bytes copied:                                       See 16.1.
bytes located:                                      See 16.1.
bytes set:                                          See 16.1.
C:                                                  See 5.
C++:                                                See 5.
C++ Debugging Support Library (libcwd):            
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
C++ mangled names:                                  See 16.1.
call sites:                                         See 10.
call stacks:                                        See 6.2.
call-by-value:                                      See 5.2.
callback functions:                                 See 16.1.
calling convention:                                 See 6.2.
CC:                                                 See 3.
Ccmalloc:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
CenterLine Development Systems:                    
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
CFLAGS:                                             See 3.
ChangeLog:                                         
          See ``J.5 Files''.
Chaperon:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
CHECK:                                             
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
CHECKALL:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
CHECKALLOCS:                                       
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
Checker:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
CHECKFORK:                                         
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
CHECKFREES:                                        
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
CHECKMEMORY:                                       
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
CHECKREALLOCS:                                     
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
CHECKSUMS:                                          See 3.
children:                                           See 10.
CISC:                                               See 6.2.
clean (make target):                                See 3.
cleanup:                                            See 3.
clobber (make target):                              See 3.
CMEM:                                              
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
CMM (Customisable Memory Manager):                 
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
COFF:                                               See 16.
command line options:                              
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
command pipe:                                       See 11.
Commodore-Amiga, Inc.:                             
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
common variables:                                   See 5.1.
compiler:                                           See 3.
compiling:                                          See 3.
condenseleaklog:                                    See 9.2.
configure:                                          See 3.
contacting the author:                             
          See ``Foreword''.
context listing:                                    See 9.4.
contributors:                                      
          See ``Foreword''.
core file:                                         
          See ``J.4 Running''.
corruption:                                         See 12.
crash:                                              See 16.1.
csh:                                                See 9.1.
CSRI malloc:                                       
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
CVS:                                               
          See ``J.5 Files''.
cycles:                                             See 10.
data sections:                                      See 5.1.
Dbmalloc:                                           See 8.1.
Debauch:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Debian package:                                     See 3.
Debug Heap:                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
debugger:                                           See 7.5.
debugging:                                          See 7.5.
debugging information:                              See 6.2.
DebugObject:                                       
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
decimal:                                           
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
declarations, tentative:                            See 5.1.
DEFALIGN:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
Dell Inspiron 7500:                                 See 3.
demangler:                                          See 16.1.
DG/UX, Intel 80x86:                                
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
DG/UX, Motorola 88xx0:                             
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
diagnostic messages:                               
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
Digital Equipment Corporation:                     
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
direct allocation table:                            See 10.
direct allocations:                                 See 10.
distclean (make target):                            See 3.
DLLs:                                               See 6.2.
Dmalloc:                                            See 8.2.
DocBook:                                           
          See ``J.1 Documentation''.
documentation:                                      See 3.
documentation formats:                             
          See ``J.1 Documentation''.
documentation questions:                           
          See ``J.1 Documentation''.
dot:                                                See 10.
dotty:                                              See 10.
DPCRTLMM:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
driver:                                             See 10.
DRS/NX, SPARC:                                     
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
dumping memory:                                     See 16.4.
duplicate symbols:                                 
          See ``J.3 Linking''.
DVI:                                               
          See ``J.1 Documentation''.
DWARF:                                              See 15.
dynamic link libraries:                             See 6.2.
dynamic linker:                                     See 6.2.
dynamic linking:                                    See 6.2.
dynamic memory allocations:                         See 5.3.
DYNIX/ptx, Intel 80x86:                            
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
DYNLINK:                                           
          See ``J.2 Building''.
Edinburgh:                                         
          See ``Appendix M About the author''.
Edinburgh Portable Compilers:                      
          See ``Appendix M About the author''.
EDIT:                                              
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
EDITOR:                                             See 9.4.
editor:                                             See 9.4.
Electric Fence:                                    
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Electric Software, Inc.:                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
ELF32:                                              See 16.
ELF64:                                              See 16.
elvis:                                              See 9.4.
emacs:                                              See 9.4.
embedded libraries:                                 See 9.1.
embedded systems:                                   See 6.
endianness:                                         See 10.
Enforcer:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
enhancements:                                      
          See ``Appendix I Notes''.
entry-point:                                        See 16.1.
ENVIRON:                                           
          See ``J.2 Building''.
environment:                                       
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
EPC:                                               
          See ``Appendix M About the author''.
epilogue function:                                  See 16.1.
error abbreviation code:                            See 16.1.
error severity:                                     See 16.1.
errors:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
errors, run-time:                                   See 1.
event:                                              See 11.
examples:                                           See 16.
exec:                                               See 7.1.
executable files:                                   See 6.2.
extensions:                                         See 8.
extern inline:                                     
          See ``J.2 Building''.
extra:                                              See 3.
FAILFREQ:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
FAILSEED:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
failure frequency:                                  See 7.6.
failure seed:                                       See 7.6.
FAQ:                                               
          See ``Appendix J Frequently asked questions''.
fatal errors:                                       See 16.1.
fault, page:                                        See 6.1.
FDA (Free Debug Allocator):                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
features:                                           See 2.
fence posts:                                        See 7.4.
file formats:                                      
          See ``Appendix F File formats''.
file scope variables:                               See 5.1.
files questions:                                   
          See ``J.5 Files''.
files, mapping:                                     See 6.1.
first fit:                                          See 15.
fitting allocations:                                See 16.3.
foreword:                                          
          See ``Foreword''.
fork:                                               See 7.1.
forked processes:                                   See 7.1.
FORMAT:                                            
          See ``J.2 Building''.
format string:                                      See 10.
Fortify:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
FORTRAN:                                            See 5.
frame pointer:                                     
          See ``J.4 Running''.
FRDCOR:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
FRDOPN:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
FRDOVF:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
FRECOR:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
free blocks:                                        See 16.1.
free byte:                                          See 7.3.
free memory:                                        See 7.3.
FreeBSD, Intel 80x86:                              
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
FREEBYTE:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
freed blocks:                                       See 16.1.
freed memory:                                       See 7.3.
freed queue:                                        See 16.1.
FREESTOP:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
FREMRK:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
FRENUL:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
FREOPN:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
frequently asked questions:                        
          See ``Appendix J Frequently asked questions''.
FreshMeat:                                         
          See ``Foreword''.
function call stacks:                               See 6.2.
functions:                                         
          See ``Appendix A Functions''.
functions, callback:                                See 16.1.
functions, handler:                                 See 16.1.
future enhancements:                               
          See ``Appendix I Notes''.
g++:                                                See 16.1.
Gabe's Debug Library:                              
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
garbage collector:                                  See 5.3.
GC (Garbage Collector):                            
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
GCAlloc:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
gcc:                                                See 16.1.
gdb:                                                See 7.5.
general errors:                                     See 7.3.
Geodesic Systems:                                  
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
getting updates:                                   
          See ``Foreword''.
GlowCode:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
GMemLogger:                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
GNU C library:                                     
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
gprof:                                              See 10.
graph:                                              See 10.
graph specification file:                           See 10.
graphical user interface:                           See 11.
GraphViz:                                           See 10.
Great Circle:                                      
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Green Hills Software, Inc.:                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
GUI:                                                See 11.
GUISUP:                                             See 3.
halting the library:                                See 7.5.
handler functions:                                  See 16.1.
hash table:                                         See 7.8.
HATF:                                               See 11.
HAVE_MPALLOC:                                       See 4.1.
HAVE_MPATROL:                                       See 4.1.
heap:                                               See 5.3.
Heap Allocation Trace Format:                       See 11.
heap corruption:                                    See 12.
heap usage:                                         See 16.1.
HeapAgent:                                         
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
HeapCheck:                                         
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
heapdiff:                                           See 8.3.
HeapManager:                                       
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
HELP:                                              
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
hexadecimal:                                       
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
hexwords:                                           See 9.5.
hexwords command:                                   See 9.5.
hidden memory:                                      See 15.
hints:                                              See 14.
HP/UX, HP PA/RISC:                                 
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
Hyperlearning Center:                              
          See ``Appendix L References''.
IBM Corporation:                                   
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
IDH:                                               
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
illegal memory accesses:                            See 16.3.
ILLMEM:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
implementation details:                             See 15.
improving performance:                              See 14.
INCOMP:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
INFOPATH:                                          
          See ``J.1 Documentation''.
information about an allocation:                   
          See ``A.6 mpatrol library functions''.
inline functions:                                  
          See ``J.2 Building''.
installation:                                       See 3.
instrumentation:                                   
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Insure++:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
integration:                                        See 4.
internal blocks:                                    See 16.1.
Intuitive Systems, Inc.:                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Inuse:                                              See 3.
IRIX, MIPS:                                        
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
JMalloc:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
JProbe:                                            
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Kernel Group, The:                                 
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
KL Group:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
known bugs:                                        
          See ``Appendix I Notes''.
ksh:                                                See 9.1.
LARGEBOUND:                                        
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
LaTeX:                                              See 3.
LD:                                                 See 3.
LD_LIBRARY_PATH:                                   
          See ``J.3 Linking''.
LD_PRELOAD:                                         See 9.1.
LD_RUN_PATH:                                       
          See ``J.3 Linking''.
ldconfig:                                           See 3.
Leak:                                              
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
leak table:                                         See 7.8.
LeakBug:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Leakers:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
leaks:                                              See 13.
LEAKTABLE:                                         
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
LeakTracer:                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Leaky:                                             
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
LessTif:                                           
          See ``J.2 Building''.
LhA archive:                                        See 3.
LibKmalloc:                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
library behaviour:                                  See 7.1.
library functions:                                  See 7.7.
library settings:                                   See 7.2.
library statistics:                                 See 7.2.
library, archive:                                   See 2.
library, building:                                  See 3.
library, mpatrol:                                   See 1.
library, shared:                                    See 2.
library, thread-safe:                               See 2.
LibSafe:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
libtool:                                            See 3.
lifetime:                                           See 11.
LIMIT:                                             
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
limitations:                                       
          See ``Appendix I Notes''.
limiting available memory:                          See 7.6.
line number table:                                  See 6.2.
linker:                                             See 3.
linking:                                            See 3.
linking questions:                                 
          See ``J.3 Linking''.
links, symbolic:                                    See 3.
lint:                                               See 3.
lint (make target):                                 See 3.
Linux Software Map:                                 See 3.
Linux, Intel 80x86:                                
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
Linux, Motorola 680x0:                             
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
LIST:                                              
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
list:                                               See 9.4.
local static variables:                             See 5.1.
log file:                                           See 16.1.
LOGALL:                                            
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
LOGALLOCS:                                         
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
LOGDIR:                                            
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
LOGFILE:                                           
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
LOGFREES:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
logging:                                            See 7.2.
LOGMEMORY:                                         
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
LOGREALLOCS:                                       
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
low memory handler function:                        See 16.1.
LSM:                                                See 3.
LynxOS, Intel 80x86:                               
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
LynxOS, PowerPC:                                   
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
magic:                                             
          See ``Appendix F File formats''.
make:                                               See 3.
Makefile:                                           See 3.
Malloc Debug:                                      
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Malloc Debug Library:                              
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
malloc libraries for Solaris:                      
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
malloc(3c):                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
malloc(3x):                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Malloc_Dbg:                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
MallocTrace:                                       
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
mallopt:                                            See 9.1.
MalTrace:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
mangled names:                                      See 16.1.
MANPATH:                                           
          See ``J.1 Documentation''.
MANROFFSEQ:                                        
          See ``J.1 Documentation''.
manual layout:                                     
          See ``Foreword''.
manual pages:                                       See 3.
map of memory:                                      See 7.2.
mapmalloc(3x):                                     
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
mapping files:                                      See 6.1.
Mark_Malloc:                                       
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
marked blocks:                                      See 16.1.
MAXALN:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
MCheck:                                            
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
md5sum:                                             See 3.
MEDIUMBOUND:                                       
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
MEM:                                               
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
MemCheck:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
MemDebug:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
MemLeak:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Memory Advisor:                                    
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
memory allocation profiling:                        See 10.
memory allocation tracing:                          See 11.
memory allocations:                                 See 5.
memory allocations, dynamic:                        See 5.3.
memory allocations, stack:                          See 5.2.
memory allocations, static:                         See 5.1.
memory blocks:                                      See 16.1.
memory debugger:                                   
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
memory dump:                                        See 16.4.
memory leak table:                                  See 10.
memory leaks:                                       See 13.
memory management interface:                        See 6.
Memory Management Reference:                       
          See ``Appendix L References''.
memory management unit:                             See 6.1.
memory map:                                         See 7.2.
memory mapped files:                                See 6.1.
memory protection:                                  See 6.1.
Memory Sleuth:                                     
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
memory usage:                                       See 16.1.
memory, physical:                                   See 6.1.
memory, virtual:                                    See 6.1.
Memprof:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Memproof:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
MemTest:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
MemTrace:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
MemWatch:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
message passing:                                    See 6.3.
mgauge:                                             See 8.4.
MicroQuill:                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Microsoft:                                         
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
misaligned data:                                    See 7.1.
misaligned memory accesses:                         See 6.1.
MISMAT:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
mkfifo:                                             See 11.
mknod:                                              See 11.
ML:                                                 See 5.3.
mleak:                                              See 9.2.
mleak command:                                      See 9.2.
MM (Shared Memory Library):                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Mmalloc:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
mmap:                                               See 7.1.
MMU:                                                See 6.1.
modules:                                            See 15.
Motif:                                             
          See ``J.2 Building''.
Mozilla:                                           
          See ``Appendix L References''.
MP_ALIGN:                                          
          See ``J.2 Building''.
MP_BUILTINSTACK_SUPPORT:                            See 6.2.
MP_DELETE:                                         
          See ``A.4 C++ dynamic memory allocation functions''.
MP_GUI_SUPPORT:                                    
          See ``J.2 Building''.
MP_INLINE:                                         
          See ``J.2 Building''.
MP_LIBRARYSTACK_SUPPORT:                            See 6.2.
MP_NEW:                                            
          See ``A.4 C++ dynamic memory allocation functions''.
MP_NEW_NOTHROW:                                    
          See ``A.4 C++ dynamic memory allocation functions''.
MP_NOCPLUSPLUS:                                    
          See ``A.4 C++ dynamic memory allocation functions''.
MP_NONEWDELETE:                                    
          See ``A.4 C++ dynamic memory allocation functions''.
MP_USE_ATEXIT:                                     
          See ``J.4 Running''.
mpatrol:                                            See 1.
mpatrol command:                                    See 9.1.
mpatrol features:                                   See 2.
mpatrol library:                                    See 1.
mpatrol.h:                                         
          See ``Appendix A Functions''.
mpatrol.log:                                        See 16.1.
mpatrol.out:                                        See 10.
mpatrol.trace:                                      See 11.
MPATROL_OPTIONS:                                   
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
MPATROL_SOURCEPATH:                                 See 9.4.
MPATROL_VERSION:                                   
          See ``Appendix A Functions''.
mpdebug.h:                                          See 4.1.
mpedit:                                             See 9.4.
mpedit command:                                     See 9.4.
MPR:                                               
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Mprof:                                             
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
mprof:                                              See 10.
mprof command:                                      See 10.
mpsym:                                              See 9.3.
mpsym command:                                      See 9.3.
mptrace:                                            See 11.
mptrace command:                                    See 11.
MSS (Memory Supervision System):                   
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
mtmalloc(3t):                                      
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
mtrace:                                             See 8.5.
MuForce:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
MuGuardianAngel:                                   
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
MuLib:                                             
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
MULTI:                                             
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
multi-processor systems:                            See 6.3.
Mungwall:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
mupdate:                                           
          See ``J.5 Files''.
mutexes:                                            See 6.3.
nano:                                               See 9.4.
NDEBUG:                                            
          See ``Appendix A Functions''.
Netware notes:                                     
          See ``I.5 Notes for Netware platforms''.
NEWS:                                              
          See ``J.5 Files''.
NJAMD (Not Just Another Malloc Debugger):          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
NOFREE:                                            
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
non-static local variables:                         See 5.2.
NOPROTECT:                                         
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
NOTALL:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
notes:                                             
          See ``Appendix I Notes''.
notes for all platforms:                           
          See ``I.1 Notes for all platforms''.
notes for Amiga platforms:                         
          See ``I.3 Notes for Amiga platforms''.
notes for Netware platforms:                       
          See ``I.5 Notes for Netware platforms''.
notes for UNIX platforms:                          
          See ``I.2 Notes for UNIX platforms''.
notes for Windows platforms:                       
          See ``I.4 Notes for Windows platforms''.
NULOPN:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
NuMega Corporation:                                
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
object files:                                       See 6.2.
ObjectCenter:                                      
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
OC Systems:                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
octal:                                             
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
OFLAGS:                                             See 3.
OFLOWBYTE:                                         
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
OFLOWSIZE:                                         
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
OFLOWWATCH:                                        
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
Onyx Technology:                                   
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
operating systems:                                  See 6.
optimisation:                                       See 3.
Optimizeit:                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
option summary:                                    
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
options:                                           
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
original implementation:                            See 15.
other programs:                                    
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
OUTMEM:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
overflow buffers:                                   See 7.4.
overflow byte:                                      See 7.4.
overflow size:                                      See 7.4.
overview:                                           See 1.
overwrites:                                         See 7.4.
page:                                               See 6.1.
page fault:                                         See 6.1.
page size:                                          See 6.1.
PAGEALLOC:                                         
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
pageheap:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
papers:                                            
          See ``Appendix L References''.
parallel programming:                               See 6.3.
parameter variables:                                See 5.2.
Parasoft:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
parents:                                            See 10.
Pascal:                                             See 5.
PATH:                                              
          See ``J.3 Linking''.
PE:                                                 See 16.
peak memory usage:                                  See 16.1.
performance bottleneck:                             See 14.
performance improvements:                           See 14.
performance times:                                 
          See ``Appendix E Library performance''.
physical address:                                   See 6.1.
physical memory:                                    See 6.1.
pico:                                               See 9.4.
pipe:                                               See 11.
PKG package:                                        See 3.
platform-independent notes:                        
          See ``I.1 Notes for all platforms''.
platforms:                                         
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
PLATINUM Technology:                               
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Plumber:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
portability:                                        See 14.
porting:                                           
          See ``Appendix H Porting''.
POSIX threads:                                      See 6.3.
postscript:                                        
          See ``J.1 Documentation''.
prelinker:                                          See 10.
preprocessor:                                       See 10.
PRESERVE:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
preserve freed contents:                            See 7.3.
prevent freeing memory:                             See 7.3.
printing:                                           See 3.
process id:                                        
          See ``Appendix C Options''.
PROF:                                              
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
profdiff:                                           See 10.
PROFDIR:                                           
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
PROFFILE:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
profiling:                                          See 10.
profiling file format:                             
          See ``F.1 Profiling file format''.
PROGFILE:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
program counter:                                    See 6.2.
programs:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
prologue function:                                  See 16.1.
PRVFRD:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
Purify:                                            
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
QC:                                                
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
questions:                                         
          See ``Appendix J Frequently asked questions''.
quick reference card:                               See 3.
random failures:                                    See 7.6.
Rational Software:                                 
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
re-entrancy:                                        See 6.3.
read protection:                                    See 6.1.
REALLOCSTOP:                                       
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
recompilation:                                      See 4.1.
recoverable errors:                                 See 16.1.
Red Hat:                                           
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
reference card:                                     See 3.
references:                                        
          See ``Appendix L References''.
registers:                                          See 5.2.
related software:                                  
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
release builds:                                    
          See ``Foreword''.
removing mpatrol:                                   See 4.2.
reporting bugs:                                    
          See ``Foreword''.
resources:                                         
          See ``Appendix L References''.
return address:                                     See 6.2.
RISC:                                               See 6.2.
RNGOVF:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
RNGOVL:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
RPM package:                                        See 3.
RSZNUL:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
RSZZER:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
run-time errors:                                    See 1.
running questions:                                 
          See ``J.4 Running''.
SAFESIGNALS:                                       
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
SBase:                                             
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
sbrk:                                               See 7.1.
SCID:                                              
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Scotland:                                          
          See ``Appendix M About the author''.
SD/UX package:                                      See 3.
sections:                                           See 5.1.
semaphores:                                         See 6.3.
Sentinel:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
settings:                                           See 7.2.
setup:                                              See 3.
severity of errors:                                 See 16.1.
SFLAGS:                                             See 3.
shared libraries:                                   See 6.2.
shared library:                                     See 2.
shared memory:                                      See 6.3.
SHOWALL:                                           
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
SHOWFREE:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
SHOWFREED:                                         
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
SHOWMAP:                                           
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
SHOWSYMBOLS:                                       
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
SHOWUNFREED:                                       
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
signal handler:                                     See 16.3.
signals:                                            See 2.
similar programs:                                  
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
simulation, trace-driven:                           See 2.
single-step:                                        See 7.5.
SINIX, MIPS:                                       
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
slot tables:                                        See 14.
SMALLBOUND:                                        
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
SmartAlloc:                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
SmartHeap:                                         
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
software:                                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Solaris malloc libraries:                          
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Solaris, Intel 80x86:                              
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
Solaris, SPARC:                                    
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
source code documentation:                          See 3.
SourceForge:                                       
          See ``Foreword''.
Spotlight:                                         
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
stack:                                              See 5.2.
stack memory allocations:                           See 5.2.
stack tracebacks:                                   See 6.2.
stack unwinding:                                    See 6.2.
StackTrace:                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
static inline:                                     
          See ``J.2 Building''.
static memory allocations:                          See 5.1.
statistics:                                         See 7.2.
strace:                                            
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Stratosware Corporation:                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
stress testing:                                     See 14.
stripped executable file:                           See 7.1.
STROVF:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
summary of options:                                
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
supported systems:                                 
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
SuSE:                                              
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
SVR4:                                               See 16.
swap file:                                          See 6.1.
swap in:                                            See 6.1.
swap out:                                           See 6.1.
swapping:                                           See 6.1.
symbol summary:                                     See 7.2.
symbol tables:                                      See 6.2.
symbolic links:                                     See 3.
symbols:                                            See 6.2.
SYSTEM:                                            
          See ``J.2 Building''.
system page size:                                   See 6.1.
systems:                                           
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
systems, embedded:                                  See 6.
TAR archive:                                        See 3.
TARGET:                                            
          See ``J.2 Building''.
tcsh:                                               See 9.1.
tentative declarations:                             See 5.1.
test suite:                                         See 2.
TestCenter:                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
testing:                                            See 7.6.
TeXinfo:                                            See 3.
text editor:                                        See 9.4.
TFLAGS:                                             See 3.
Third Degree:                                      
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
thrashing:                                          See 6.1.
thread-safe library:                                See 2.
threads:                                            See 6.3.
threads library:                                    See 6.3.
times:                                             
          See ``Appendix E Library performance''.
tips:                                               See 14.
tools:                                              See 8.
TRACE:                                             
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
trace-driven simulation:                            See 2.
tracebacks:                                         See 6.2.
TRACEDIR:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
TRACEFILE:                                         
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
tracing:                                            See 11.
tracing file format:                               
          See ``F.2 Tracing file format''.
tree structure:                                     See 16.2.
Tru64, Alpha:                                      
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
truss:                                             
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
TurboPower:                                        
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
tutorial:                                           See 17.
type of allocation:                                 See 16.1.
undefined symbols:                                 
          See ``J.3 Linking''.
underwrites:                                        See 7.4.
unfreed allocations:                                See 16.1.
UNFREEDABORT:                                      
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
UNIX notes:                                        
          See ``I.2 Notes for UNIX platforms''.
UnixWare, Intel 80x86:                             
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
updates:                                           
          See ``Foreword''.
USEDEBUG:                                          
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
USEMMAP:                                           
          See ``Appendix B Environment''.
using mpatrol:                                      See 7.
using with a debugger:                              See 7.5.
utilities:                                          See 9.
variable length arrays:                             See 5.3.
variables, file scope:                              See 5.1.
variables, local static:                            See 5.1.
variables, non-static local:                        See 5.2.
variables, parameter:                               See 5.2.
VAX:                                                See 10.
VERSION:                                           
          See ``J.5 Files''.
vi:                                                 See 9.4.
vim:                                                See 9.4.
virtual address:                                    See 6.1.
virtual memory:                                     See 6.1.
Virtual Memory Tutorial:                           
          See ``Appendix L References''.
Vmalloc:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
warnings:                                          
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
warranty:                                          
          See ``Foreword''.
watch points:                                       See 6.1.
watchmalloc(3x):                                   
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
Windows notes:                                     
          See ``I.4 Notes for Windows platforms''.
Windows symbols setup:                             
          See ``J.3 Linking''.
Windows, Intel 80x86:                              
          See ``Appendix G Supported systems''.
WinSite:                                            See 3.
Wipeout:                                           
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
write protection:                                   See 6.1.
X Windows:                                          See 11.
XANALYS Software Tools:                            
          See ``Appendix L References''.
XCOFF:                                              See 16.
xemacs:                                             See 9.4.
xmem:                                               See 11.
YaMa:                                              
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
YAMD (Yet Another Malloc Debugger):                
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
ZERALN:                                            
          See ``Appendix D Diagnostic messages''.
ZeroFault:                                         
          See ``Appendix K Related software''.
ZIP archive:                                        See 3.
